PIC24HJ12GP202-I/ML_技术文档

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Data Sheet

High-Performance,

16-bit Microcontrollers

DS70282E

Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:

•

Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.

•

Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the

intended manner and under normal conditions.

•

There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our

knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data

Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.

•

Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.

Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not

mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.”

Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our

products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts

allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.

Information contained in this publication regarding device

applications and the like is provided only for your convenience

and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to

ensure that your application meets with your specifications.

MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR

WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR

IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR

OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION,

INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION,

QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR

FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability

arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip

devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at

the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and

hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims,

suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are

conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip

intellectual property rights.

Trademarks

The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC,

KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART,

PIC³²logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of

Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other

countries.

FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor,

MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control

Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip

Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A.

Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, chipKIT,

chipKIT logo, CodeGuard, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net,

dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR,

FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP,

Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB,

MPLINK, mTouch, Omniscient Code Generation, PICC,

PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, REAL ICE,

rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance, TSHARC,

UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of

Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other

countries.

SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated

in the U.S.A.

All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their

respective companies.

Printed on recycled paper.

ISBN: 978-1-61341-373-9

Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2009 certification for its worldwide

headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and

Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California

and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures

are for its PIC^®MCUs and dsPIC^®DSCs, KEELOQ^®code hopping

devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and

analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design

and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.

DS70282E-page 2

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

High-Performance, 16-bit Microcontrollers

Operating Range:

Digital I/O:

• Up to 40 MIPS operation (@ 3.0-3.6V):

• Peripheral Pin Select Functionality

- Industrial temperature range (-40°C to +85°C)

- Extended temperature range (-40°C to +125°C)

• Up to 21 programmable digital I/O pins

• Wake-up/Interrupt-on-Change for up to 21 pins

• Output pins can drive from 3.0V to 3.6V

High-Performance CPU:

• Up to 5V output with open drain configurations on

5V tolerant pins

• Modified Harvard architecture

• C compiler optimized instruction set

• 16-bit-wide data path

• 4 mA sink on all I/O pins

System Management:

• 24-bit-wide instructions

• Flexible clock options:

• Linear program memory addressing up to 4M

instruction words

- External, crystal, resonator, internal RC

- Fully integrated Phase-Locked Loop (PLL)

- Extremely low-jitter PLL

• Linear data memory addressing up to 64 Kbytes

• 71 base instructions, mostly one word/one cycle

• Sixteen 16-bit general purpose registers

• Flexible and powerful addressing modes

• Software stack

• Power-up Timer

• Oscillator Start-up Timer/Stabilizer

• Watchdog Timer with its own RC oscillator

• Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM)

• Reset by multiple sources

• 16 x 16 multiply operations

• 32/16 and 16/16 divide operations

• Up to ±16-bit shifts for up to 40-bit data

Power Management:

Interrupt Controller:

• On-chip 2.5V voltage regulator

• Switch between clock sources in real time

• Idle, Sleep, and Doze modes with fast wake-up

• 5-cycle latency

• Up to 21 available interrupt sources

• Up to three external interrupts

• Seven programmable priority levels

• Four processor exceptions

Timers/Capture/Compare:

• Timer/Counters, up to three 16-bit timers:

- Can pair up to make one 32-bit timer

On-Chip Flash and SRAM:

- One timer runs as Real-Time Clock with

external 32.768 kHz oscillator

• Flash program memory (12 Kbytes)

• Data SRAM (1024 bytes)

- Programmable prescaler

• Input Capture (up to four channels):

- Capture on up, down, or both edges

- 16-bit capture input functions

• Boot and General Security for Program Flash

- 4-deep FIFO on each capture

• Output Compare (up to two channels):

- Single or Dual 16-bit Compare mode

- 16-bit Glitchless PWM Mode

DS70282E-page 3

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Communication Modules:

Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADCs):

• 4-wire SPI:

• 10-bit, 1.1 Msps or 12-bit, 500 Ksps conversion:

- Two and four simultaneous samples (10-bit ADC)

- Up to 10 input channels with auto-scanning

- Framing supports I/O interface to simple

codecs

- Supports 8-bit and 16-bit data

- Conversion start can be manual or

- Supports all serial clock formats and

sampling modes

synchronized with one of four trigger sources

- Conversion possible in Sleep mode

- ±2 LSb max integral nonlinearity

- ±1 LSb max differential nonlinearity

• I²C™:

- Full Multi-Master Slave mode support

- 7-bit and 10-bit addressing

- Bus collision detection and arbitration

- Integrated signal conditioning

- Slave address masking

CMOS Flash Technology:

• Low-power, high-speed Flash technology

• Fully static design

• UART:

• 3.3V (±10%) operating voltage

• Industrial and extended temperature

• Low power consumption

- Interrupt on address bit detect

- Interrupt on UART error

- Wake-up on Start bit from Sleep mode

- 4-character TX and RX FIFO buffers

- LIN bus support

Packaging:

• 18-pin PDIP/SOIC

- IrDA^®encoding and decoding in hardware

• 28-pin SPDIP/SOIC/QFN/SSOP

- High-Speed Baud mode

- Hardware Flow Control with CTS and RTS

Note:

See Table 1 for the exact peripheral

features per device.

DS70282E-page 4

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 Product Families

The device names, pin counts, memory sizes and

peripheral availability of each family are listed below,

followed by their pinout diagrams.

TABLE 1:

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 CONTROLLER FAMILIES

Remappable Peripherals

Device

PIC24HJ12GP201

PIC24HJ12GP202

18

28

12

1

8

3⁽¹⁾

4

2

1

3

1

1 ADC, 6 ch

1

13 PDIP

SOIC

16

1 ADC, 10 ch

21 SPDIP

SOIC

SSOP

QFN

Note 1: Only two out of three timers are remappable.

2: Only two out of three interrupts are remappable.

DS70282E-page 5

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Pin Diagrams

18-Pin PDIP, SOIC

= Pins are up to 5V tolerant

MCLR

PGED2/AN0/VREF+/CN2/RA0

PGEC2/AN1/VREF-/CN3/RA1

VDD

VSS

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

18

17

16

15

14

13

12

11

10

(1)

AN6/RP15 /CN11/RB15

(1)

PGED1/AN2/RP0 /CN4/RB0

AN7/RP14 /CN12/RB14

(1)

PGEC1/AN3/RP1 /CN5/RB1

VCAP

VSS

OSC1/CLKI/CN30/RA2

OSC2/CLKO/CN29/RA3

(1)

SDA1/RP9 /CN21/RB9

(1)

PGED3/SOSCI/RP4 /CN1/RB4

SCL1/RP8 /CN22/RB8

(1)

INT0/RP7 /CN23/RB7

PGEC3/SOSCO/T1CK/CN0/RA4

= Pins are up to 5V tolerant

28-Pin SPDIP, SOIC, SSOP

AVDD

AVSS

MCLR

PGED2/AN0/VREF+/CN2/RA0

PGEC2/AN1/VREF-/CN3/RA1

1

28

2

27

26

25

24

23

22

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

(1)

AN6/RP15 /CN11/RB15

3

(1)

PGED1/AN2/RP0 /CN4/RB0

AN7/RP14 /CN12/RB14

4

(1)

PGEC1/AN3/RP1 /CN5/RB1

AN8/RP13 /CN13/RB13

5

(1)

AN4/RP2 /CN6/RB2

AN9/RP12 /CN14/RB12

6

(1)

AN5/RP3 /CN7/RB3

TMS/RP11 /CN15/RB11

7

(1)

TDI/RP10 /CN16/RB10

Vss

OSC1/CLKI/CN30/RA2

OSC2/CLKO/CN29/RA3

8

VCAP

Vss

9

10

11

12

13

14

(1)

PGED3/SOSC/RP4 /CN1/RB4

TDO/SDA1/RP9 /CN21/RB9

(1)

PGEC3/SOSCO/T1CK/CN0/RA4

VDD

TCK/SCL1/RP8 /CN22/RB8

(1)

INT0/RP7 /CN23/RB7

(1)

ASDA1/RP5 /CN27/RB5

ASCL1/RP6 /CN24/RB6

Note 1: The RPn pins can be used by any remappable peripheral. See Table 1 for the list of available

peripherals.

DS70282E-page 6

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Pin Diagrams (Continued)

(2)

28-Pin QFN

= Pins are up to 5V tolerant

28 27 26 25 24 23 22

(1)

PGED1/AN2/RP0 /CN4/RB0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

AN8/RP13 /CN13/RB13

21

20

19

18

17

16

15

(1)

PGEC1/AN3/RP1 /CN5/RB1

AN9/RP12 /CN14/RB12

(1)

AN4/RP2 /CN6/RB2

TMS/RP11 /CN15/RB11

(1)

AN5/RP3 /CN7/RB3

PIC24HJ12GP202

TDI/RP10 /CN16/RB10

VSS

VCAP

VSS

OSC1/CLKI/CN30/RA2

(1)

OSC2/CLKO/CN29/RA3

TDO/SDA1/RP9 /CN21/RB9

8

9

10 11 12 13 14

Note 1: The RPn pins can be used by any remappable peripheral. See Table 1 for the list of available

peripherals.

2: The metal plane at the bottom of the device is not connected to any pins and is recommended to

be connected to VSS externally.

DS70282E-page 7

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Table of Contents

1.0 Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 9

2.0 Guidelines for Getting Started with 16-bit Microcontrollers ........................................................................................................ 13

3.0 CPU............................................................................................................................................................................................ 19

4.0 Memory Organization................................................................................................................................................................. 25

5.0 Flash Program Memory.............................................................................................................................................................. 45

6.0 Resets ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 51

7.0 Interrupt Controller ..................................................................................................................................................................... 59

8.0 Oscillator Configuration.............................................................................................................................................................. 87

9.0 Power-Saving Features.............................................................................................................................................................. 97

10.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 101

11.0 Timer1 ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 119

12.0 Timer2/3 Feature...................................................................................................................................................................... 121

13.0 Input Capture............................................................................................................................................................................ 127

14.0 Output Compare....................................................................................................................................................................... 129

15.0 Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)............................................................................................................................................... 133

16.0 Inter-Integrated Circuit™ (I²C™).............................................................................................................................................. 139

17.0 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) ........................................................................................................... 147

18.0 10-bit/12-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)....................................................................................................................... 153

19.0 Special Features ...................................................................................................................................................................... 167

20.0 Instruction Set Summary.......................................................................................................................................................... 175

21.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 183

22.0 Electrical Characteristics.......................................................................................................................................................... 187

23.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 231

Appendix A: Revision History............................................................................................................................................................. 245

Index ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 255

The Microchip Web Site..................................................................................................................................................................... 259

Customer Change Notification Service .............................................................................................................................................. 259

Customer Support.............................................................................................................................................................................. 259

Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 260

Product Identification System............................................................................................................................................................. 261

TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS

It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip

products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and

enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.

If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via

E-mail at docerrors@microchip.com or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We

welcome your feedback.

Most Current Data Sheet

To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:

http://www.microchip.com

You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.

The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).

Errata

An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current

devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision of

silicon and revision of document to which it applies.

To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:

•

Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com

Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)

When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are

using.

Customer Notification System

Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.

DS70282E-page 8

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

1.0

DEVICE OVERVIEW

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices. It

is not intended to be a comprehensive

reference source. To complement the

information in this data sheet, refer to the

“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference

Manual”. Please see the Microchip web

site (www.microchip.com) for the latest

dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference

Manual sections.

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

This document contains device specific information

for the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices. PIC24H

devices contain extensive functionality with a high-

performance,

architecture.

16-bit

microcontroller

(MCU)

Figure 1-1 shows a general block diagram of the core

and peripheral modules in the PIC24HJ12GP201/202

family of devices. Table 1-1 lists the functions of the

various pins shown in the pinout diagrams.

DS70282E-page 9

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 1-1:

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 BLOCK DIAGRAM

PSV and Table

Data Access

Control Block

Data Bus

Interrupt

Controller

PORTA

PORTB

16

8

Data Latch

X RAM

23

PCH PCL

Program Counter

PCU

23

Address

Latch

Loop

Control

Logic

Stack

Control

Logic

16

23

16

Remappable

Pins

Address Generator Units

Address Latch

Program Memory

Data Latch

EA MUX

ROM Latch

24

16

Instruction

Decode and

Control

Instruction Reg

16

Control Signals

to Various Blocks

17 x 17 Multiplier

Divide Support

16 x 16

Power-up

Timer

Timing

Generation

W Register Array

OSC2/CLKO

OSC1/CLKI

16

Oscillator

Start-up Timer

FRC/LPRC

Oscillators

Power-on

Reset

16-bit ALU

Precision

Band Gap

Reference

Watchdog

Timer

16

Brown-out

Reset

Voltage

Regulator

VCAP

VDD, VSS

MCLR

Timers

1-3

ADC1

UART1

OC/

IC1,2,7,8

CNx

SPI1

I2C1

PWM1,2

Note:

Not all pins or features are implemented on all device pinout configurations. See “Pin Diagrams” for the specific pins

and features present on each device.

DS70282E-page 10

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 1-1:

Pin Name

PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS

Buffer

Type

PPS

Description

Type

AN0-AN9

I

Analog

No Analog input channels.

CLKI

CLKO

I

O

ST/CMOS

—

No External clock source input. Always associated with OSC1 pin function.

No

Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator in Crystal

Oscillator mode. Optionally functions as CLKO in RC and EC modes.

Always associated with OSC2 pin function.

OSC1

OSC2

I

ST/CMOS

—

No Oscillator crystal input. ST buffer when configured in RC mode; CMOS

otherwise.

I/O

No

Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator in Crystal

Oscillator mode. Optionally functions as CLKO in RC and EC modes.

SOSCI

SOSCO

I

O

ST/CMOS

—

No 32.768 kHz low-power oscillator crystal input; CMOS otherwise.

No 32.768 kHz low-power oscillator crystal output.

CN0-CN7

CN11-CN15

CN21-CN24

CN27

I

ST

No Change notification inputs.

No Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-ups on all inputs.

No

CN29-CN30

IC1-IC2

IC7-IC8

I

Yes Capture inputs 1/2.

Yes Capture inputs 7/8.

OCFA

OC1-OC2

I

O

ST

—

Yes Compare Fault A input (for Compare Channels 1 and 2).

Yes Compare outputs 1 through 2.

INT0

INT1

INT2

I

ST

No External interrupt 0.

Yes External interrupt 1.

Yes External interrupt 2.

RA0-RA4

I/O

ST

No PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.

No PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port.

RB0-RB15

T1CK

T2CK

T3CK

I

ST

No Timer1 external clock input.

Yes Timer2 external clock input.

Yes Timer3 external clock input.

U1CTS

I

O

I

ST

—

ST

—

Yes UART1 clear to send.

Yes UART1 ready to send.

Yes UART1 receive.

U1RTS

U1RX

U1TX

O

Yes UART1 transmit.

SCK1

SDI1

SDO1

I/O

I

O

ST

—

Yes Synchronous serial clock input/output for SPI1.

Yes SPI1 data in.

Yes SPI1 data out.

I/O

ST

Yes SPI1 slave synchronization or frame pulse I/O.

SS1

SCL1

SDA1

ASCL1

ASDA1

I/O

ST

No Synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C1.

No Synchronous serial data input/output for I2C1.

No Alternate synchronous serial clock input/output for I2C1.

No Alternate synchronous serial data input/output for I2C1.

TMS

TCK

TDI

I

ST

—

No JTAG Test mode select pin.

No JTAG test clock input pin.

No JTAG test data input pin.

No JTAG test data output pin.

TDO

O

PGED1

PGEC1

PGED2

PGEC2

PGED3

PGEC3

I/O

ST

No Data I/O pin for programming/debugging communication channel 1.

No Clock input pin for programming/debugging communication channel 1.

No Data I/O pin for programming/debugging communication channel 2.

No Clock input pin for programming/debugging communication channel 2.

No Data I/O pin for programming/debugging communication channel 3.

No Clock input pin for programming/debugging communication channel 3.

I

I/O

I

I/O

I

Legend: CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output

ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels

PPS = Peripheral Pin Select

Analog = Analog input

O = Output

P = Power

I = Input

DS70282E-page 11

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 1-1:

Pin Name

PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)

Buffer

Type

PPS

Description

Type

VCAP

VSS

P

I

—

No CPU logic filter capacitor connection.

No Ground reference for logic and I/O pins.

No Analog voltage reference (high) input.

No Analog voltage reference (low) input.

VREF+

VREF-

AVDD

Analog

P

I

P

No Positive supply for analog modules. This pin must be connected at all

times.

MCLR

AVSS

VDD

I/P

P

ST

P

No Master Clear (Reset) input. This pin is an active-low Reset to the device.

No Ground reference for analog modules.

P

—

No Positive supply for peripheral logic and I/O pins.

Legend: CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output

ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels

PPS = Peripheral Pin Select

Analog = Analog input

O = Output

P = Power

I = Input

DS70282E-page 12

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

1.1

Referenced Sources

This device data sheet is based on the following

individual chapters of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family

Reference Manual”. These documents should be

considered as the general reference for the operation

of a particular module or device feature.

Note 1: To access the documents listed below,

browse to the documentation section of

the PIC24HJ12GP202 product page on

the

Microchip

web

site

(www.microchip.com) or select a family

reference manual section from the

following list.

In addition to parameters, features, and

other documentation, the resulting page

provides links to the related family

reference manual sections.

• Section 1. “Introduction” (DS70197)

• Section 2. “CPU” (DS70204)

• Section 3. “Data Memory (DS70202)

• Section 4. “Program Memory” (DS70202)

• Section 5. “Flash Programming” (DS70191)

• Section 6. “Interrupts” (DS70184)

• Section 7. “Oscillator” (DS70186)

• Section 8. “Reset” (DS70192)

• Section 9. “Watchdog Timer and Power-saving Modes” (DS70196)

• Section 10. “I/O Ports” (DS70193)

• Section 11. “Timers” (DS70205)

• Section 12. “Input Capture” (DS70198)

• Section 13. “Output Compare” (DS70209)

• Section 16. “Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) with DMA” (DS70183)

• Section 17. “UART” (DS70188)

• Section 18. “Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)” (DS70206)

• Section 19. “Inter-Integrated Circuit™ (I²C™)” (DS70195)

• Section 23. “CodeGuard Security” (DS70199)

• Section 25. “Device Configuration” (DS70194)

DS70282E-page 13

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 14

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

2.2

Decoupling Capacitors

2.0

GUIDELINES FOR GETTING

STARTED WITH 16-BIT

MICROCONTROLLERS

The use of decoupling capacitors on every pair of

power supply pins, such as VDD, VSS, AVDD, and

AVSS is required.

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. It is not intended to be a

comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual”, which is

available from the Microchip website

(www.microchip.com).

Consider the following criteria when using decoupling

capacitors:

• Value and type of capacitor: Recommendation

of 0.1 µF (100 nF), 10-20V. This capacitor should

be a low-ESR and have a resonance frequency in

the range of 20 MHz and higher. It is

recommended that ceramic capacitors be used.

• Placement on the printed circuit board: The

decoupling capacitors should be placed as close

to the pins as possible. It is recommended to

place the capacitors on the same side of the

board as the microcontroller. If space is con-

stricted, the capacitor can be placed on another

layer on the PCB using a via; however, ensure

that the trace length from the pin to the capacitor

is within one-quarter inch (6 mm) in length.

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

2.1

Basic Connection Requirements

• Handling high frequency noise: If the board is

experiencing high frequency noise, upward of

tens of MHz, add a second ceramic-type capacitor

in parallel to the above described decoupling

capacitor. The value of the second capacitor can

be in the range of 0.01 µF to 0.001 µF. Place this

second capacitor next to the primary decoupling

capacitor. In high-speed circuit designs, consider

implementing a decade pair of capacitances as

close to the power and ground pins as possible.

For example, 0.1 µF in parallel with 0.001 µF.

Getting started with the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family

of 16-bit microcontrollers requires attention to a

minimal set of device pin connections before

proceeding with development. The following is a list of

pin names, which must always be connected:

• All VDD and VSS pins

(see Section 2.2 “Decoupling Capacitors”)

• All AVDD and AVSS pins (even if ADC module is not

used)

(see Section 2.2 “Decoupling Capacitors”)

• Maximizing performance: On the board layout

from the power supply circuit, run the power and

return traces to the decoupling capacitors first,

and then to the microcontroller pins. This ensures

that the decoupling capacitors are first in the

power chain. Equally important is to keep the

trace length between the capacitor and the power

pins to a minimum thereby reducing PCB track

inductance.

• VCAP

(see Section 2.3 “CPU Logic Filter Capacitor

Connection (VCAP)”)

• MCLR pin

(see Section 2.4 “Master Clear (MCLR) Pin”)

• PGECx/PGEDx pins used for In-Circuit Serial

Programming™ (ICSP™) and debugging purposes

(see Section 2.5 “ICSP Pins”)

• OSC1 and OSC2 pins when external oscillator

source is used

(see Section 2.6 “External Oscillator Pins”)

Additionally, the following pins may be required:

• VREF+/VREF- pins used when external voltage

reference for ADC module is implemented

Note:

The AVDD and AVSS pins must be

connected independent of the ADC

voltage reference source.

DS70282E-page 15

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 2-1:

RECOMMENDED

MINIMUM CONNECTION

2.4

Master Clear (MCLR) Pin

The MCLR pin provides for two specific device

functions:

0.1 µF

Ceramic

10 µF

Tantalum

• Device Reset

VDD

• Device programming and debugging

During device programming and debugging, the

resistance and capacitance that can be added to the

pin must be considered. Device programmers and

debuggers drive the MCLR pin. Consequently,

specific voltage levels (VIH and VIL) and fast signal

transitions must not be adversely affected. Therefore,

specific values of R and C will need to be adjusted

based on the application and PCB requirements.

R

R1

MCLR

C

PIC24H

VDD

VSS

VDD

For example, as shown in Figure 2-2, it is

recommended that capacitor C is isolated from the

MCLR pin during programming and debugging

operations.

VSS

0.1 µF

Ceramic

0.1 µF

Ceramic

0.1 µF

Ceramic

Place the components shown in Figure 2-2 within

one-quarter inch (6 mm) from the MCLR pin.

10 Ω

FIGURE 2-2:

EXAMPLE OF MCLR PIN

CONNECTIONS

2.2.1

TANK CAPACITORS

On boards with power traces running longer than six

inches in length, it is suggested to use a tank capacitor

for integrated circuits including microcontrollers to sup-

ply a local power source. The value of the tank capaci-

tor should be determined based on the trace resistance

that connects the power supply source to the microcon-

troller, and the maximum current drawn by the micro-

controller in the application. In other words, select the

tank capacitor so that it meets the acceptable voltage

sag at the device. Typical values range from 4.7 µF to

47 µF.

VDD

R

R1

MCLR

PIC24H

JP

C

Note 1: R ≤ 10 kΩ is recommended. A suggested

starting value is 10 kΩ. Ensure that the MCLR

pin VIH and VIL specifications are met.

2.3

CPU Logic Filter Capacitor

Connection (VCAP)

A low-ESR (<5 Ohms) capacitor is required on the

VCAP pin, which is used to stabilize the voltage

regulator output voltage. The VCAP pin must not be

connected to VDD, and must have a capacitor between

4.7 µF and 10 µF, 16V connected to ground. The type

can be ceramic or tantalum. Refer to Section 22.0

2: R1 ≤ 470Ω will limit any current flowing into

MCLR from the external capacitor C, in the

event of MCLR pin breakdown, due to Elec-

trostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical

Overstress (EOS). Ensure that the MCLR pin

VIH and VIL specifications are met.

“Electrical

Characteristics”

for

additional

information.

The placement of this capacitor should be close to the

VCAP. It is recommended that the trace length not

exceed one-quarter inch (6 mm). Refer to Section 19.2

“On-Chip Voltage Regulator” for details.

DS70282E-page 16

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

2.5

ICSP Pins

2.6

External Oscillator Pins

The PGECx and PGEDx pins are used for In-Circuit

Serial Programming (ICSP) and debugging purposes.

It is recommended to keep the trace length between

the ICSP connector and the ICSP pins on the micro-

controller as short as possible. If the ICSP connector is

expected to experience an ESD event, a series resistor

is recommended, with the value in the range of a few

tens of Ohms, not to exceed 100 Ohms.

Many microcontrollers have options for at least two

oscillators: a high-frequency primary oscillator and a

low-frequency

secondary

oscillator

(refer

to

Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for details).

The oscillator circuit should be placed on the same

side of the board as the microcontroller. Also, place

the oscillator circuit close to the respective oscillator

pins, not exceeding one-half inch (12 mm) distance

between them. The load capacitors should be placed

next to the oscillator itself, on the same side of the

board. Use a grounded copper pour around the

oscillator circuit to isolate them from surrounding

circuits. The grounded copper pour should be routed

directly to the MCU ground. Do not run any signal

traces or power traces inside the ground pour. Also, if

using a two-sided board, avoid any traces on the

other side of the board where the crystal is placed. A

suggested layout is shown in Figure 2-3.

Pull-up resistors, series diodes and capacitors on the

PGECx and PGEDx pins are not recommended as they

will interfere with the programmer/debugger communi-

cations to the device. If such discrete components are

an application requirement, they should be removed

from the circuit during programming and debugging.

Alternately, refer to the AC/DC characteristics and tim-

ing requirements information in the respective device

Flash programming specification for information on

capacitive loading limits and pin input voltage high (VIH)

and input low (VIL) requirements.

FIGURE 2-3:

SUGGESTED PLACEMENT

OF THE OSCILLATOR

CIRCUIT

Ensure that the “Communication Channel Select” (i.e.,

PGECx/PGEDx pins) programmed into the device

matches the physical connections for the ICSP to

MPLAB^®ICD 2, MPLAB ICD 3, or MPLAB REAL ICE™

in-circuit emulator

Main Oscillator

Guard Ring

For more information on MPLAB ICD 2, MPLAB ICD 3,

or MPLAB REAL ICE in-circuit emulator connection

requirements, refer to the following documents that are

available on the Microchip web site.

• “MPLAB^®ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger User’s

Guide” DS51331

• “Using MPLAB^®ICD 2” (poster) DS51265

• “MPLAB^®ICD 2 Design Advisory” DS51566

• “Using MPLAB^®ICD 3” (poster) DS51765

• “MPLAB^®ICD 3 Design Advisory” DS51764

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Guard Trace

Secondary

Oscillator

• “MPLAB^®REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator User’s

Guide” DS51616

• “Using MPLAB^®REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator”

(poster) DS51749

DS70282E-page 17

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

2.7

Oscillator Value Conditions on

Device Start-up

2.9

Unused I/Os

Unused I/O pins should be configured as outputs and

driven to a logic low state.

If the PLL of the target device is enabled and

configured for the device start-up oscillator, the

maximum oscillator source frequency must be limited

to 4 MHz < FIN < 8 MHz. This means that if the external

oscillator frequency is outside this range, the

application must start-up in FRC mode first. The default

PLL settings after a POR with an oscillator frequency

outside this range will violate the device operating

speed.

Alternately, connect a 1k to 10k resistor between VSS

and unused pins and drive the output to logic low.

When the device powers up, the application firmware

can initialize the PLL SFRs, CLKDIV and PLLDBF to a

suitable value, and then perform a clock switch to the

Oscillator + PLL clock source. Note that clock switching

must be enabled in the device Configuration word.

2.8

Configuration of Analog and

Digital Pins During ICSP

Operations

If MPLAB ICD 2, MPLAB ICD 3, or MPLAB REAL ICE

in-circuit emulator is selected as a debugger, it

automatically initializes all of the A/D input pins (ANx)

as “digital” pins, by setting all bits in the AD1PCFGL

register.

The bits in the register that correspond to the A/D pins

that are initialized by MPLAB ICD 2, MPLAB ICD 3, or

MPLAB REAL ICE in-circuit emulator, must not be

cleared by the user application firmware; otherwise,

communication errors will result between the debugger

and the device.

If your application needs to use certain A/D pins as

analog input pins during the debug session, the user

application must clear the corresponding bits in the

AD1PCFGL register during initialization of the ADC

module.

When MPLAB ICD 2, MPLAB ICD 3, or MPLAB REAL

ICE in-circuit emulator is used as a programmer, the

user application firmware must correctly configure the

AD1PCFGL register. Automatic initialization of this

register is only done during debugger operation.

Failure to correctly configure the register(s) will result in

all A/D pins being recognized as analog input pins,

resulting in the port value being read as a logic ‘0’,

which may affect user application functionality.

DS70282E-page 18

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

3.1

Data Addressing Overview

3.0

CPU

The data space can be linearly addressed as 32K words

or 64 Kbytes using an Address Generation Unit (AGU).

The upper 32 Kbytes of the data space memory map can

optionally be mapped into program space at any 16K

program word boundary defined by the 8-bit Program

Space Visibility Page (PSVPAG) register. The program to

data space mapping feature lets any instruction access

program space as if it were data space.

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 2. CPU”

(DS70204) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual”, which is

available from the Microchip website

(www.microchip.com).

The data space also includes 2 Kbytes of DMA RAM,

which is primarily used for DMA data transfers, but may

be used as general purpose RAM.

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

3.2

Special MCU Features

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 features a 17-bit by 17-bit,

single-cycle multiplier. The multiplier can perform

signed, unsigned and mixed-sign multiplication. Using

a 17-bit by 17-bit multiplier for 16-bit by 16-bit

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 CPU module has a 16-bit

(data) modified Harvard architecture with an enhanced

instruction set and addressing modes. The CPU has a

24-bit instruction word with a variable length opcode

field. The Program Counter (PC) is 23 bits wide and

addresses up to 4M by 24 bits of user program memory

space. The actual amount of program memory

multiplication

possible.

makes

mixed-sign

multiplication

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 supports 16/16 and 32/16

integer divide operations. All divide instructions are

iterative operations. They must be executed within a

REPEATloop, resulting in a total execution time of 19

instruction cycles. The divide operation can be

interrupted during any of those 19 cycles without loss

of data.

implemented varies by device.

A

single-cycle

instruction prefetch mechanism is used to help

maintain throughput and provides predictable

execution. All instructions execute in a single cycle,

with the exception of instructions that change the

program flow, the double-word move (MOV.D)

instruction and the table instructions. Overhead-free,

single-cycle program loop constructs are supported

using the REPEATinstruction, which is interruptible at

any point.

A multi-bit data shifter is used to perform up to a 16-bit,

left or right shift in a single cycle.

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices have sixteen, 16-bit

working registers in the programmer’s model. Each of the

working registers can serve as a data, address or

address offset register. The 16th working register (W15)

operates as a software Stack Pointer (SP) for interrupts

and calls.

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 instruction set includes

many addressing modes and is designed for optimum

C

compiler efficiency. For most instructions,

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices are capable of

executing a data (or program data) memory read, a

working register (data) read, a data memory write, and

a program (instruction) memory read per instruction

cycle. As a result, three parameter instructions can be

supported, allowing A + B = C operations to be

executed in a single cycle.

A block diagram of the CPU is shown in Figure 3-1,

and

the

programmer’s

model

for

the

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 is shown in Figure 3-2.

DS70282E-page 19

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 3-1:

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 CPU CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM

PSV and Table

Data Access

Control Block

X Data Bus

Interrupt

Controller

16

8

Data Latch

X RAM

23

16

PCH PCL

Program Counter

PCU

23

Address

Latch

Loop

Control

Logic

Stack

Control

Logic

23

16

Address Generator Units

Address Latch

Program Memory

Data Latch

EA MUX

ROM Latch

24

16

Instruction

Decode and

Control

Instruction Reg

16

17 x 17

Multiplier

Control Signals

to Various Blocks

16 x 16

W Register Array

Divide Support

16

16-bit ALU

16

To Peripheral Modules

DS70282E-page 20

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 3-2:

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 PROGRAMMER’S MODEL

D15

D0

W0/WREG

W1

PUSH.SShadow

DOShadow

W2

W3

Legend

W4

W5

W6

W7

Working Registers

W8

W9

W10

W11

W12

W13

W14/Frame Pointer

W15/Stack Pointer

SPLIM

Stack Pointer Limit Register

Program Counter

PC22

PC0

0

7

TBLPAG

Data Table Page Address

7

0

PSVPAG

Program Space Visibility Page Address

15

0

RCOUNT

REPEATLoop Counter

15

Core Configuration Register

CORCON

—

DC

RA

N

Z

C

IPL2 IPL1 IPL0

OV

STATUS Register

SRH

SRL

DS70282E-page 21

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

3.3

CPU Control Registers

REGISTER 3-1:

SR: CPU STATUS REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

DC

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0⁽¹⁾

R/W-0⁽²⁾

IPL<2:0>⁽²⁾

R/W-0⁽²⁾

R-0

RA

R/W-0

N

R/W-0

OV

R/W-0

Z

R/W-0

C

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

C = Clear only bit

S = Set only bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR

x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-9

bit 8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DC: MCU ALU Half Carry/Borrow bit

1= A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit (for byte-sized data) or 8th low-order bit (for word-sized data)

of the result occurred

0= No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit (for byte-sized data) or 8th low-order bit (for word-sized

data) of the result occurred

bit 7-5

IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits⁽²⁾

111= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 7 (15), user interrupts disabled

110= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 6 (14)

101= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 5 (13)

100= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 4 (12)

011= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 3 (11)

010= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 2 (10)

001= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 1 (9)

000= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 0 (8)

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

RA: REPEATLoop Active bit

1= REPEATloop in progress

0= REPEATloop not in progress

N: MCU ALU Negative bit

1= Result was negative

0= Result was non-negative (zero or positive)

OV: MCU ALU Overflow bit

This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2’s complement). It indicates an overflow of the magnitude which

causes the sign bit to change state.

1= Overflow occurred for signed arithmetic (in this arithmetic operation)

0= No overflow occurred

bit 1

bit 0

Z: MCU ALU Zero bit

1= An operation which affects the Z bit has set it at some time in the past

0= The most recent operation which affects the Z bit has cleared it (i.e., a non-zero result)

C: MCU ALU Carry/Borrow bit

1= A carry-out from the Most Significant bit (MSb) of the result occurred

0= No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred

Note 1: The IPL<2:0> bits are concatenated with the IPL<3> bit (CORCON<3>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority

Level. The value in parentheses indicates the IPL if IPL<3> = 1. User interrupts are disabled when

IPL<3> = 1.

2: The IPL<2:0> Status bits are read-only when NSTDIS = 1(INTCON1<15>).

DS70282E-page 22

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 3-2:

CORCON: CORE CONTROL REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/C-0

IPL3⁽¹⁾

R/W-0

PSV

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

Legend:

C = Clear only bit

W = Writable bit

‘x = Bit is unknown

R = Readable bit

0’ = Bit is cleared

-n = Value at POR

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

bit 15-4

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit 3⁽¹⁾

1= CPU interrupt priority level is greater than 7

0= CPU interrupt priority level is 7 or less

bit 2

PSV: Program Space Visibility in Data Space Enable bit

1= Program space visible in data space

0= Program space not visible in data space

bit 1-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

Note 1: The IPL3 bit is concatenated with the IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>) to form the CPU interrupt priority level.

DS70282E-page 23

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

3.4.2

DIVIDER

3.4

Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU)

The divide block supports 32-bit/16-bit and 16-bit/16-bit

signed and unsigned integer divide operations with the

following data sizes:

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 ALU is 16 bits wide and is

capable of addition, subtraction, bit shifts, and logic

operations. Unless otherwise mentioned, arithmetic

operations are 2’s complement in nature. Depending

on the operation, the ALU may affect the values of the

Carry (C), Zero (Z), Negative (N), Overflow (OV), and

Digit Carry (DC) Status bits in the SR register. The C

and DC Status bits operate as Borrow and Digit Borrow

bits, respectively, for subtraction operations.

1. 32-bit signed/16-bit signed divide

2. 32-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide

3. 16-bit signed/16-bit signed divide

4. 16-bit unsigned/16-bit unsigned divide

The quotient for all divide instructions ends up in W0

and the remainder in W1. Sixteen-bit signed and

unsigned DIV instructions can specify any W register

for both the 16-bit divisor (Wn) and any W register

(aligned) pair (W(m + 1):Wm) for the 32-bit dividend.

The divide algorithm takes one cycle per bit of divisor,

so both 32-bit/16-bit and 16-bit/16-bit instructions take

the same number of cycles to execute.

The ALU can perform 8-bit or 16-bit operations,

depending on the mode of the instruction that is used.

Data for the ALU operation can come from the W reg-

ister array, or data memory, depending on the address-

ing mode of the instruction. Likewise, output data from

the ALU can be written to the W register array or a data

memory location.

Refer to the “16-bit MCU and DSC Programmer’s Ref-

erence Manual” (DS70157) for information on the SR

bits affected by each instruction.

3.4.3

MULTI-BIT DATA SHIFTER

The multi-bit data shifter is capable of performing up to

16-bit arithmetic or logic right shifts, or up to 16-bit left

shifts in a single cycle. The source can be either a

working register or a memory location.

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 CPU incorporates hard-

ware support for both multiplication and division. This

includes a dedicated hardware multiplier and support

hardware for 16-bit divisor division.

The shifter requires a signed binary value to determine

both the magnitude (number of bits) and direction of the

shift operation. A positive value shifts the operand right.

A negative value shifts the operand left. A value of ‘0’

does not modify the operand.

3.4.1

MULTIPLIER

Using the high-speed 17-bit x 17-bit multiplier, the ALU

supports unsigned, signed or mixed-sign operation in

several multiplication modes:

1. 16-bit x 16-bit signed

2. 16-bit x 16-bit unsigned

3. 16-bit signed x 5-bit (literal) unsigned

4. 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit unsigned

5. 16-bit unsigned x 5-bit (literal) unsigned

6. 16-bit unsigned x 16-bit signed

7. 8-bit unsigned x 8-bit unsigned

DS70282E-page 24

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

4.1

Program Address Space

4.0

MEMORY ORGANIZATION

The program address memory space of the

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices is 4M instructions. The

space is addressable by a 24-bit value derived either

from the 23-bit Program Counter (PC) during program

execution, or from table operation or data space

remapping as described in Section 4.4 “Interfacing

Program and Data Memory Spaces”.

Note:

This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 4. Program

Memory” (DS70202) of the “dsPIC33F/

PIC24H Family Reference Manual”, which

is available from the Microchip website

(www.microchip.com).

User application access to the program memory space is

restricted to the lower half of the address range (0x000000

to 0x7FFFFF). The exception is the use of TBLRD/TBLWT

operations, which use TBLPAG<7> to permit access to the

Configuration bits and Device ID sections of the

configuration memory space.

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 architecture features

separate program and data memory spaces and

buses. This architecture also allows the direct access

of program memory from the data space during code

execution.

The memory map for the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices is shown in Figure 4-1.

FIGURE 4-1:

PROGRAM MEMORY FOR PIC24HJ12GP201/202 DEVICES

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

0x000000

GOTOInstruction

0x000002

0x000004

0x0000FE

0x000100

0x000104

0x0001FE

0x000200

Reset Address

Interrupt Vector Table

Reserved

Alternate Vector Table

User Program

Flash Memory

(4K instructions)

0x001FFE

0x002000

Unimplemented

(Read ‘0’s)

0x7FFFFE

0x800000

Reserved

0xF7FFFE

0xF80000

0xF80017

0xF80018

Device Configuration

Registers

Reserved

DEVID (2)

0xFEFFFE

0xFF0000

0xFFFFFE

DS70282E-page 25

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

4.1.1

PROGRAM MEMORY

ORGANIZATION

4.1.2

INTERRUPT AND TRAP VECTORS

All PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices reserve the

addresses between 0x00000 and 0x000200 for hard-

coded program execution vectors. A hardware Reset

vector is provided to redirect code execution from the

default value of the PC on device Reset to the actual

start of code. A GOTOinstruction is programmed by the

user application at 0x000000, with the actual address

for the start of code at 0x000002.

The program memory space is organized in word-

addressable blocks. Although it is treated as 24 bits

wide, it is more appropriate to think of each address of

the program memory as a lower and upper word, with

the upper byte of the upper word being unimplemented.

The lower word always has an even address, while the

upper word has an odd address (Figure 4-2).

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices also have two interrupt

vector tables, located from 0x000004 to 0x0000FF and

0x000100 to 0x0001FF. These vector tables allow each

of the many device interrupt sources to be handled by

separate Interrupt Service Routines (ISRs). A more

detailed discussion of the interrupt vector tables is

provided in Section 7.1 “Interrupt Vector Table”.

Program memory addresses are always word-aligned

on the lower word, and addresses are incremented or

decremented by two during code execution. This

arrangement provides compatibility with data memory

space addressing and makes data in the program

memory space accessible.

FIGURE 4-2:

PROGRAM MEMORY ORGANIZATION

least significant word (lsw)

PC Address

most significant word (msw)

msw

Address

(lsw Address)

23

00000000

16

8

0

0x000001

0x000003

0x000005

0x000007

0x000000

0x000002

0x000004

0x000006

00000000

Program Memory

‘Phantom’ Byte

(read as ‘0’)

Instruction Width

DS70282E-page 26

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

All word accesses must be aligned to an even address.

Misaligned word data fetches are not supported, so

care must be taken when mixing byte and word opera-

tions, or translating from 8-bit MCU code. If a mis-

aligned read or write is attempted, an address error

trap is generated. If the error occurred on a read, the

instruction in progress is completed. If the instruction

occurred on a write, the instruction is executed but the

write does not occur. In either case, a trap is then exe-

cuted, allowing the system and/or user application to

examine the machine state prior to execution of the

address Fault.

4.2

Data Address Space

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 CPU has a separate 16-

bit-wide data memory space. The data space is

accessed using separate Address Generation Units

(AGUs) for read and write operations. The data

memory maps is shown in Figure 4-3.

All Effective Addresses (EAs) in the data memory space

are 16 bits wide and point to bytes within the data space.

This arrangement gives a data space address range of

64 Kbytes or 32K words. The lower half of the data

memory space (that is, when EA<15> = 0) is used for

implemented memory addresses, while the upper half

(EA<15> = 1) is reserved for the Program Space

Visibility area (see Section 4.4.3 “Reading Data from

Program Memory Using Program Space Visibility”).

All byte loads into any W register are loaded into the

LSB. The MSB is not modified.

A sign-extend instruction (SE) is provided to allow

users to translate 8-bit signed data to 16-bit signed

values. Alternately, for 16-bit unsigned data, user appli-

cations can clear the MSB of any W register by execut-

ing a zero-extend (ZE) instruction on the appropriate

address.

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices implement up to

1 Kbyte of data memory. Should an EA point to a loca-

tion outside of this area, an all-zero word or byte will be

returned.

4.2.1

DATA SPACE WIDTH

4.2.3

SFR SPACE

The data memory space is organized in byte address-

able, 16-bit-wide blocks. Data is aligned in data

memory and registers as 16-bit words, but all data

space EAs resolve to bytes. The Least Significant

Bytes (LSBs) of each word have even addresses, while

the Most Significant Bytes (MSBs) have odd

addresses.

The first 2 Kbytes of the near data space, from 0x0000

to 0x07FF, is primarily occupied by Special Function

Registers (SFRs). These are used by the

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 core and peripheral modules

for controlling the operation of the device.

SFRs are distributed among the modules that they

control, and are generally grouped together by module.

Much of the SFR space contains unused addresses;

these are read as ‘0’. A complete listing of implemented

SFRs, including their addresses, is shown in Table 4-1

through Table 4-21.

4.2.2

DATA MEMORY ORGANIZATION

AND ALIGNMENT

To maintain backward compatibility with PIC^®devices

and improve data space memory usage efficiency, the

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 instruction set supports both

word and byte operations. As a consequence of byte

accessibility, all effective address calculations are inter-

nally scaled to step through word-aligned memory. For

example, the core recognizes that Post-Modified

Register Indirect Addressing mode [Ws++] will result in

a value of Ws + 1 for byte operations and Ws + 2 for

word operations.

Note:

The actual set of peripheral features and

interrupts varies by the device. Refer to

the corresponding device tables and pin-

out diagrams for device-specific

information.

4.2.4

NEAR DATA SPACE

The 8 Kbyte area between 0x0000 and 0x1FFF is

referred to as the near data space. Locations in this

space are directly addressable via a 13-bit absolute

address field within all memory direct instructions.

Additionally, the whole data space is addressable using

MOVclass of instructions, which support Memory Direct

Addressing mode with a 16-bit address field, or by

using Indirect Addressing mode with a working register

as an address pointer.

Data byte reads will read the complete word that

contains the byte, using the LSB of any EA to

determine which byte to select. The selected byte is

placed onto the LSB of the data path. That is, data

memory and registers are organized as two parallel

byte-wide entities with shared (word) address decoding

but separate write lines. Data byte writes only write to

the corresponding side of the array or register that

matches the byte address.

DS70282E-page 27

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 4-3:

DATA MEMORY MAP FOR PIC24HJ12GP201/202 DEVICES WITH 1 KB RAM

MSB

Address

LSB

Address

16 bits

MSb

LSb

0x0000

0x0001

2 Kbyte

SFR Space

0x07FE

0x0800

0x07FF

0x0801

X Data RAM (X)

8 Kbyte

1 Kbyte

Near Data Space

SRAM Space

0x0BFF

0x0C01

0x0BFE

0x0C00

0x1FFF

0x2001

0x1FFFF

0x2000

0x8001

0x8000

X Data

Optionally

Mapped

Unimplemented (X)

into Program

Memory

0xFFFF

0xFFFE

DS70282E-page 28

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

4.2.5

SOFTWARE STACK

4.2.6

DATA RAM PROTECTION FEATURE

In addition to its use as a working register, the W15

register in the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices is also

used as a software Stack Pointer. The Stack Pointer

always points to the first available free word and grows

from lower to higher addresses. It pre-decrements for

stack pops and post-increments for stack pushes, as

shown in Figure 4-4. For a PC push during any CALL

instruction, the MSB of the PC is zero-extended before

the push, ensuring that the MSB is always clear.

The PIC24H product family supports Data RAM

protection features that enable segments of RAM to be

protected when used in conjunction with Boot and

Secure Code Segment Security. BSRAM (Secure RAM

segment for BS) is accessible only from the Boot

Segment Flash code, when it is enabled. SSRAM

(Secure RAM segment for RAM) is accessible only

from the Secure Segment Flash code, when it is

enabled. See Table 4-1 for an overview of the BSRAM

and SSRAM SFRs.

Note:

A PC push during exception processing

concatenates the SRL register to the MSB

of the PC prior to the push.

4.3

Instruction Addressing Modes

The addressing modes shown in Table 4-22 form the

basis of the addressing modes that are optimized to

support the specific features of individual instructions.

The addressing modes provided in the MAC class of

instructions differ from those provided by other

instruction types.

The Stack Pointer Limit register (SPLIM) associated

with the Stack Pointer sets an upper address boundary

for the stack. SPLIM is uninitialized at Reset. As is the

case for the Stack Pointer, SPLIM<0> is forced to ‘0’

because all stack operations must be word-aligned.

When an EA is generated using W15 as a source or

destination pointer, the resulting address is compared

with the value in SPLIM. If the contents of the Stack

Pointer (W15) and the SPLIM register are equal and a

push operation is performed, a stack error trap will not

occur. However, the stack error trap will occur on a sub-

sequent push operation. For example, to cause a stack

error trap when the stack grows beyond address

0x0C00 in RAM, initialize the SPLIM with the value

0x0BFE.

4.3.1

FILE REGISTER INSTRUCTIONS

Most file register instructions use a 13-bit address field

(f) to directly address data present in the first 8192

bytes of data memory (Near Data Space). Most file

register instructions employ a working register, W0,

which is denoted as WREG in these instructions. The

destination is typically either the same file register or

WREG (with the exception of the MUL instruction),

which writes the result to a register or register pair. The

MOV instruction allows additional flexibility and can

access the entire data space.

Similarly, a Stack Pointer underflow (stack error) trap is

generated when the Stack Pointer address is found to

be less than 0x0800. This prevents the stack from

interfering with the SFR space.

4.3.2

MCU INSTRUCTIONS

A write to the SPLIM register should not be immediately

followed by an indirect read operation using W15.

The three-operand MCU instructions are of the form:

Operand 3 = Operand 1 <function> Operand 2

where Operand 1 is always a working register (that is,

the addressing mode can only be register direct), which

is referred to as Wb. Operand 2 can be a W register,

fetched from data memory, or a 5-bit literal. The result

location can be either a W register or a data memory

location. The following addressing modes are

supported by MCU instructions:

FIGURE 4-4:

CALL STACK FRAME

0x0000

15

0

• Register Direct

PC<15:0>

000000000

W15 (before CALL)

• Register Indirect

PC<22:16>

• Register Indirect Post-Modified

• Register Indirect Pre-Modified

• 5-bit or 10-bit Literal

W15 (after CALL)

POP : [--W15]

PUSH: [W15++]

Note:

Not all instructions support all the

addressing modes given above.

Individual instructions can support differ-

ent subsets of these addressing modes.

DS70282E-page 39

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 4-22: FUNDAMENTAL ADDRESSING MODES SUPPORTED

Addressing Mode

File Register Direct

Description

The address of the file register is specified explicitly.

The contents of a register are accessed directly.

The contents of Wn forms the Effective Address (EA.)

Register Direct

Register Indirect

Register Indirect Post-Modified

The contents of Wn forms the EA. Wn is post-modified (incremented or

decremented) by a constant value.

Register Indirect Pre-Modified

Wn is pre-modified (incremented or decremented) by a signed constant value

to form the EA.

Register Indirect with Register Offset The sum of Wn and Wb forms the EA.

(Register Indexed)

Register Indirect with Literal Offset

The sum of Wn and a literal forms the EA.

4.3.3

MOVE (MOV) INSTRUCTIONS

4.3.4

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS

Move instructions provide

a

greater degree of

In addition to the addressing modes outlined

previously, some instructions use literal constants of

various sizes. For example, BRA (branch) instructions

use 16-bit signed literals to specify the branch

destination directly, whereas the DISIinstruction uses

a 14-bit unsigned literal field. In some instructions, such

as ADD Acc, the source of an operand or result is

implied by the opcode itself. Certain operations, such

as NOP, do not have any operands.

addressing flexibility than other instructions. In addition

to the addressing modes supported by most MCU

instructions, MOV instructions also support Register

Indirect with Register Offset Addressing mode, also

referred to as Register Indexed mode.

Note:

For the MOV instructions, the addressing

mode specified in the instruction can differ

for the source and destination EA.

However, the 4-bit Wb (Register Offset)

field is shared by both source and

destination (but typically only used by

one).

In summary, the following addressing modes are

supported by move instructions:

• Register Direct

• Register Indirect

• Register Indirect Post-modified

• Register Indirect Pre-modified

• Register Indirect with Register Offset (Indexed)

• Register Indirect with Literal Offset

• 8-bit Literal

• 16-bit Literal

Note:

Not all instructions support all the

addressing modes given above. Individual

instructions may support different subsets

of these addressing modes.

DS70282E-page 40

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

4.4.1

ADDRESSING PROGRAM SPACE

4.4

Interfacing Program and Data

Memory Spaces

Since the address ranges for the data and program

spaces are 16 and 24 bits, respectively, a method is

needed to create a 23-bit or 24-bit program address

from 16-bit data registers. The solution depends on the

interface method to be used.

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 architecture uses a 24-bit-

wide program space and a 16-bit-wide data space. The

architecture is also a modified Harvard scheme, mean-

ing that data can also be present in the program space.

To use this data successfully, it must be accessed in a

way that preserves the alignment of information in both

spaces.

For table operations, the 8-bit Table Page register

(TBLPAG) is used to define a 32K word region within

the program space. This is concatenated with a 16-bit

EA to arrive at a full 24-bit program space address. In

this format, the MSb of TBLPAG is used to determine if

the operation occurs in the user memory (TBLPAG<7>

= 0) or the configuration memory (TBLPAG<7> = 1).

Aside from normal execution, the PIC24HJ12GP201/

202 architecture provides two methods by which

program space can be accessed during operation:

• Using table instructions to access individual bytes

or words anywhere in the program space

For remapping operations, the 8-bit Program Space

Visibility register (PSVPAG) is used to define a

16K word page in the program space. When the MSb

of the EA is ‘1’, PSVPAG is concatenated with the lower

15 bits of the EA to form a 23-bit program space

address. Unlike table operations, this limits remapping

operations strictly to the user memory area.

• Remapping a portion of the program space into

the data space (Program Space Visibility)

Table instructions allow an application to read or write

to small areas of the program memory. This capability

makes the method ideal for accessing data tables that

need to be updated periodically. It also allows access

to all bytes of the program word. The remapping

method allows an application to access a large block of

data on a read-only basis, which is ideal for look ups

from a large table of static data. The application can

only access the lsw of the program word.

Table 4-23 and Figure 4-5 show how the program EA is

created for table operations and remapping accesses

from the data EA.

TABLE 4-23: PROGRAM SPACE ADDRESS CONSTRUCTION

Program Space Address

Access

Space

Access Type

<23>

<22:16>

<15>

<14:1>

<0>

Instruction Access

(Code Execution)

User

0

PC<22:1>

0

0xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxx0

TBLRD/TBLWT

(Byte/Word Read/Write)

TBLPAG<7:0>

0xxx xxxx

Data EA<15:0>

xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

Data EA<15:0>

Configuration

TBLPAG<7:0>

1xxx xxxx

xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

Program Space Visibility User

(Block Remap/Read)

0

PSVPAG<7:0>

xxxx xxxx

Data EA<14:0>⁽¹⁾

0

xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx

Note 1: Data EA<15> is always ‘1’ in this case, but is not used in calculating the program space address. Bit 15 of

the address is PSVPAG<0>.

DS70282E-page 41

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 4-5:

DATA ACCESS FROM PROGRAM SPACE ADDRESS GENERATION

Program Counter⁽¹⁾

Program Counter

23 bits

0

1/0

EA

Table Operations⁽²⁾

1/0

TBLPAG

8 bits

16 bits

24 bits

Select

1

0

EA

Program Space Visibility⁽¹⁾

(Remapping)

0

PSVPAG

8 bits

15 bits

23 bits

Byte Select

User/Configuration

Space Select

Note 1: The LSb of program space addresses is always fixed as ‘0’ to maintain word alignment of

data in the program and data spaces.

2: Table operations are not required to be word-aligned. Table read operations are permitted

in the configuration memory space.

DS70282E-page 42

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

In Byte mode, either the upper or lower byte of the

lower program word is mapped to the lower byte of

a data address. The upper byte is selected when

Byte Select is ‘1’; the lower byte is selected when

it is ‘0’.

4.4.2

DATA ACCESS FROM PROGRAM

MEMORY USING TABLE

INSTRUCTIONS

The TBLRDL and TBLWTL instructions offer a direct

method of reading or writing the lower word of any

address within the program space without going

through data space. The TBLRDH and TBLWTH

instructions are the only method to read or write the

upper 8 bits of a program space word as data.

• TBLRDH (Table Read High): In Word mode, this

instruction maps the entire upper word of a program

address (P<23:16>) to a data address. Note that

D<15:8>, the ‘phantom byte’, will always be ‘0’.

In Byte mode, this instruction maps the upper or

lower byte of the program word to D<7:0> of the

data address, as in the TBLRDLinstruction. Note

that the data will always be ‘0’ when the upper

‘phantom’ byte is selected (Byte Select = 1).

The PC is incremented by two for each successive

24-bit program word. This allows program memory

addresses to directly map to data space addresses.

Program memory can thus be regarded as two 16-bit-

wide word address spaces, residing side by side, each

with the same address range. TBLRDL and TBLWTL

access the space that contains the least significant

data word. TBLRDHand TBLWTHaccess the space that

contains the upper data byte.

In a similar fashion, two table instructions, TBLWTH

and TBLWTL, are used to write individual bytes or

words to a program space address. The details of

their operation are explained in Section 5.0 “Flash

Program Memory”.

Two table instructions are provided to move byte- or

word-sized (16-bit) data to and from program space.

Both function as either byte or word operations.

For all table operations, the area of program memory

space to be accessed is determined by the Table Page

register (TBLPAG). TBLPAG covers the entire program

memory space of the device, including user and

configuration spaces. When TBLPAG<7> = 0, the table

page is located in the user memory space. When

TBLPAG<7> = 1, the page is located in configuration

space.

• TBLRDL(Table Read Low): In Word mode, this

instruction maps the lower word of the program

space location (P<15:0>) to a data address

(D<15:0>).

FIGURE 4-6:

ACCESSING PROGRAM MEMORY WITH TABLE INSTRUCTIONS

Program Space

TBLPAG

02

23

15

0

0x000000

23

16

8

0

00000000

0x020000

0x030000

00000000

‘Phantom’ Byte

TBLRDH.B(Wn<0> = 0)

TBLRDL.B(Wn<0> = 1)

TBLRDL.B(Wn<0> = 0)

TBLRDL.W

The address for the table operation is determined by the data EA

within the page defined by the TBLPAG register.

Only read operations are shown; write operations are also valid in

the user memory area.

0x800000

DS70282E-page 43

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

24-bit program word are used to contain the data. The

upper 8 bits of any program space location used as

data should be programmed with ‘1111 1111’ or

‘0000 0000’ to force a NOP. This prevents possible

issues should the area of code ever be accidentally

executed.

4.4.3

READING DATA FROM PROGRAM

MEMORY USING PROGRAM SPACE

VISIBILITY

The upper 32 Kbytes of data space may optionally be

mapped into any 16K word page of the program space.

This option provides transparent access to stored con-

stant data from the data space without the need to use

special instructions (such as TBLRDLor TBLRDH).

Note:

PSV access is temporarily disabled during

table reads/writes.

Program space access through the data space occurs

if the MSb of the data space EA is ‘1’ and program

space visibility is enabled by setting the PSV bit in the

Core Control register (CORCON<2>). The location of

the program memory space to be mapped into the data

space is determined by the Program Space Visibility

Page register (PSVPAG). This 8-bit register defines

any one of 256 possible pages of 16K words in

program space. In effect, PSVPAG functions as the

upper 8 bits of the program memory address, with the

15 bits of the EA functioning as the lower bits. By

incrementing the PC by 2 for each program memory

word, the lower 15 bits of data space addresses directly

map to the lower 15 bits in the corresponding program

space addresses.

For operations that use PSV and are executed outside

a REPEAT loop, the MOV and MOV.D instructions

require one instruction cycle in addition to the specified

execution time. All other instructions require two

instruction cycles in addition to the specified execution

time.

For operations that use PSV, and are executed inside

a REPEATloop, these instances require two instruction

cycles in addition to the specified execution time of the

instruction:

• Execution in the first iteration

• Execution in the last iteration

• Execution prior to exiting the loop due to an

interrupt

Data reads to this area add a cycle to the instruction

being executed, since two program memory fetches

are required.

• Execution upon re-entering the loop after an

interrupt is serviced

Any other iteration of the REPEAT loop will allow the

instruction using PSV to access data to execute in a

single cycle.

Although each data space address 0x8000 and higher

maps directly into a corresponding program memory

address (see Figure 4-7), only the lower 16 bits of the

FIGURE 4-7:

PROGRAM SPACE VISIBILITY OPERATION

When CORCON<2> = 1and EA<15> = 1:

Program Space

Data Space

PSVPAG

02

23

15

0

0x000000

0x0000

Data EA<14:0>

0x010000

0x018000

The data in the page

designated by

PSVPAG is mapped

into the upper half of

the data memory

space...

0x8000

PSV Area

...whilethelower15bits

of the EA specify an

exact address within

the PSV area. This

corresponds exactly to

the same lower 15 bits

of the actual program

space address.

0xFFFF

0x800000

DS70282E-page 44

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

unprogrammed devices and then program the digital

signal controller just before shipping the product. This

also allows the most recent firmware or a custom

firmware to be programmed.

5.0

FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 4. Program

Memory” (DS70202) of the “dsPIC33F/

PIC24H Family Reference Manual”,

which is available from the Microchip

website (www.microchip.com).

RTSP is accomplished using TBLRD (table read) and

TBLWT (table write) instructions. With RTSP, the user

application can write program memory data either in

blocks or ‘rows’ of 64 instructions (192 bytes) or a sin-

gle program memory word, and erase program mem-

ory in blocks or ‘pages’ of 512 instructions (1536

bytes).

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

5.1

Table Instructions and Flash

Programming

Regardless of the method used, all programming of

Flash memory is done with the table-read and table-

write instructions. These allow direct read and write

access to the program memory space from the data

memory while the device is in normal operating mode.

The 24-bit target address in the program memory is

formed using bits <7:0> of the TBLPAG register and the

Effective Address (EA) from a W register specified in

the table instruction, as shown in Figure 5-1.

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices contain internal

Flash program memory for storing and executing

application code. The memory is readable, writable and

erasable during normal operation over the entire VDD

range.

Flash memory can be programmed in two ways:

The TBLRDLand the TBLWTLinstructions are used to

read or write to bits<15:0> of program memory.

TBLRDLand TBLWTLcan access program memory in

both Word and Byte modes.

• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™)

programming capability

• Run-Time Self-Programming (RTSP)

The TBLRDHand TBLWTHinstructions are used to read

or write to bits<23:16> of program memory. TBLRDH

and TBLWTHcan also access program memory in Word

or Byte mode.

ICSP allows a PIC24HJ12GP201/202 device to be

serially programmed while in the end application circuit.

This is done with two lines for programming clock and

programming data (one of the alternate programming

pin pairs: PGECx/PGEDx), and three other lines for

power (VDD), ground (VSS) and Master Clear (MCLR).

This allows users to manufacture boards with

FIGURE 5-1:

ADDRESSING FOR TABLE REGISTERS

24 bits

Program Counter

Using

Program Counter

0

Working Reg EA

Using

Table Instruction

1/0

TBLPAG Reg

8 bits

16 bits

User/Configuration

Space Select

Byte

Select

24-bit EA

DS70282E-page 45

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

For example, if the device is operating at +125°C, the

FRC accuracy will be ±5%. If the TUN<5:0> bits (see

Register 8-4) are set to ‘b111111, the minimum row

write time is equal to Equation 5-2.

5.2

RTSP Operation

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 Flash program memory

array is organized into rows of 64 instructions or 192

bytes. RTSP allows the user application to erase a

page of memory, which consists of eight rows (512

instructions), and to program one row or one word. The

8-row erase pages and single row write rows are edge-

aligned from the beginning of program memory, on

boundaries of 1536 bytes and 192 bytes, respectively.

EQUATION 5-2:

MINIMUM ROW WRITE

TIME

11064 Cycles

7.37 MHz × (1 + 0.05) × (1 – 0.00375)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

= 1.435ms

T_RW

=

The program memory implements holding buffers that

can contain 64 instructions of programming data. Prior

to the actual programming operation, the write data

must be loaded into the buffers sequentially. The

instruction words loaded must always be from a group

of 64 boundary.

The maximum row write time is equal to Equation 5-3.

EQUATION 5-3:

MAXIMUM ROW WRITE

TIME

The basic sequence for RTSP programming is to set up

a Table Pointer, then do a series of TBLWTinstructions

to load the buffers. Programming is performed by

setting the control bits in the NVMCON register. A total

of 64 TBLWTL and TBLWTH instructions are required

to load the instructions.

11064 Cycles

7.37 MHz × (1 – 0.05) × (1 – 0.00375)

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

= 1.586ms

T_RW

=

Setting the WR bit (NVMCON<15>) starts the

operation, and the WR bit is automatically cleared

when the operation is finished.

All of the table write operations are single-word writes

(two instruction cycles) because only the buffers are

written.

A

programming cycle is required for

programming each row.

5.4

Control Registers

Two SFRs are used to read and write the program

Flash memory:

5.3

Programming Operations

A complete programming sequence is necessary for

programming or erasing the internal Flash in RTSP

mode. The processor stalls (waits) until the

programming operation is finished.

• NVMCON: Flash Memory Control Register

• NVMKEY: Nonvolatile Memory Key Register

The NVMCON register (Register 5-1) controls which

blocks are to be erased, which memory type is to be

programmed and the start of the programming cycle.

The programming time depends on the FRC accuracy

(see Table 22-18) and the value of the FRC Oscillator

Tuning register (see Register 8-4). Use the following

formula to calculate the minimum and maximum values

for the Row Write Time, Page Erase Time, and Word

Write Cycle Time parameters (see Table 22-12).

NVMKEY (Register 5-2) is a write-only register that is

used for write protection. To start a programming or

erase sequence, the user application must

consecutively write 0x55 and 0xAA to the NVMKEY

register. Refer to Section 5.3 “Programming

Operations” for further details.

EQUATION 5-1:

PROGRAMMING TIME

T

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7.37 MHz × (FRC Accuracy)% × (FRC Tuning)%

DS70282E-page 46

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 5-1:

NVMCON: FLASH MEMORY CONTROL REGISTER

R/SO-0⁽¹⁾

WR

R/W-0⁽¹⁾

WRERR

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

WREN

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0⁽¹⁾

bit 0

U-0

—

R/W-0⁽¹⁾

ERASE

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0⁽¹⁾

NVMOP<3:0>⁽²⁾

bit 7

Legend:

SO = Settable only bit

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

R = Readable bit

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

-n = Value at POR

bit 15

WR: Write Control bit

1= Initiates a Flash memory program or erase operation. The operation is self-timed and the bit is

cleared by hardware when operation is complete.

0= Program or erase operation is complete and inactive

bit 14

bit 13

WREN: Write Enable bit

1= Enable Flash program/erase operations

0= Inhibit Flash program/erase operations

WRERR: Write Sequence Error Flag bit

1= An improper program or erase sequence attempt or termination has occurred (bit is set

automatically on any set attempt of the WR bit)

0= The program or erase operation completed normally

bit 12-7

bit 6

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

ERASE: Erase/Program Enable bit

1= Perform the erase operation specified by NVMOP<3:0> on the next WR command

0= Perform the program operation specified by NVMOP<3:0> on the next WR command

bit 5-4

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

NVMOP<3:0>: NVM Operation Select bits⁽²⁾

If ERASE = 1:

1111= Memory bulk erase operation

1101= Erase General Segment

1100= Erase Secure Segment

0011= No operation

0010= Memory page erase operation

0001= No operation

0000= Erase a single Configuration register byte

If ERASE = 0:

1111= No operation

1101= No operation

1100= No operation

0011= Memory word program operation

0010= No operation

0001= Memory row program operation

0000= Program a single Configuration register byte

Note 1: These bits can only be Reset on POR.

2: All other combinations of NVMOP<3:0> are unimplemented.

DS70282E-page 47

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 5-2:

NVMKEY: NONVOLATILE MEMORY KEY REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

W-0

bit 7

W-0

NVMKEY<7:0>

Legend:

SO = Settable only bit

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-8

bit 7-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

NVMKEY<7:0>: Key Register (write-only) bits

DS70282E-page 48

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

4. Write the first 64 instructions from data RAM into

the program memory buffers (see Example 5-2).

5.4.1

PROGRAMMING ALGORITHM FOR

FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY

5. Write the program block to Flash memory:

Programmers can program one row of program Flash

memory at a time. To do this, it is necessary to erase

the 8-row erase page that contains the desired row.

The general process is:

a) Set the NVMOP bits to ‘0001’ to configure

for row programming. Clear the ERASE bit

and set the WREN bit.

b) Write 0x55 to NVMKEY.

c) Write 0xAA to NVMKEY.

1. Read eight rows of program memory

(512 instructions) and store in data RAM.

d) Set the WR bit. The programming cycle

begins and the CPU stalls for the duration of

the write cycle. When the write to Flash mem-

ory is done, the WR bit is cleared

automatically.

2. Update the program data in RAM with the

desired new data.

3. Erase the block (see Example 5-1):

a) Set the NVMOP bits (NVMCON<3:0>) to

‘0010’ to configure for block erase. Set the

ERASE (NVMCON<6>) and WREN

(NVMCON<14>) bits.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5, using the next available

64 instructions from the block in data RAM by

incrementing the value in TBLPAG, until all

512 instructions are written back to Flash memory.

b) Write the starting address of the page to be

erased into the TBLPAG and W registers.

For protection against accidental operations, the write

initiate sequence for NVMKEY must be used to allow

any erase or program operation to proceed. After the

programming command has been executed, the user

application must wait for the programming time until

programming is complete. The two instructions

following the start of the programming sequence

should be NOPs, as shown in Example 5-3.

c) Write 0x55 to NVMKEY.

d) Write 0xAA to NVMKEY.

e) Set the WR bit (NVMCON<15>). The erase

cycle begins and the CPU stalls for the dura-

tion of the erase cycle. When the erase is

done, the WR bit is cleared automatically.

EXAMPLE 5-1:

ERASING A PROGRAM MEMORY PAGE

; Set up NVMCON for block erase operation

MOV

#0x4042, W0

W0, NVMCON

;

; Initialize NVMCON

; Init pointer to row to be ERASED

MOV

#tblpage(PROG_ADDR), W0

W0, TBLPAG

#tbloffset(PROG_ADDR), W0

;

; Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR

; Initialize in-page EA[15:0] pointer

; Set base address of erase block

; Block all interrupts with priority <7

; for next 5 instructions

TBLWTL W0, [W0]

DISI

#5

MOV

BSET

NOP

#0x55, W0

W0, NVMKEY

#0xAA, W1

W1, NVMKEY

NVMCON, #WR

; Write the 55 key

;

; Write the AA key

; Start the erase sequence

; Insert two NOPs after the erase

; command is asserted

DS70282E-page 49

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

EXAMPLE 5-2:

LOADING THE WRITE BUFFERS

; Set up NVMCON for row programming operations

MOV

#0x4001, W0

W0, NVMCON

;

; Initialize NVMCON

; Set up a pointer to the first program memory location to be written

; program memory selected, and writes enabled

MOV

#0x0000, W0

W0, TBLPAG

#0x6000, W0

;

; Initialize PM Page Boundary SFR

; An example program memory address

; Perform the TBLWT instructions to write the latches

; 0th_program_word

MOV

#LOW_WORD_0, W2

#HIGH_BYTE_0, W3

;

TBLWTL W2, [W0]

TBLWTH W3, [W0++]

; Write PM low word into program latch

; Write PM high byte into program latch

; 1st_program_word

MOV

#LOW_WORD_1, W2

#HIGH_BYTE_1, W3

;

TBLWTL W2, [W0]

TBLWTH W3, [W0++]

; Write PM low word into program latch

; Write PM high byte into program latch

;

2nd_program_word

MOV

#LOW_WORD_2, W2

#HIGH_BYTE_2, W3

;

TBLWTL W2, [W0]

TBLWTH W3, [W0++]

; Write PM low word into program latch

; Write PM high byte into program latch

•

; 63rd_program_word

MOV

#LOW_WORD_31, W2

#HIGH_BYTE_31, W3

;

TBLWTL W2, [W0]

TBLWTH W3, [W0++]

; Write PM low word into program latch

; Write PM high byte into program latch

EXAMPLE 5-3:

INITIATING A PROGRAMMING SEQUENCE

DISI

#5

; Block all interrupts with priority <7

; for next 5 instructions

MOV

BSET

NOP

#0x55, W0

W0, NVMKEY

#0xAA, W1

W1, NVMKEY

NVMCON, #WR

; Write the 55 key

;

; Write the AA key

; Start the erase sequence

; Insert two NOPs after the

; erase command is asserted

DS70282E-page 50

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

A simplified block diagram of the Reset module is

shown in Figure 6-1.

6.0

RESETS

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 families of

devices. It is not intended to be a compre-

hensive reference source. To comple-

ment the information in this data sheet,

refer to “Section 8. Reset” (DS70192) of

the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Refer-

ence Manual”, which is available from the

Microchip website (www.microchip.com).

Any active source of Reset will make the SYSRST

signal active. On system Reset, some of the registers

associated with the CPU and peripherals are forced to

a known Reset state, and some are unaffected.

Note:

Refer to the specific peripheral section or

Section 3.0 “CPU” of this manual for

register Reset states.

All types of device Reset set a corresponding status bit

in the RCON register to indicate the type of Reset (see

Register 6-1).

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

All bits that are set, with the exception of the POR bit

(RCON<0>), are cleared during a POR event. The user

application can set or clear any bit at any time during

code execution. The RCON bits only serve as status

bits. Setting a particular Reset status bit in software

does not cause a device Reset to occur.

The Reset module combines all Reset sources and

controls the device Master Reset Signal, SYSRST. The

following is a list of device Reset sources:

The RCON register also has other bits associated with

the Watchdog Timer and device power-saving states.

The function of these bits is discussed in other sections

of this data sheet.

• POR: Power-on Reset

• BOR: Brown-out Reset

• MCLR: Master Clear Pin Reset

• SWR: RESETInstruction

Note:

The status bits in the RCON register

should be cleared after they are read so

that the next RCON register value after a

device Reset is meaningful.

• WDTO: Watchdog Timer Reset

• CM: Configuration Mismatch Reset

• TRAPR: Trap Conflict Reset

• IOPUWR: Illegal Condition Device Reset

- Illegal Opcode Reset

- Uninitialized W Register Reset

- Security Reset

FIGURE 6-1:

RESET SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

RESETInstruction

Glitch Filter

MCLR

WDT

Module

Sleep or Idle

BOR

Internal

Regulator

SYSRST

VDD

POR

VDD Rise

Detect

Trap Conflict

Illegal Opcode

Uninitialized W Register

Configuration Mismatch

DS70282E-page 51

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(1)

REGISTER 6-1:

RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0

TRAPR

bit 15

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

CM

R/W-0

IOPUWR

—

VREGS

bit 8

R/W-0

EXTR

R/W-0

SWR

R/W-0

SWDTEN⁽²⁾

R/W-0

WDTO

R/W-0

IDLE

R/W-1

BOR

R/W-1

POR

SLEEP

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

-n = Value at POR

bit 15

bit 14

TRAPR: Trap Reset Flag bit

1= A Trap Conflict Reset has occurred

0= A Trap Conflict Reset has not occurred

IOPUWR: Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Access Reset Flag bit

1= An illegal opcode detection, an illegal address mode or uninitialized W register used as an

Address Pointer caused a Reset

0= An illegal opcode or uninitialized W Reset has not occurred

bit 13-10

bit 9

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CM: Configuration Mismatch Flag bit

1= A configuration mismatch Reset has occurred

0= A configuration mismatch Reset has not occurred

bit 8

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

VREGS: Voltage Regulator Standby During Sleep bit

1= Voltage regulator is active during Sleep

0= Voltage regulator goes into Standby mode during Sleep

EXTR: External Reset (MCLR) Pin bit

1= A Master Clear (pin) Reset has occurred

0= A Master Clear (pin) Reset has not occurred

SWR: Software Reset (Instruction) Flag bit

1= A RESETinstruction has been executed

0= A RESETinstruction has not been executed

SWDTEN: Software Enable/Disable of WDT bit⁽²⁾

1= WDT is enabled

0= WDT is disabled

WDTO: Watchdog Timer Time-out Flag bit

1= WDT time-out has occurred

0= WDT time-out has not occurred

SLEEP: Wake-up from Sleep Flag bit

1= Device has been in Sleep mode

0= Device has not been in Sleep mode

IDLE: Wake-up from Idle Flag bit

1= Device was in Idle mode

0= Device was not in Idle mode

Note 1: All of the Reset status bits can be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not

cause a device Reset.

2: If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is ‘1’ (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the

SWDTEN bit setting.

DS70282E-page 52

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(1)

REGISTER 6-1:

RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 1

BOR: Brown-out Reset Flag bit

1= A Brown-out Reset has occurred

0= A Brown-out Reset has not occurred

bit 0

POR: Power-on Reset Flag bit

1= A Power-on Reset has occurred

0= A Power-on Reset has not occurred

Note 1: All of the Reset status bits can be set or cleared in software. Setting one of these bits in software does not

cause a device Reset.

2: If the FWDTEN Configuration bit is ‘1’ (unprogrammed), the WDT is always enabled, regardless of the

SWDTEN bit setting.

DS70282E-page 53

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

The device is kept in a Reset state until the system

power supplies have stabilized at appropriate levels

and the oscillator clock is ready. The sequence in

which this occurs is detailed below and is shown in

Figure 6-2.

6.1

System Reset

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of devices have two

types of Reset:

• Cold Reset

• Warm Reset

A cold Reset is the result of a Power-on Reset (POR)

or a BOR. On a cold Reset, the FNOSC configuration

bits in the FOSC device configuration register selects

the device clock source.

A warm Reset is the result of all other Reset sources,

including the RESET instruction. On warm Reset, the

device will continue to operate from the current clock

source as indicated by the Current Oscillator Selection

(COSC<2:0>) bits in the Oscillator Control

(OSCCON<14:12>) register.

TABLE 6-1:

OSCILLATOR DELAY

Oscillator

Oscillator Startup

Timer

Oscillator Mode

PLL Lock Time

Total Delay

Startup Delay

FRC, FRCDIV16,

FRCDIVN

TOSCD

—

TOSCD

FRCPLL

XT

TOSCD

—

TOST

—

TLOCK

—

TOSCD + TLOCK

TOSCD + TOST

—

HS

—

EC

—

XTPLL

HSPLL

ECPLL

SOSC

LPRC

TOSCD

—

TOST

—

TLOCK

—

TOSCD + TOST + TLOCK

TLOCK

TOSCD

TOST

—

TOSCD + TOST

TOSCD

—

Note 1: TOSCD = Oscillator Start-up Delay (1.1 μs max for FRC, 70 μs max for LPRC). Crystal Oscillator start-up

times vary with crystal characteristics, load capacitance, etc.

2: TOST = Oscillator Start-up Timer Delay (1024 oscillator clock period). For example, TOST = 102.4 μs for a

10 MHz crystal and TOST = 32 ms for a 32 kHz crystal.

3: TLOCK = PLL lock time (1.5 ms nominal), if PLL is enabled.

DS70282E-page 54

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 6-2:

SYSTEM RESET TIMING

VBOR

Vbor

VPOR

TPOR

VDD

1

POR

BOR

TBOR

2

3

TPWRT

SYSRST

4

Oscillator Clock

TLOCK

TOSCD

TOST

6

TFSCM

FSCM

5

Reset

Device Status

Run

Time

1.

2.

3.

POR: A POR circuit holds the device in Reset when the power supply is turned on. The POR circuit is active until VDD crosses the

VPOR threshold and the delay TPOR has elapsed.

BOR: The on-chip voltage regulator has a BOR circuit that keeps the device in Reset until VDD crosses the VBOR threshold and the

delay TBOR has elapsed. The delay TBOR ensures the voltage regulator output becomes stable.

PWRT Timer: The programmable power-up timer continues to hold the processor in Reset for a specific period of time (TPWRT)

after a BOR. The delay TPWRT ensures that the system power supplies have stabilized at the appropriate level for full-speed oper-

ation. After the delay TPWRT has elapsed, the SYSRST becomes inactive, which in turn enables the selected oscillator to start

generating clock cycles.

4.

5.

6.

Oscillator Delay: The total delay for the clock to be ready for various clock source selections are given in Table 6-1. Refer to

Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration” for more information.

When the oscillator clock is ready, the processor begins execution from location 0x000000. The user application programs a GOTO

instruction at the Reset address, which redirects program execution to the appropriate start-up routine.

The Fail-safe clock monitor (FSCM), if enabled, begins to monitor the system clock when the system clock is ready and the delay

TFSCM elapsed.

TABLE 6-2:

Symbol

OSCILLATOR PARAMETERS

Note: When the device exits the Reset condi-

tion (begins normal operation), the

device operating parameters (voltage,

frequency, temperature, etc.) must be

within their operating ranges, other-

wise the device may not function cor-

rectly. The user application must

ensure that the delay between the time

power is first applied, and the time

SYSRST becomes inactive, is long

enough to get all operating parameters

within specification.

Parameter

POR threshold

Value

VPOR

TPOR

VBOR

TBOR

TPWRT

1.8V nominal

POR extension time 30 μs maximum

BOR threshold 2.5V nominal

BOR extension time 100 μs maximum

Programmable

power-up time

delay

0-128 ms nominal

TFSCM

Fail-safe Clock

Monitor Delay

900 μs maximum

DS70282E-page 55

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

6.2

POR

6.3

BOR and PWRT

A POR circuit ensures the device is reset from power-

on. The POR circuit is active until VDD crosses the

VPOR threshold and the delay TPOR has elapsed. The

delay TPOR ensures the internal device bias circuits

become stable.

The on-chip regulator has a BOR circuit that resets the

device when the VDD is too low (VDD < VBOR) for proper

device operation. The BOR circuit keeps the device in

Reset until VDD crosses VBOR threshold and the delay

TBOR has elapsed. The delay TBOR ensures the voltage

regulator output becomes stable.

The device supply voltage characteristics must meet

the specified starting voltage and rise rate

requirements to generate the POR. Refer to

Section 22.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for details.

The BOR status (BOR) bit in the Reset Control

(RCON<1>) register is set to indicate the Brown-out

Reset.

The POR status (POR) bit in the Reset Control

(RCON<0>) register is set to indicate the Power-on

Reset.

The device will not run at full speed after a BOR as the

VDD should rise to acceptable levels for full-speed

operation. The PWRT provides power-up time delay

(TPWRT) to ensure that the system power supplies have

stabilized at the appropriate levels for full-speed

operation before the SYSRST is released.

The power-up timer delay (TPWRT) is programmed by

the

Power-on

Reset

Timer

Value

Select

(FPWRT<2:0>) bits in the POR Configuration

(FPOR<2:0>) register, which provides eight settings

(from 0 ms to 128 ms). Refer to Section 19.0 “Special

Features” for further details.

Figure 6-3 shows the typical brown-out scenarios. The

Reset delay (TBOR + TPWRT) is initiated each time VDD

rises above the VBOR trip point.

FIGURE 6-3:

BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS

VDD

VBOR

TBOR + TPWRT

SYSRST

VDD

VBOR

TBOR + TPWRT

SYSRST

VDD dips before PWRTexpires

VDD

VBOR

TBOR + TPWRT

SYSRST

DS70282E-page 56

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

6.4

External Reset (EXTR)

6.7

Trap Conflict Reset

The external Reset is generated by driving the MCLR

pin low. The MCLR pin is a Schmitt trigger input with an

additional glitch filter. Reset pulses that are longer than

the minimum pulse width will generate a Reset. Refer

to Section 22.0 “Electrical Characteristics” for

minimum pulse width specifications. The External

Reset (MCLR) Pin (EXTR) bit in the Reset Control

(RCON) register is set to indicate the MCLR Reset.

If a lower-priority hard trap occurs while a higher-prior-

ity trap is being processed, a hard trap conflict Reset

occurs. The hard traps include exceptions of priority

level 13 through level 15, inclusive. The address error

(level 13) and oscillator error (level 14) traps fall into

this category.

The Trap Reset Flag (TRAPR) bit in the Reset Control

(RCON<15>) register is set to indicate the Trap Conflict

Reset. Refer to Section 7.0 “Interrupt Controller” for

more information on trap conflict Resets.

6.4.1

EXTERNAL SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT

Many systems have external supervisory circuits that

generate Reset signals to Reset multiple devices in the

system. This external Reset signal can be directly con-

nected to the MCLR pin to Reset the device when the

rest of system is Reset.

6.8

Configuration Mismatch Reset

To maintain the integrity of the peripheral pin select

control registers, they are constantly monitored with

shadow registers in hardware. If an unexpected

change in any of the registers occur (such as cell dis-

turbances caused by ESD or other external events), a

configuration mismatch Reset occurs.

6.4.2

INTERNAL SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT

When using the internal power supervisory circuit to

Reset the device, the external Reset pin (MCLR)

should be tied directly or resistively to VDD. In this case,

the MCLR pin will not be used to generate a Reset. The

external Reset pin (MCLR) does not have an internal

pull-up and must not be left unconnected.

The Configuration Mismatch Flag (CM) bit in the

Reset Control (RCON<9>) register is set to indicate

the configuration mismatch Reset. Refer to

Section 10.0 “I/O Ports” for more information on the

configuration mismatch Reset.

Note:

The configuration mismatch feature and

associated Reset flag is not available on

all devices.

6.5

Software RESET Instruction (SWR)

Whenever the RESET instruction is executed, the

device will assert SYSRST, placing the device in a

special Reset state. This Reset state will not re-

initialize the clock. The clock source in effect prior to the

RESETinstruction will remain. SYSRST is released at

the next instruction cycle, and the Reset vector fetch

will commence.

6.9

Illegal Condition Device Reset

An illegal condition device Reset occurs due to the

following sources:

• Illegal Opcode Reset

• Uninitialized W Register Reset

• Security Reset

The Software Reset (Instruction) Flag (SWR) bit in the

Reset Control (RCON<6>) register is set to indicate

the software Reset.

The Illegal Opcode or Uninitialized W Access Reset

Flag (IOPUWR) bit in the Reset Control (RCON<14>)

register is set to indicate the illegal condition device

Reset.

6.6

Watchdog Time-out Reset (WDTO)

Whenever a Watchdog Time-out occurs, the device

will asynchronously assert SYSRST. The clock source

will remain unchanged. A WDT time-out during Sleep

or Idle mode will wake-up the processor, but will not

reset the processor.

6.9.1

ILLEGAL OPCODE RESET

A device Reset is generated if the device attempts to

execute an illegal opcode value that is fetched from

program memory.

The Watchdog Timer Time-out Flag (WDTO) bit in the

Reset Control (RCON<4>) register is set to indicate

the Watchdog Reset. Refer to Section 19.4

“Watchdog Timer (WDT)” for more information on

Watchdog Reset.

The illegal opcode Reset function can prevent the

device from executing program memory sections that

are used to store constant data. To take advantage of

the illegal opcode Reset, use only the lower 16 bits of

each program memory section to store the data values.

The upper 8 bits should be programmed with 3Fh,

which is an illegal opcode value.

DS70282E-page 57

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

6.9.2

UNINITIALIZED W REGISTER

RESET

6.10 Using the RCON Status Bits

The user application can read the Reset Control

(RCON) register after any device Reset to determine

the cause of the Reset.

Any attempts to use the uninitialized W register as an

address pointer will Reset the device. The W register

array (with the exception of W15) is cleared during all

Resets and is considered uninitialized until written to.

Note: The status bits in the RCON register

should be cleared after they are read so

that the next RCON register value after a

device Reset will be meaningful.

6.9.3

SECURITY RESET

If a Program Flow Change (PFC) or Vector Flow

Change (VFC) targets a restricted location in a

protected segment (Boot and Secure Segment), that

operation will cause a security Reset.

Table 6-3 provides a summary of Reset Flag Bit

operation.

The PFC occurs when the Program Counter is

reloaded as a result of a Call, Jump, Computed Jump,

Return, Return from Subroutine, or other form of

branch instruction.

The VFC occurs when the Program Counter is

reloaded with an Interrupt or Trap vector.

Refer to Section 19.6 “Code Protection and

CodeGuard™ Security” for more information on

Security Reset.

TABLE 6-3:

RESET FLAG BIT OPERATION

Flag Bit

Set by:

Cleared by:

TRAPR (RCON<15>)

IOPWR (RCON<14>)

Trap conflict event

POR, BOR

Illegal opcode or uninitialized

W register access or Security Reset

CM (RCON<9>)

Configuration Mismatch

MCLR Reset

POR, BOR

POR

EXTR (RCON<7>)

SWR (RCON<6>)

WDTO (RCON<4>)

RESETinstruction

WDT Time-out

POR, BOR

PWRSAVinstruction,

CLRWDTinstruction, POR, BOR

SLEEP (RCON<3>)

IDLE (RCON<2>)

BOR (RCON<1>)

POR (RCON<0>)

PWRSAV #SLEEPinstruction

PWRSAV #IDLEinstruction

POR, BOR

—

POR

Note: All Reset flag bits can be set or cleared by user software.

DS70282E-page 58

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

7.1.1

ALTERNATE INTERRUPT VECTOR

TABLE

7.0

INTERRUPT CONTROLLER

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 6. Interrupts”

(DS70184) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual”, which is

available from the Microchip website

(www.microchip.com).

The Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) is located

after the IVT, as shown in Figure 7-1. Access to the

AIVT is provided by the ALTIVT control bit

(INTCON2<15>). If the ALTIVT bit is set, all interrupt

and exception processes use the alternate vectors

instead of the default vectors. The alternate vectors are

organized in the same manner as the default vectors.

The AIVT supports debugging by providing a way to

switch between an application and

a

support

environment without requiring the interrupt vectors to

be reprogrammed. This feature also enables switching

between applications to facilitate evaluation of different

software algorithms at run time. If the AIVT is not

needed, the AIVT should be programmed with the

same addresses used in the IVT.

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 interrupt controller

reduces the numerous peripheral interrupt request

signals to a single interrupt request signal to the

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 CPU. It has the following

features:

7.2

Reset Sequence

A device Reset is not a true exception because the

interrupt controller is not involved in the Reset process.

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 device clears its registers

in response to a Reset, which forces the PC to zero.

The digital signal controller then begins program

execution at location 0x000000. The user application

can use a GOTOinstruction at the Reset address that

redirects program execution to the appropriate start-up

routine.

• Up to eight processor exceptions and software traps

• Seven user-selectable priority levels

• Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) with up to 118 vectors

• A unique vector for each interrupt or exception

source

• Fixed priority within a specified user priority level

Note: Any unimplemented or unused vector

locations in the IVT and AIVT should be

programmed with the address of a default

interrupt handler routine that contains a

RESETinstruction.

• Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) for debug

support

• Fixed interrupt entry and return latencies

7.1

Interrupt Vector Table

The Interrupt Vector Table is shown in Figure 7-1. The

IVT resides in program memory, starting at location

000004h. The IVT contains 126 vectors consisting of

8 nonmaskable trap vectors, plus up to 118 sources of

interrupt. In general, each interrupt source has its own

vector. Each interrupt vector contains a 24-bit-wide

address. The value programmed into each interrupt

vector location is the starting address of the associated

Interrupt Service Routine (ISR).

Interrupt vectors are prioritized in terms of their natural

priority; this priority is linked to their position in the

vector table. Lower addresses generally have a higher

natural priority. For example, the interrupt associated

with vector 0 will take priority over interrupts at any

other vector address.

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices implement up to 21

unique interrupts and 4 nonmaskable traps. These are

summarized in Table 7-1 and Table 7-2.

DS70282E-page 59

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 7-1:

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 INTERRUPT VECTOR TABLE

Reset – GOTOInstruction

Reset – GOTOAddress

Reserved

0x000000

0x000002

0x000004

Oscillator Fail Trap Vector

Address Error Trap Vector

Stack Error Trap Vector

Math Error Trap Vector

Reserved

Interrupt Vector 0

Interrupt Vector 1

~

0x000014

~

Interrupt Vector 52

Interrupt Vector 53

Interrupt Vector 54

~

0x00007C

0x00007E

0x000080

Interrupt Vector Table (IVT)⁽¹⁾

~

Interrupt Vector 116

Interrupt Vector 117

Reserved

0x0000FC

0x0000FE

0x000100

0x000102

Reserved

Oscillator Fail Trap Vector

Address Error Trap Vector

Stack Error Trap Vector

Math Error Trap Vector

Reserved

Interrupt Vector 0

Interrupt Vector 1

~

0x000114

~

Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT)⁽¹⁾

Interrupt Vector 52

Interrupt Vector 53

Interrupt Vector 54

~

0x00017C

0x00017E

0x000180

~

Interrupt Vector 116

Interrupt Vector 117

Start of Code

0x0001FE

0x000200

Note 1: See Table 7-1 for the list of implemented interrupt vectors.

DS70282E-page 60

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 7-1:

INTERRUPT VECTORS

Interrupt

Vector

Number

Request(IRQ)

Number

IVT Address

AIVT Address

Interrupt Source

INT0 – External Interrupt 0

8

0

0x000014

0x000016

0x000018

0x00001A

0x00001C

0x00001E

0x000020

0x000022

0x000024

0x000026

0x000028

0x00002A

0x00002C

0x00002E

0x000030

0x000032

0x000034

0x000036

0x000038

0x00003A

0x00003C

0x00003E

0x000040

0x000042

0x000044

0x000046

0x000048

0x00004A

0x00004C

0x00004E

0x000050

0x000052

0x000054

0x000056

0x000058

0x00005A

0x00005C

0x00005E

0x000060

0x000062

0x000064

0x000066

0x000068

0x00006A

0x00006C

0x00006E

0x000114

0x000116

0x000118

0x00011A

0x00011C

0x00011E

0x000120

0x000122

0x000124

0x000126

0x000128

0x00012A

0x00012C

0x00012E

0x000130

0x000132

0x000134

0x000136

0x000138

0x00013A

0x00013C

0x00013E

0x000140

0x000142

0x000144

0x000146

0x000148

0x00014A

0x00014C

0x00014E

0x000150

0x000152

0x000154

0x000156

0x000158

0x00015A

0x00015C

0x00015E

0x000160

0x000162

0x000164

0x000166

0x000168

0x00016A

0x00016C

0x00016E

9

1

IC1 – Input Capture 1

OC1 – Output Compare 1

T1 – Timer1

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

2

3

4

Reserved

5

IC2 – Input Capture 2

OC2 – Output Compare 2

T2 – Timer2

6

7

8

T3 – Timer3

9

SPI1E – SPI1 Error

SPI1 – SPI1 Transfer Done

U1RX – UART1 Receiver

U1TX – UART1 Transmitter

ADC1 – ADC1

Reserved

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

Reserved

SI2C1 – I2C1 Slave Events

MI2C1 – I2C1 Master Events

Reserved

Change Notification Interrupt

INT1 – External Interrupt 1

Reserved

IC7 – Input Capture 7

IC8 – Input Capture 8

Reserved

INT2 – External Interrupt 2

Reserved

DS70282E-page 61

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 7-1:

INTERRUPT VECTORS (CONTINUED)

Interrupt

Vector

Number

Request(IRQ)

Number

IVT Address

AIVT Address

Interrupt Source

54

55

56

57

58

59

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72-117

0x000070

0x000072

0x000074

0x000076

0x000078

0x00007A

0x00007C

0x00007E

0x000080

0x000082

0x000084

0x000086

0x000088

0x00008A

0x00008C

0x00008E

0x000090

0x000092

0x000094

0x000096

0x000098

0x00009A

0x00009C

0x00009E

0x0000A0

0x0000A2

0x000170

0x000172

0x000174

0x000176

0x000178

0x00017A

0x00017C

0x00017E

0x000180

0x000182

0x000184

0x000186

0x000188

0x00018A

0x00018C

0x00018E

0x000190

0x000192

0x000194

0x000196

0x000198

0x00019A

0x00019C

0x00019E

0x0001A0

0x0001A2

Reserved

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

72

73

74

75

U1E – UART1 Error

Reserved

76

Reserved

77

Reserved

78

Reserved

79

Reserved

80-125

0x0000A4-

0x0000FE

0x0001A4-

0x0001FE

Reserved

TABLE 7-2:

TRAP VECTORS

Vector Number

IVT Address

AIVT Address

Trap Source

Reserved

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0x000004

0x000006

0x000008

0x00000A

0x00000C

0x00000E

0x000010

0x000012

0x000104

0x000106

0x000108

0x00010A

0x00010C

0x00010E

0x000110

0x000112

Oscillator Failure

Address Error

Stack Error

Math Error

Reserved

DS70282E-page 62

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

7.3.4

IPCx

7.3

Interrupt Control and Status

Registers

The IPC registers are used to set the interrupt priority

level for each source of interrupt. Each user interrupt

source can be assigned to one of eight priority levels.

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices implement a total of 17

registers for the interrupt controller:

• Interrupt Control Register 1 (INTCON1)

• Interrupt Control Register 2 (INTCON2)

• Interrupt Flag Status Registers (IFSx)

• Interrupt Enable Control Registers (IECx)

• Interrupt Priority Control Registers (IPCx)

• Interrupt Control and Status Register (INTTREG)

7.3.5

INTTREG

The INTTREG register contains the associated

interrupt vector number and the new CPU interrupt

priority level, which are latched into vector number

(VECNUM<6:0>) and interrupt level (ILR<3:0>) bit

fields in the INTTREG register. The new interrupt

priority level is the priority of the pending interrupt.

7.3.1

INTCON1 AND INTCON2

The interrupt sources are assigned to the IFSx, IECx,

and IPCx registers in the same sequence that they are

listed in Table 7-1. For example, the INT0 (External

Interrupt 0) is shown as having vector number 8 and a

natural order priority of 0. Thus, the INT0IF bit is found

in IFS0<0>, the INT0IE bit in IEC0<0>, and the INT0IP

bits in the first positions of IPC0 (IPC0<2:0>).

Global interrupt control functions are controlled from

INTCON1 and INTCON2. INTCON1 contains the

Interrupt Nesting Disable (NSTDIS) bit as well as the

control and status flags for the processor trap sources.

The INTCON2 register controls the external interrupt

request signal behavior and the use of the Alternate

Interrupt Vector Table.

7.3.6

STATUS REGISTERS

7.3.2

IFSx

Although they are not specifically part of the interrupt

control hardware, two of the CPU Control registers

contain bits that control interrupt functionality:

The IFS registers maintain all of the interrupt request

flags. Each source of interrupt has a status bit, which is

set by the respective peripherals or external signal and

is cleared via software.

• The CPU STATUS register, SR, contains the

IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>). These bits indicate the

current CPU interrupt priority level. The user can

change the current CPU priority level by writing to

the IPL bits.

7.3.3

IECx

The IEC registers maintain all of the interrupt enable

bits. These control bits are used to individually enable

interrupts from the peripherals or external signals.

• The CORCON register contains the IPL3 bit

which, together with IPL<2:0>, also indicates the

current CPU priority level. IPL3 is a read-only bit,

so that trap events cannot be masked by the user

software.

All Interrupt registers are described in Register 7-1

through Register 7-19 in the following pages.

DS70282E-page 63

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(1)

REGISTER 7-1:

SR: CPU STATUS REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

DC

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0⁽³⁾

IPL2⁽²⁾

bit 7

R/W-0⁽³⁾

IPL1⁽²⁾

R/W-0⁽³⁾

IPL0⁽²⁾

R-0

RA

R/W-0

N

R/W-0

OV

R/W-0

Z

R/W-0

C

bit 0

Legend:

C = Clear only bit

S = Set only bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

-n = Value at POR

x = Bit is unknown

bit 7-5

IPL<2:0>: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bits⁽¹⁾

111= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 7 (15), user interrupts disabled

110= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 6 (14)

101= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 5 (13)

100= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 4 (12)

011= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 3 (11)

010= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 2 (10)

001= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 1 (9)

000= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 0 (8)

Note 1: For complete register details, see Register 3-1: “SR: CPU Status Register”.

2: The IPL<2:0> bits are concatenated with the IPL<3> bit (CORCON<3>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority

Level. The value in parentheses indicates the IPL if IPL<3> = 1. User interrupts are disabled when

IPL<3> = 1.

3: The IPL<2:0> Status bits are read-only when NSTDIS (INTCON1<15>) = 1.

DS70282E-page 64

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(1)

REGISTER 7-2:

CORCON: CORE CONTROL REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/C-0

IPL3⁽²⁾

R/W-0

PSV

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

Legend:

C = Clear only bit

W = Writable bit

‘x = Bit is unknown

R = Readable bit

0’ = Bit is cleared

-n = Value at POR

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

bit 3

IPL3: CPU Interrupt Priority Level Status bit 3⁽²⁾

1= CPU interrupt priority level is greater than 7

0= CPU interrupt priority level is 7 or less

Note 1: For complete register details, see Register 3-2: “CORCON: Core Control Register”.

2: The IPL3 bit is concatenated with the IPL<2:0> bits (SR<7:5>) to form the CPU Interrupt Priority Level.

DS70282E-page 65

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-3:

INTCON1: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 1

R/W-0

NSTDIS

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-0

U-0

—

DIV0ERR

MATHERR ADDRERR

STKERR

OSCFAIL

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

-n = Value at POR

bit 15

NSTDIS: Interrupt Nesting Disable bit

1= Interrupt nesting is disabled

0= Interrupt nesting is enabled

bit 14-7

bit 6

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DIV0ERR: Arithmetic Error Status bit

1= Math error trap was caused by a divide by zero

0= Math error trap was not caused by a divide by zero

bit 5

bit 4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

MATHERR: Arithmetic Error Status bit

1= Math error trap has occurred

0= Math error trap has not occurred

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

bit 0

ADDRERR: Address Error Trap Status bit

1= Address error trap has occurred

0= Address error trap has not occurred

STKERR: Stack Error Trap Status bit

1= Stack error trap has occurred

0= Stack error trap has not occurred

OSCFAIL: Oscillator Failure Trap Status bit

1= Oscillator failure trap has occurred

0= Oscillator failure trap has not occurred

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS70282E-page 66

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-4:

INTCON2: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 2

R/W-0

ALTIVT

bit 15

R-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

DISI

bit 8

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

INT2EP

INT1EP

INT0EP

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

bit 14

ALTIVT: Enable Alternate Interrupt Vector Table bit

1= Use alternate vector table

0= Use standard (default) vector table

DISI: DISIInstruction Status bit

1= DISIinstruction is active

0= DISIinstruction is not active

bit 13-3

bit 2

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

INT2EP: External Interrupt 2 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit

1= Interrupt on negative edge

0= Interrupt on positive edge

bit 1

bit 0

INT1EP: External Interrupt 1 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit

1= Interrupt on negative edge

0= Interrupt on positive edge

INT0EP: External Interrupt 0 Edge Detect Polarity Select bit

1= Interrupt on negative edge

0= Interrupt on positive edge

DS70282E-page 67

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-5:

IFS0: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

AD1IF

R/W-0

SPI1IF

R/W-0

T3IF

U1TXIF

U1RXIF

SPI1EIF

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

T2IF

R/W-0

OC2IF

R/W-0

IC2IF

U-0

—

R/W-0

T1IF

R/W-0

OC1IF

R/W-0

IC1IF

R/W-0

INT0IF

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

AD1IF: ADC1 Conversion Complete Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 12

bit 11

bit 10

bit 9

U1TXIF: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

U1RXIF: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

SPI1IF: SPI1 Event Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

SPI1EIF: SPI1 Fault Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 8

T3IF: Timer3 Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 7

T2IF: Timer2 Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 6

OC2IF: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 5

IC2IF: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 4

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

T1IF: Timer1 Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 2

OC1IF: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

DS70282E-page 68

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-5:

IFS0: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 0 (CONTINUED)

bit 1

IC1IF: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 0

INT0IF: External Interrupt 0 Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

DS70282E-page 69

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-6:

IFS1: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 1

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

INT2IF

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

IC8IF

R/W-0

IC7IF

U-0

—

R/W-0

INT1IF

R/W-0

CNIF

U-0

—

R/W-0

MI2C1IF

SI2C1IF

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

INT2IF: External Interrupt 2 Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 12-8

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IC8IF: Input Capture Channel 8 Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 6

IC7IF: Input Capture Channel 7 Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 5

bit 4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

INT1IF: External Interrupt 1 Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 3

CNIF: Input Change Notification Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

MI2C1IF: I2C1 Master Events Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 0

SI2C1IF: I2C1 Slave Events Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

DS70282E-page 70

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-7:

IFS4: INTERRUPT FLAG STATUS REGISTER 4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

U1EIF

U-0

—

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

U1EIF: UART1 Error Interrupt Flag Status bit

1= Interrupt request has occurred

0= Interrupt request has not occurred

bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS70282E-page 71

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-8:

IEC0: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

AD1IE

R/W-0

T3IE

U1TXIE

U1RXIE

SPI1IE

SPI1EIE

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

T2IE

R/W-0

OC2IE

R/W-0

IC2IE

U-0

—

R/W-0

T1IE

R/W-0

OC1IE

R/W-0

IC1IE

R/W-0

INT0IE

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

AD1IE: ADC1 Conversion Complete Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 12

bit 11

bit 10

bit 9

U1TXIE: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

U1RXIE: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

SPI1IE: SPI1 Event Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

SPI1EIE: SPI1 Error Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 8

T3IE: Timer3 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 7

T2IE: Timer2 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 6

OC2IE: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 5

IC2IE: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 4

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

T1IE: Timer1 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 2

OC1IE: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

DS70282E-page 72

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-8:

IEC0: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 0 (CONTINUED)

bit 1

IC1IE: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 0

INT0IE: External Interrupt 0 Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

DS70282E-page 73

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-9:

IEC1: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 1

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

INT2IE

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

IC8IE

R/W-0

IC7IE

U-0

—

R/W-0

CNIE

U-0

—

R/W-0

INT1IE

MI2C1IE

SI2C1IE

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

INT2IE: External Interrupt 2 Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 12-8

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IC8IE: Input Capture Channel 8 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 6

IC7IE: Input Capture Channel 7 Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 5

bit 4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

INT1IE: External Interrupt 1 Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 3

CNIE: Input Change Notification Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

MI2C1IE: I2C1 Master Events Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 0

SI2C1IE: I2C1 Slave Events Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

DS70282E-page 74

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-10: IEC4: INTERRUPT ENABLE CONTROL REGISTER 4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

U1EIE

U-0

—

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

U1EIE: UART1 Error Interrupt Enable bit

1= Interrupt request enabled

0= Interrupt request not enabled

bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS70282E-page 75

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-11: IPC0: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

T1IP<2:0>

OC1IP<2:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

IC1IP<2:0>

INT0IP<2:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

T1IP<2:0>: Timer1 Interrupt Priority bits

bit 14-12

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 11

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 10-8

OC1IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 1 Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-4

IC1IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 1 Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 2-0

INT0IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 0 Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

DS70282E-page 76

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-12: IPC1: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 1

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

bit 8

T2IP<2:0>

OC2IP<2:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

IC2IP<2:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

T2IP<2:0>: Timer2 Interrupt Priority bits

bit 14-12

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 11

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 10-8

OC2IP<2:0>: Output Compare Channel 2 Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-4

IC2IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 2 Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS70282E-page 77

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-13: IPC2: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 2

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

U1RXIP<2:0>

SPI1IP<2:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

SPI1EIP<2:0>

T3IP<2:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 14-12

U1RXIP<2:0>: UART1 Receiver Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 11

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 10-8

SPI1IP<2:0>: SPI1 Event Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-4

SPI1EIP<2:0>: SPI1 Error Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 2-0

T3IP<2:0>: Timer3 Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

DS70282E-page 78

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-14: IPC3: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 3

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

AD1IP<2:0>

U1TXIP<2:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-7

bit 6-4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

AD1IP<2:0>: ADC1 Conversion Complete Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 2-0

U1TXIP<2:0>: UART1 Transmitter Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

DS70282E-page 79

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-15: IPC4: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 4

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

CNIP<2:0>

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

MI2C1IP<2:0>

SI2C1IP<2:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 14-12

CNIP<2:0>: Change Notification Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 11-7

bit 6-4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

MI2C1IP<2:0>: I2C1 Master Events Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 2-0

SI2C1IP<2:0>: I2C1 Slave Events Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

DS70282E-page 80

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-16: IPC5: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 5

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

IC8IP<2:0>

IC7IP<2:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

INT1IP<2:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 14-12

IC8IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 8 Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 11

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 10-8

IC7IP<2:0>: Input Capture Channel 7 Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 7-3

bit 2-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

INT1IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 1 Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

DS70282E-page 81

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-17: IPC7: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 7

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

INT2IP<2:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-7

bit 6-4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

INT2IP<2:0>: External Interrupt 2 Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS70282E-page 82

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-18: IPC16: INTERRUPT PRIORITY CONTROL REGISTER 16

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

R/W-1

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U1EIP<2:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-7

bit 6-4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

U1EIP<2:0>: UART1 Error Interrupt Priority bits

111= Interrupt is priority 7 (highest priority interrupt)

•

001= Interrupt is priority 1

000= Interrupt source is disabled

bit 3-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS70282E-page 83

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 7-19: INTTREG: INTERRUPT CONTROL AND STATUS REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R-0

ILR<3:0>

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

R-0

VECNUM<6:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-12

bit 11-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

ILR<3:0>: New CPU Interrupt Priority Level bits

1111= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 15

•

0001= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 1

0000= CPU Interrupt Priority Level is 0

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 6-0

VECNUM<6:0>: Vector Number of Pending Interrupt bits

0111111= Interrupt Vector pending is number 135

•

0000001= Interrupt Vector pending is number 9

0000000= Interrupt Vector pending is number 8

DS70282E-page 84

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

7.4.3

TRAP SERVICE ROUTINE (TSR)

7.4

Interrupt Setup Procedures

A Trap Service Routine (TSR) is coded like an ISR,

except that the appropriate trap status flag in the

INTCON1 register must be cleared to avoid re-entry

into the TSR.

7.4.1

INITIALIZATION

To configure an interrupt source at initialization:

1. Set the NSTDIS bit (INTCON1<15>) if nested

interrupts are not desired.

7.4.4

INTERRUPT DISABLE

2. Select the user-assigned priority level for the

interrupt source by writing the control bits into

the appropriate IPCx register. The priority level

will depend on the specific application and type

of interrupt source. If multiple priority levels are

not desired, the IPCx register control bits for all

enabled interrupt sources can be programmed

to the same non-zero value.

All user interrupts can be disabled using this

procedure:

1. Push the current SR value onto the software

stack using the PUSHinstruction.

2. Force the CPU to priority level 7 by inclusive

ORing the value OEh with SRL.

To enable user interrupts, the POP instruction can be

used to restore the previous SR value.

Note: At a device Reset, the IPCx registers

are initialized such that all user inter-

rupt sources are assigned to priority

level 4.

Note: Only user interrupts with a priority level of

7 or lower can be disabled. Trap sources

(level 8-level 15) cannot be disabled.

3. Clear the interrupt flag status bit associated with

the peripheral in the associated IFSx register.

The DISI instruction provides a convenient way to

disable interrupts of priority levels 1-6 for a fixed period

of time. Level 7 interrupt sources are not disabled by

the DISI instruction.

4. Enable the interrupt source by setting the

interrupt enable control bit associated with the

source in the appropriate IECx register.

7.4.2

INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE

(ISR)

The method used to declare an Interrupt Service

Routine (ISR) and initialize the IVT with the correct

vector address depends on the programming language

(C or Assembler) and the language development

toolsuite used to develop the application.

In general, the user application must clear the interrupt

flag in the appropriate IFSx register for the source of

interrupt that the ISR handles. Otherwise, the program

will re-enter the ISR immediately after exiting the

routine. If the ISR is coded in assembly language, it

must be terminated using a RETFIE instruction to

unstack the saved PC value, SRL value and old CPU

priority level.

DS70282E-page 85

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 86

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 oscillator system provides:

8.0

OSCILLATOR

• External and internal oscillator options as clock

sources

CONFIGURATION

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 7. Oscillator”

(DS70186) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual”, which is

available from the Microchip website

(www.microchip.com).

• An on-chip PLL to scale the internal operating

frequency to the required system clock frequency

• An internal FRC oscillator that can also be used

with the PLL, thereby allowing full-speed

operation without any external clock generation

hardware

• Clock switching between various clock sources

• Programmable clock postscaler for system power

savings

• A Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) that detects

clock failure and takes fail-safe measures

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

• A Clock Control register (OSCCON)

• Nonvolatile Configuration bits for main oscillator

selection.

A simplified diagram of the oscillator system is shown

in Figure 8-1.

FIGURE 8-1:

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 OSCILLATOR SYSTEM DIAGRAM

Primary Oscillator

OSC1

DOZE<2:0>

XT, HS, EC

S2

(2)

R

XTPLL, HSPLL,

ECPLL, FRCPLL

S3

S1

FCY

FP

(1)

S1/S3

PLL

OSC2

POSCMD<1:0>

FRC

Oscillator

FRCDIVN

S7

÷ 2

FOSC

FRCDIV<2:0>

TUN<5:0>

FRCDIV16

FRC

S6

S0

÷ 16

LPRC

Oscillator

S5

Secondary Oscillator

SOSC

SOSCO

SOSCI

S4

LPOSCEN

Clock Switch

Clock Fail

S7

Reset

NOSC<2:0> FNOSC<2:0>

WDT, PWRT,

FSCM

Timer 1

Note 1: See Figure 8-2 for PLL details.

2: If the Oscillator is used with XT or HS modes, an external parallel resistor with the value of 1 MΩ must be connected.

3: The term FP refers to the clock source for all peripherals, while FCY refers to the clock source for the CPU. Throughout this document,

FCY and FP are used interchangeably, except in the case of Doze mode. FP and FCY will be different when Doze mode is used with

a Doze ratio of 1:2 or lower.

DS70282E-page 87

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

8.1.2

SYSTEM CLOCK SELECTION

8.1

CPU Clocking System

The oscillator source used at a device Power-on Reset

event is selected using Configuration bit settings. The

oscillator Configuration bit settings are located in the

Configuration registers in the program memory. (Refer

to Section 19.1 “Configuration Bits” for further

details.) The Initial Oscillator Selection Configuration

bits, FNOSC<2:0> (FOSCSEL<2:0>), and the Primary

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices provide seven

system clock options:

• Fast RC (FRC) Oscillator

• FRC Oscillator with PLL

• Primary (XT, HS or EC) Oscillator

• Primary Oscillator with PLL

• Secondary (LP) Oscillator

• Low-Power RC (LPRC) Oscillator

• FRC Oscillator with postscaler

Oscillator

Mode

Select

Configuration

bits,

POSCMD<1:0> (FOSC<1:0>), select the oscillator

source that is used at a Power-on Reset. The FRC

primary oscillator is the default (unprogrammed)

selection.

8.1.1

SYSTEM CLOCK SOURCES

Fast RC

The Configuration bits allow users to choose among 12

different clock modes, shown in Table 8-1.

8.1.1.1

The output of the oscillator (or the output of the PLL if

a PLL mode has been selected) FOSC is divided by 2 to

generate the device instruction clock (FCY) and the

peripheral clock time base (FP). FCY defines the

operating speed of the device, and speeds up to 40

MHz are supported by the PIC24HJ12GP201/202

architecture.

The Fast RC (FRC) internal oscillator runs at a nominal

frequency of 7.37 MHz. User software can tune the

FRC frequency. User software can optionally specify a

factor (ranging from 1:2 to 1:256) by which the FRC

clock frequency is divided. This factor is selected using

the FRCDIV<2:0> (CLKDIV<10:8>) bits.

8.1.1.2

Primary

Instruction execution speed or device operating fre-

quency, FCY, is given by Equation 8-1.

The primary oscillator can use one of the following as

its clock source:

EQUATION 8-1:

DEVICE OPERATING

FREQUENCY

• XT (Crystal): Crystals and ceramic resonators in

the range of 3 MHz to 10 MHz. The crystal is

connected to the OSC1 and OSC2 pins.

FOSC

FCY = -------------

2

• HS (High-Speed Crystal): Crystals in the range of

10 MHz to 40 MHz. The crystal is connected to

the OSC1 and OSC2 pins.

8.1.3

PLL CONFIGURATION

The primary oscillator and internal FRC oscillator can

optionally use an on-chip PLL to obtain higher speeds

of operation. The PLL provides significant flexibility in

selecting the device operating speed. A block diagram

of the PLL is shown in Figure 8-2.

• EC (External Clock): The external clock signal is

directly applied to the OSC1 pin.

8.1.1.3

Secondary

The secondary (LP) oscillator is designed for low power

and uses a 32.768 kHz crystal or ceramic resonator.

The LP oscillator uses the SOSCI and SOSCO pins.

The output of the primary oscillator or FRC, denoted as

‘FIN’, is divided down by a prescale factor (N1) of 2,

3, ... or 33 before being provided to the PLL’s Voltage

Controlled Oscillator (VCO). The input to the VCO must

be selected in the range of 0.8 MHz to 8 MHz. The

prescale factor ‘N1’ is selected using the

PLLPRE<4:0> bits (CLKDIV<4:0>).

8.1.1.4

Low-Power RC

The Low-Power RC (LPRC) internal oscIllator runs at a

nominal frequency of 32.768 kHz. It is also used as a

reference clock by the Watchdog Timer (WDT) and

Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM).

The PLL Feedback Divisor, selected using the

PLLDIV<8:0> bits (PLLFBD<8:0>), provides a factor ‘M,’

by which the input to the VCO is multiplied. This factor

must be selected such that the resulting VCO output

frequency is in the range of 100 MHz to 200 MHz.

8.1.1.5

FRC

The clock signals generated by the FRC and primary

oscillators can be optionally applied to an on-chip

Phase-Locked Loop (PLL) to provide a wide range of

output frequencies for device operation. PLL

configuration is described in Section 8.1.3 “PLL

Configuration”.

The VCO output is further divided by a postscale factor

‘N2.’ This factor is selected using the PLLPOST<1:0>

bits (CLKDIV<7:6>). ‘N2’ can be either 2, 4 or 8, and

must be selected such that the PLL output frequency

(FOSC) is in the range of 12.5 MHz to 80 MHz, which

generates device operating speeds of 6.25-40 MIPS.

The FRC frequency depends on the FRC accuracy

(see Table 22-18) and the value of the FRC Oscillator

Tuning register (see Register 8-4).

For a primary oscillator or FRC oscillator, output ‘FIN’,

the PLL output ‘FOSC’ is given by Equation 8-2.

DS70282E-page 88

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

EQUATION 8-2:

FOSC CALCULATION

EQUATION 8-3:

XT WITH PLL MODE

EXAMPLE

M

⎛

⎝

⎞

⎠

---------------------

FOSC = F^IN⋅

N1 ⋅ N2

1 10000000 ⋅ 32

FOSC

⎛

⎞

⎠

-- ------------------------------------

FCY = ------------- =

= 40 MIPS

⎝

2

2 ⋅ 2

2

For example, suppose a 10 MHz crystal is being used,

with “XT with PLL” being the selected oscillator mode.

•

If PLLPRE<4:0> = 0, then N1 = 2. This yields a

VCO input of 10/2 = 5 MHz, which is within the

acceptable range of 0.8-8 MHz.

• If PLLDIV<8:0> = 0x1E, then M = 32. This yields a

VCO output of 5 x 32 = 160 MHz, which is within

the 100-200 MHz ranged needed.

• If PLLPOST<1:0> = 0, then N2 = 2. This provides

a Fosc of 160/2 = 80 MHz. The resultant device

operating speed is 80/2 = 40 MIPS.

FIGURE 8-2:

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 PLL BLOCK DIAGRAM

FVCO

0.8-8.0 MHz

Here⁽¹⁾

12.5-80 MHz

Here⁽¹⁾

100-200 MHz

Here⁽¹⁾

Source (Crystal, External Clock

or Internal RC)

FOSC

PLLPRE

VCO

PLLPOST

N2

X

PLLDIV

N1

Divide by

2-33

Divide by

2, 4, 8

M

Divide by

2-513

Note 1: This frequency range must be satisfied at all times.

TABLE 8-1:

CONFIGURATION BIT VALUES FOR CLOCK SELECTION

Oscillator

Oscillator Mode

POSCMD<1:0>

FNOSC<2:0>

Note

Source

Fast RC Oscillator with Divide-by-N (FRCDIVN)

Fast RC Oscillator with Divide-by-16 (FRCDIV16)

Low-Power RC Oscillator (LPRC)

Secondary (Timer1) Oscillator (SOSC)

Primary Oscillator (HS) with PLL (HSPLL)

Primary Oscillator (XT) with PLL (XTPLL)

Primary Oscillator (EC) with PLL (ECPLL)

Primary Oscillator (HS)

Internal

Secondary

Primary

Internal

xx

10

01

00

10

01

00

xx

111

110

101

100

011

010

001

000

1, 2

1

—

1

—

1

Primary Oscillator (XT)

Primary Oscillator (EC)

Fast RC Oscillator with PLL (FRCPLL)

Fast RC Oscillator (FRC)

1

Note 1: OSC2 pin function is determined by the OSCIOFNC Configuration bit.

2: This is the default oscillator mode for an unprogrammed (erased) device.

DS70282E-page 89

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(1,3)

REGISTER 8-1:

OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER

U-0

—

R-0

U-0

—

R/W-y

NOSC<2:0>⁽²⁾

R/W-y

bit 8

COSC<2:0>

bit 15

R/W-0

CLKLOCK

bit 7

R/W-0

R-0

U-0

—

R/C-0

CF

U-0

—

R/W-0

IOLOCK

LOCK

LPOSCEN

OSWEN

bit 0

Legend:

y = Value set from Configuration bits on POR

C = Clearable bit

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 14-12

COSC<2:0>: Current Oscillator Selection bits (read-only)

111= Fast RC oscillator (FRC) with Divide-by-n

110= Fast RC oscillator (FRC) with Divide-by-16

101= Low-Power RC oscillator (LPRC)

100= Secondary oscillator (SOSC)

011= Primary oscillator (XT, HS, EC) with PLL

010= Primary oscillator (XT, HS, EC)

001= Fast RC oscillator (FRC) with Divide-by-n plus PLL

000= Fast RC oscillator (FRC)

bit 11

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 10-8

NOSC<2:0>: New Oscillator Selection bits⁽²⁾

111= Fast RC oscillator (FRC) with Divide-by-n

110= Fast RC oscillator (FRC) with Divide-by-16

101= Low-Power RC oscillator (LPRC)

100= Secondary oscillator (SOSC)

011= Primary oscillator (XT, HS, EC) with PLL

010= Primary oscillator (XT, HS, EC)

001= Fast RC oscillator (FRC) with Divide-by-n plus PLL

000= Fast RC oscillator (FRC)

bit 7

CLKLOCK: Clock Lock Enable bit

If clock switching is enabled and FSCM is disabled (FOSC<FCKSM> = 0b01)

1= Clock switching is disabled, system clock source is locked

0= Clock switching is enabled, system clock source can be modified by clock switching

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

IOLOCK: Peripheral Pin Select Lock bit

1= Peripherial Pin Select is locked, write to peripheral pin select register is not allowed

0= Peripherial Pin Select is unlocked, write to peripheral pin select register is allowed

LOCK: PLL Lock Status bit (read-only)

1= Indicates that PLL is in lock, or PLL start-up timer is satisfied

0= Indicates that PLL is out of lock, start-up timer is in progress or PLL is disabled

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

Note 1: Writes to this register require an unlock sequence. Refer to Section 7. “Oscillator” (DS70186) in the

“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual” (available from the Microchip web site) for details.

2: Direct clock switches between any primary oscillator mode with PLL and FRCPLL mode are not permitted.

This applies to clock switches in either direction. In these instances, the application must switch to FRC

mode as a transition clock source between the two PLL modes.

3: This register is reset only on a Power-on Reset (POR).

DS70282E-page 90

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(1,3)

REGISTER 8-1:

OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER

(CONTINUED)

bit 3

CF: Clock Fail Detect bit (read/clear by application)

1= FSCM has detected clock failure

0= FSCM has not detected clock failure

bit 2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

LPOSCEN: Secondary (LP) Oscillator Enable bit

1= Enable secondary oscillator

0= Disable secondary oscillator

bit 0

OSWEN: Oscillator Switch Enable bit

1= Request oscillator switch to selection specified by NOSC<2:0> bits

0= Oscillator switch is complete

Note 1: Writes to this register require an unlock sequence. Refer to Section 7. “Oscillator” (DS70186) in the

“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual” (available from the Microchip web site) for details.

2: Direct clock switches between any primary oscillator mode with PLL and FRCPLL mode are not permitted.

This applies to clock switches in either direction. In these instances, the application must switch to FRC

mode as a transition clock source between the two PLL modes.

3: This register is reset only on a Power-on Reset (POR).

DS70282E-page 91

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(2)

REGISTER 8-2:

CLKDIV: CLOCK DIVISOR REGISTER

R/W-0

ROI

R/W-0

R/W-1

R/W-0

DOZEN⁽¹⁾

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

DOZE<2:0>

FRCDIV<2:0>

bit 15

R/W-0

R/W-1

U-0

—

R/W-0

PLLPOST<1:0>

PLLPRE<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

y = Value set from Configuration bits on POR

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

ROI: Recover on Interrupt bit

1= Interrupts will clear the DOZEN bit and the processor clock/peripheral clock ratio is set to 1:1

0= Interrupts have no effect on the DOZEN bit

bit 14-12

DOZE<2:0>: Processor Clock Reduction Select bits

111= FCY/128

110= FCY/64

101= FCY/32

100= FCY/16

011= FCY/8 (default)

010= FCY/4

001= FCY/2

000= FCY/1

bit 11

DOZEN: DOZE Mode Enable bit⁽¹⁾

1= DOZE<2:0> field specifies the ratio between the peripheral clocks and the processor clocks

0= Processor clock/peripheral clock ratio forced to 1:1

bit 10-8

FRCDIV<2:0>: Internal Fast RC Oscillator Postscaler bits

111= FRC divide by 256

110= FRC divide by 64

101= FRC divide by 32

100= FRC divide by 16

011= FRC divide by 8

010= FRC divide by 4

001= FRC divide by 2

000= FRC divide by 1 (default)

bit 7-6

PLLPOST<1:0>: PLL VCO Output Divider Select bits (also denoted as ‘N2’, PLL postscaler)

00= Output/2

01= Output/4 (default)

10= Reserved

11= Output/8

bit 5

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 4-0

PLLPRE<4:0>: PLL Phase Detector Input Divider bits (also denoted as ‘N1’, PLL prescaler)

00000= Input/2 (default)

00001= Input/3

•

11111= Input/33

Note 1: This bit is cleared when the ROI bit is set and an interrupt occurs.

2: This register is reset only on a Power-on Reset (POR).

DS70282E-page 92

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(1)

REGISTER 8-3:

PLLFBD: PLL FEEDBACK DIVISOR REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0⁽¹⁾

PLLDIV<8>

bit 8

bit 15

R/W-0

bit 7

R/W-0

R/W-1

R/W-0

bit 0

PLLDIV<7:0>

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-9

bit 8-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

PLLDIV<8:0>: PLL Feedback Divisor bits (also denoted as ‘M’, PLL multiplier)

000000000= 2

000000001= 3

000000010= 4

•

000110000= 50 (default)

•

111111111= 513

Note 1: This register is reset only on a Power-on Reset (POR).

DS70282E-page 93

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(2)

REGISTER 8-4:

OSCTUN: FRC OSCILLATOR TUNING REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

TUN<5:0>⁽¹⁾

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-6

bit 5-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TUN<5:0>: FRC Oscillator Tuning bits⁽¹⁾

011111= Center frequency + 11.625% (8.23 MHz)

011110= Center frequency + 11.25% (8.20 MHz)

•

000001= Center frequency + 0.375% (7.40 MHz)

000000= Center frequency (7.37 MHz nominal)

111111= Center frequency -0.375% (7.345 MHz)

•

100001= Center frequency -11.625% (6.52 MHz)

100000= Center frequency -12% (6.49 MHz)

Note 1: OSCTUN functionality has been provided to help customers compensate for temperature effects on the

FRC frequency over a wide range of temperatures. The tuning step size is an approximation and is neither

characterized nor tested.

2: This register is reset only on a Power-on Reset (POR).

DS70282E-page 94

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

2. If a valid clock switch has been initiated, the

8.2

Clock Switching Operation

LOCK

(OSCCON<5>)

and

the

CF

Applications are free to switch among any of the four

clock sources (Primary, LP, FRC and LPRC) under

software control at any time. To limit the possible side

effects of this flexibility, PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices

have a safeguard lock built into the switch process.

(OSCCON<3>) status bits are cleared.

3. The new oscillator is turned on by the hardware

if it is not currently running. If a crystal oscillator

must be turned on, the hardware waits until the

Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) expires. If the

new source is using the PLL, the hardware waits

until a PLL lock is detected (LOCK = 1).

Note:

Primary Oscillator mode has three different

submodes (XT, HS and EC), which are

determined by the POSCMD<1:0> Config-

uration bits. While an application can

switch to and from Primary Oscillator

mode in software, it cannot switch among

the different primary submodes without

reprogramming the device.

4. The hardware waits for 10 clock cycles from the

new clock source and then performs the clock

switch.

5. The hardware clears the OSWEN bit to indicate a

successful clock transition. In addition, the NOSC

bit values are transferred to the COSC status bits.

6. The old clock source is turned off at this time,

with the exception of LPRC (if WDT or FSCM

are enabled) or LP (if LPOSCEN remains set).

8.2.1

ENABLING CLOCK SWITCHING

To enable clock switching, the FCKSM1 Configuration

bit in the Configuration register must be programmed to

‘0’. (Refer to Section 19.1 “Configuration Bits” for

further details.) If the FCKSM1 Configuration bit is

unprogrammed (‘1’), the clock switching function and

Fail-Safe Clock Monitor function are disabled. This is

the default setting.

Note 1: The processor continues to execute code

throughout the clock switching sequence.

Timing-sensitive code should not be

executed during this time.

2: Direct clock switches between any pri-

mary oscillator mode with PLL and FRC-

PLL mode are not permitted. This applies

to clock switches in either direction. In

these instances, the application must

switch to FRC mode as a transition clock

source between the two PLL modes.

3: Refer to 7. “Oscillator” (DS70186) in the

“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference

Manual” for details.

The NOSC control bits (OSCCON<10:8>) do not

control the clock selection when clock switching is

disabled. However, the COSC bits (OSCCON<14:12>)

reflect the clock source selected by the FNOSC

Configuration bits.

The OSWEN control bit (OSCCON<0>) has no effect

when clock switching is disabled. It is held at ‘0’ at all

times.

8.2.2

OSCILLATOR SWITCHING SEQUENCE

clock switch requires this basic

8.3

Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM)

Performing

sequence:

a

The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) allows the device

to continue to operate even in the event of an oscillator

failure. The FSCM function is enabled by programming.

If the FSCM function is enabled, the LPRC internal

oscillator runs at all times (except during Sleep mode)

and is not subject to control by the Watchdog Timer.

1. If

desired,

read

the

COSC

bits

(OSCCON<14:12>) to determine the current

oscillator source.

2. Perform the unlock sequence to allow a write to

the OSCCON register high byte.

In the event of an oscillator failure, the FSCM

generates a clock failure trap event and switches the

system clock over to the FRC oscillator. Then the

application program can either attempt to restart the

oscillator or execute a controlled shutdown. The trap

can be treated as a warm Reset by simply loading the

Reset address into the oscillator fail trap vector.

3. Write the appropriate value to the NOSC control

bits (OSCCON<10:8>) for the new oscillator

source.

4. Perform the unlock sequence to allow a write to

the OSCCON register low byte.

5. Set the OSWEN bit to initiate the oscillator

switch.

If the PLL multiplier is used to scale the system clock,

the internal FRC is also multiplied by the same factor

on clock failure. Essentially, the device switches to

FRC with PLL on a clock failure.

When the basic sequence is completed, the system

clock hardware responds automatically as follows:

1. The clock switching hardware compares the

COSC status bits with the new value of the

NOSC control bits. If they are the same, the

clock switch is a redundant operation. In this

case, the OSWEN bit is cleared automatically

and the clock switch is aborted.

DS70282E-page 95

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 96

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

9.2

Instruction-Based Power-Saving

Modes

9.0

POWER-SAVING FEATURES

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 9. Watchdog

Timer and Power-Saving Modes”

(DS70196) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual”, which is

available from the Microchip website

(www.microchip.com).

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices have two special

power-saving modes that are entered through the

execution of a special PWRSAVinstruction. Sleep mode

stops clock operation and halts all code execution. Idle

mode halts the CPU and code execution, but allows

peripheral modules to continue operation. The

Assembler syntax of the PWRSAVinstruction is shown

in Example 9-1.

Note: SLEEP_MODE and IDLE_MODE are con-

stants defined in the assembler include

file for the selected device.

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

Sleep and Idle modes can be exited as a result of an

enabled interrupt, WDT time-out or a device Reset. When

the device exits these modes, it is said to wake-up.

9.2.1

SLEEP MODE

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices provide the ability

to manage power consumption by selectively

managing clocking to the CPU and the peripherals. In

general, a lower clock frequency and a reduction in the

number of circuits being clocked constitutes lower

consumed power. PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices can

manage power consumption in four different ways:

The following events occur in Sleep mode:

• The system clock source is shut down. If an on-chip

oscillator is used, it is turned off.

• The device current consumption is reduced to a

minimum, provided that no I/O pin is sourcing

current

• The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor does not operate,

since the system clock source is disabled

• Clock frequency

• Instruction-based Sleep and Idle modes

• Software-controlled Doze mode

• Selective peripheral control in software

• The LPRC clock continues to run if the WDT is

enabled

• The WDT, if enabled, is automatically cleared

prior to entering Sleep mode

Combinations of these methods can be used to

selectively tailor an application’s power consumption

while still maintaining critical application features, such

as timing-sensitive communications.

• Some device features or peripherals may continue

to operate. This includes items such as the input

change notification on the I/O ports, or peripherals

that use an external clock input.

9.1

Clock Frequency and Clock

Switching

• Any peripheral that requires the system clock

source for its operation is disabled

The device will wake-up from Sleep mode on any of the

these events:

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices allow a wide range of

clock frequencies to be selected under application

control. If the system clock configuration is not locked,

users can choose low-power or high-precision

oscillators by simply changing the NOSC bits

(OSCCON<10:8>). The process of changing a system

clock during operation, as well as limitations to the

process, are discussed in more detail in Section 8.0

“Oscillator Configuration”.

• Any interrupt source that is individually enabled

• Any form of device Reset

• A WDT time-out

On wake-up from Sleep mode, the processor restarts

with the same clock source that was active when Sleep

mode was entered.

EXAMPLE 9-1:

PWRSAV INSTRUCTION SYNTAX

PWRSAV #SLEEP_MODE

PWRSAV #IDLE_MODE

; Put the device into Sleep mode

; Put the device into Idle mode

DS70282E-page 97

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Doze mode is enabled by setting the DOZEN bit

(CLKDIV<11>). The ratio between peripheral and core

clock speed is determined by the DOZE<2:0> bits

(CLKDIV<14:12>). There are eight possible

configurations, from 1:1 to 1:128, with 1:1 being the

default setting.

9.2.2

IDLE MODE

The following occur in Idle mode:

• The CPU stops executing instructions

• The WDT is automatically cleared

• The system clock source remains active. By

default, all peripheral modules continue to operate

normally from the system clock source, but can

also be selectively disabled (see Section 9.4

“Peripheral Module Disable”).

Programs can use Doze mode to selectively reduce

power consumption in event-driven applications. This

allows clock-sensitive functions, such as synchronous

communications, to continue without interruption while

the CPU idles, waiting for something to invoke an

interrupt routine. An automatic return to full-speed CPU

operation on interrupts can be enabled by setting the

ROI bit (CLKDIV<15>). By default, interrupt events

have no effect on Doze mode operation.

• If the WDT or FSCM is enabled, the LPRC also

remains active.

The device will wake from Idle mode on any of these

events:

• Any interrupt that is individually enabled

• Any device Reset

For example, suppose the device is operating at

20 MIPS and the UART module has been configured

for 500 kbps based on this device operating speed. If

the device is placed in Doze mode with a clock

frequency ratio of 1:4, the UART module continues to

communicate at the required bit rate of 500 kbps, but

the CPU now starts executing instructions at a

frequency of 5 MIPS.

• A WDT time-out

On wake-up from Idle mode, the clock is reapplied to

the CPU and instruction execution will begin (2-4 clock

cycles later), starting with the instruction following the

PWRSAVinstruction, or the first instruction in the ISR.

9.2.3

INTERRUPTS COINCIDENT WITH

POWER SAVE INSTRUCTIONS

9.4

Peripheral Module Disable

Any interrupt that coincides with the execution of a

PWRSAVinstruction is held off until entry into Sleep or

Idle mode has completed. The device then wakes up

from Sleep or Idle mode.

The Peripheral Module Disable (PMD) registers

provide a method to disable a peripheral module by

stopping all clock sources supplied to that module.

When a peripheral is disabled using the appropriate

PMD control bit, the peripheral is in a minimum power

consumption state. The control and status registers

associated with the peripheral are also disabled, so

writes to those registers will have no effect and read

values will be invalid.

9.3

Doze Mode

The preferred strategies for reducing power

consumption are changing clock speed and invoking

one of the power-saving modes. In some

circumstances, this may not be practical. For example,

it may be necessary for an application to maintain

uninterrupted synchronous communication, even while

it is doing nothing else. Reducing system clock speed

can introduce communication errors, while using a

power-saving mode can stop communications

completely.

A peripheral module is enabled only if both the

associated bit in the PMD register is cleared and the

peripheral is supported by the specific PIC24H variant.

If the peripheral is present in the device, it is enabled in

the PMD register by default.

Note:

If a PMD bit is set, the corresponding

module is disabled after a delay of one

instruction cycle. Similarly, if a PMD bit is

cleared, the corresponding module is

enabled after a delay of one instruction

cycle (assuming the module control regis-

ters are already configured to enable

module operation).

Doze mode is a simple and effective alternative method

to reduce power consumption while the device is still

executing code. In this mode, the system clock

continues to operate from the same source and at the

same speed. Peripheral modules continue to be

clocked at the same speed, while the CPU clock speed

is reduced. Synchronization between the two clock

domains is maintained, allowing the peripherals to

access the SFRs while the CPU executes code at a

slower rate.

DS70282E-page 98

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 9-1:

PMD1: PERIPHERAL MODULE DISABLE CONTROL REGISTER 1

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

T3MD

R/W-0

T2MD

R/W-0

T1MD

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

I2C1MD

bit 7

U-0

—

R/W-0

U1MD

U-0

—

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

AD1MD⁽¹⁾

SPI1MD

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

T3MD: Timer3 Module Disable bit

1= Timer3 module is disabled

0= Timer3 module is enabled

bit 12

bit 11

T2MD: Timer2 Module Disable bit

1= Timer2 module is disabled

0= Timer2 module is enabled

T1MD: Timer1 Module Disable bit

1= Timer1 module is disabled

0= Timer1 module is enabled

bit 10-8

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

I2C1MD: I²C1 Module Disable bit

1= I²C1 module is disabled

0= I²C1 module is enabled

bit 6

bit 5

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

U1MD: UART1 Module Disable bit

1= UART1 module is disabled

0= UART1 module is enabled

bit 4

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

SPI1MD: SPI1 Module Disable bit

1= SPI1 module is disabled

0= SPI1 module is enabled

bit 2-1

bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

AD1MD: ADC1 Module Disable bit⁽¹⁾

1= ADC1 module is disabled

0= ADC1 module is enabled

Note 1: PCFGx bits have no effect if the ADC module is disabled by setting this bit. When the bit is set, all port

pins that have been multiplexed with ANx will be in Digital mode.

DS70282E-page 99

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 9-2:

R/W-0

PMD2: PERIPHERAL MODULE DISABLE CONTROL REGISTER 2

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

IC8MD

IC7MD

IC2MD

IC1MD

bit 15

bit 8

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

OC2MD

OC1MD

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

-n = Value at POR

bit 15

bit 14

IC8MD: Input Capture 8 Module Disable bit

1= Input Capture 8 module is disabled

0= Input Capture 8 module is enabled

IC7MD: Input Capture 2 Module Disable bit

1= Input Capture 7 module is disabled

0= Input Capture 7 module is enabled

bit 13-10

bit 9

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IC2MD: Input Capture 2 Module Disable bit

1= Input Capture 2 module is disabled

0= Input Capture 2 module is enabled

bit 8

IC1MD: Input Capture 1 Module Disable bit

1= Input Capture 1 module is disabled

0= Input Capture 1 module is enabled

bit 7-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

OC2MD: Output Compare 2 Module Disable bit

1= Output Compare 2 module is disabled

0= Output Compare 2 module is enabled

bit 0

OC1MD: Output Compare 1 Module Disable bit

1= Output Compare 1 module is disabled

0= Output Compare 1 module is enabled

DS70282E-page 100

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

which a port’s digital output can drive the input of a

peripheral that shares the same pin. Figure 10-1 shows

how ports are shared with other peripherals and the

associated I/O pin to which they are connected.

10.0 I/O PORTS

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 10. I/O Ports”

(DS70193) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual”, which is

available from the Microchip website

(www.microchip.com).

When a peripheral is enabled and the peripheral is

actively driving an associated pin, the use of the pin as

a general purpose output pin is disabled. The I/O pin

can be read, but the output driver for the parallel port bit

is disabled. If a peripheral is enabled, but the peripheral

is not actively driving a pin, that pin can be driven by a

port.

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

All port pins have three registers directly associated

with their operation as digital I/O. The data direction

register (TRISx) determines whether the pin is an input

or an output. If the data direction bit is a ‘1’, the pin is

an input. All port pins are defined as inputs after a

Reset. Reads from the latch (LATx) read the latch.

Writes to the latch, write the latch. Reads from the port

(PORTx) read the port pins, while writes to the port pins

write the latch.

All of the device pins (except VDD, VSS, MCLR and

OSC1/CLKI) are shared among the peripherals and the

parallel I/O ports. All I/O input ports feature Schmitt

Trigger inputs for improved noise immunity.

Any bit and its associated data and control registers

that are not valid for a particular device will be

disabled. This means the corresponding LATx and

TRISx registers and the port pin will read as zeros.

10.1 Parallel I/O (PIO) Ports

A parallel I/O port that shares a pin with a peripheral is

generally subservient to the peripheral. The

peripheral’s output buffer data and control signals are

provided to a pair of multiplexers. The multiplexers

select whether the peripheral or the associated port

has ownership of the output data and control signals of

the I/O pin. The logic also prevents “loop through,” in

When a pin is shared with another peripheral or function

that is defined as an input only, it is nevertheless

regarded as a dedicated port because there is no other

competing source of outputs.

FIGURE 10-1:

BLOCK DIAGRAM OF A TYPICAL SHARED PORT STRUCTURE

Peripheral Module

Output Multiplexers

Peripheral Input Data

Peripheral Module Enable

I/O

Peripheral Output Enable

Peripheral Output Data

Output Enable

Output Data

1

0

PIO Module

1

0

Read TRIS

Data Bus

WR TRIS

D

Q

I/O Pin

CK

TRIS Latch

D

Q

WR LAT +

WR Port

CK

Data Latch

Read LAT

Read Port

Input Data

DS70282E-page 101

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

10.1.1

OPEN-DRAIN CONFIGURATION

10.2.1

I/O PORT WRITE/READ TIMING

In addition to the PORT, LAT and TRIS registers for

data control, some port pins can also be individually

configured for either digital or open-drain output. This

is controlled by the Open-Drain Control register,

ODCx, associated with each port. Setting any of the

bits configures the corresponding pin to act as an

open-drain output.

One instruction cycle is required between a port

direction change or port write operation and a read

operation of the same port. Typically this instruction

would be a NOP. An example is shown in Example 10-1.

10.3 Input Change Notification

The input change notification function of the I/O ports

allows the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices to generate

interrupt requests to the processor in response to a

change-of-state on selected input pins. This feature

can detect input change-of-states even in Sleep mode,

when the clocks are disabled. Depending on the device

pin count, up to 21 external signals (CNx pin) can be

selected (enabled) for generating an interrupt request

on a change-of-state.

The open-drain feature allows the generation of

outputs higher than VDD (e.g., 5V) on any 5V-tolerant

pins by using external pull-up resistors. The maximum

open-drain voltage allowed is the same as the

maximum VIH specification.

See “Pin Diagrams” for the available pins and their

functionality.

10.2 Configuring Analog Port Pins

Four control registers are associated with the CN

module. The CNEN1 and CNEN2 registers contain the

interrupt enable control bits for each of the CN input

pins. Setting any of these bits enables a CN interrupt

for the corresponding pins.

The AD1PCFG and TRIS registers control the opera-

tion of the Analog-to-Digital (A/D) port pins. The port

pins that are desired as analog inputs must have their

corresponding TRIS bit set (input). If the TRIS bit is

cleared (output), the digital output level (VOH or VOL)

will be converted.

Each CN pin also has a weak pull-up connected to it.

The pull-ups act as a current source connected to the

pin, and eliminate the need for external resistors when

push button or keypad devices are connected. The

pull-ups are enabled separately using the CNPU1 and

CNPU2 registers, which contain the control bits for

each of the CN pins. Setting any of the control bits

enables the weak pull-ups for the corresponding pins.

The AD1PCFGL register has a default value of 0x0000;

therefore, all pins that share ANx functions are analog

(not digital) by default.

When the PORT register is read, all pins configured as

analog input channels will read as cleared (a low level).

Pins configured as digital inputs will not convert an

analog input. Analog levels on any pin that is defined as

a digital input (including the ANx pins) can cause the

input buffer to consume current that exceeds the

device specifications.

Note:

Pull-ups on change notification pins

should always be disabled when the port

pin is configured as a digital output.

EXAMPLE 10-1:

PORT WRITE/READ EXAMPLE

MOV

NOP

0xFF00, W0

W0, TRISBB

; Configure PORTB<15:8> as inputs

; and PORTB<7:0> as outputs

; Delay 1 cycle

btss PORTB, #13

; Next Instruction

DS70282E-page 102

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

10.4.2.1

Input Mapping

10.4 Peripheral Pin Select

The inputs of the peripheral pin select options are

mapped on the basis of the peripheral. A control

register associated with a peripheral dictates the pin it

will be mapped to. The RPINRx registers are used to

configure peripheral input mapping (see Register 10-1

through Register 10-9). Each register contains sets of

5-bit fields, with each set associated with one of the

A major challenge in general purpose devices is

providing the largest possible set of peripheral

features while minimizing the conflict of features on I/O

pins. The challenge is even greater on low-pin count

devices. In an application where more than one

peripheral must be assigned to

a single pin,

inconvenient workarounds in application code or a

complete redesign may be the only option.

remappable peripherals. Programming

a

given

peripheral’s bit field with an appropriate 5-bit value

maps the RPn pin with that value to that peripheral.

For any given device, the valid range of values for any

bit field corresponds to the maximum number of

peripheral pin selections supported by the device.

Peripheral pin select configuration enables peripheral

set selection and placement on a wide range of I/O

pins. By increasing the pinout options available on a

particular device, programmers can better tailor the

microcontroller to their entire application, rather than

trimming the application to fit the device.

Figure 10-2 Illustrates remappable pin selection for

U1RX input.

The peripheral pin select configuration feature

operates over a fixed subset of digital I/O pins. Pro-

grammers can independently map the input and/or out-

put of most digital peripherals to any one of these I/O

pins. Peripheral pin select is performed in software,

and generally does not require the device to be

reprogrammed. Hardware safeguards are included that

prevent accidental or spurious changes to the

peripheral mapping, when it has been established.

Note:

For input mapping only, the Peripheral Pin

Select (PPS) functionality does not have

priority over the TRISx settings. There-

fore, when configuring the RPx pin for

input, the corresponding bit in the TRISx

register must also be configured for input

(i.e., set to ‘1’).

FIGURE 10-2:

REMAPPABLE MUX

INPUT FOR U1RX

10.4.1

AVAILABLE PINS

The peripheral pin select feature is used with a range

of up to 16 pins. The number of available pins depends

on the particular device and its pin count. Pins that

support the peripheral pin select feature include the

designation ‘RPn’ in their full pin designation, where

‘RP’ designates a remappable peripheral and ‘n’ is the

remappable pin number.

U1RXR<4:0>

0

RP0

RP1

RP2

1

10.4.2

CONTROLLING PERIPHERAL PIN

SELECT

U1RX input

to peripheral

2

Peripheral pin select features are controlled through

two sets of SFRs: one to map peripheral inputs, and

one to map outputs. Because they are separately

controlled, a particular peripheral’s input and output (if

the peripheral has both) can be placed on any

selectable function pin without constraint.

15

The association of a peripheral to a peripheral

selectable pin is handled in two different ways,

depending on whether an input or output is being

mapped.

RP15

DS70282E-page 103

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(1)

TABLE 10-1: SELECTABLE INPUT SOURCES (MAPS INPUT TO FUNCTION)

Configuration

Bits

Input Name

Function Name

Register

External Interrupt 1

INT1

INT2

RPINR0

RPINR1

RPINR3

RPINR7

RPINR10

RPINR11

RPINR18

RPINR20

RPINR21

INT1R<4:0>

INT2R<4:0>

T2CKR<4:0>

T3CKR<4:0>

IC1R<4:0>

External Interrupt 2

Timer2 External Clock

Timer3 External Clock

Input Capture 1

T2CK

T3CK

IC1

Input Capture 2

IC2

IC2R<4:0>

Input Capture 7

IC7

IC7R<4:0>

Input Capture 8

IC8

IC8R<4:0>

Output Compare Fault A

UART1 Receive

OCFA

U1RX

U1CTS

SDI1

SCK1IN

SS1IN

OCFAR<4:0>

U1RXR<4:0>

U1CTSR<4:0>

SDI1R<4:0>

SCK1R<4:0>

SS1R<4:0>

UART1 Clear To Send

SPI1 Data Input

SPI1 Clock Input

SPI1 Slave Select Input

Note 1: Unless otherwise noted, all inputs use the Schmitt input buffers.

10.4.2.2

Output Mapping

FIGURE 10-3:

MULTIPLEXING OF

REMAPPABLE OUTPUT

FOR RPn

In contrast to inputs, the outputs of the peripheral pin

select options are mapped on the basis of the pin. In

this case, a control register associated with a particular

pin dictates the peripheral output to be mapped. The

RPORx registers are used to control output mapping.

Like the RPINRx registers, each register contains sets

of 5-bit fields, with each set associated with one RPn

pin (see Register 10-10 through Register 10-17). The

value of the bit field corresponds to one of the periph-

erals, and that peripheral’s output is mapped to the pin

(see Table 10-2 and Figure 10-3).

RPnR<4:0>

Default

0

3

4

U1TX Output enable

U1RTS Output enable

Output Enable

The list of peripherals for output mapping also includes

a null value of ‘00000’ because of the mapping

technique. This permits any given pin to remain

unconnected from the output of any of the pin

selectable peripherals.

OC1 Output Enable

OC2 Output Enable

18

19

Default

0

3

4

U1TX Output

U1RTS Output

RPn

Output Data

OC1 Output

OC2 Output

18

19

DS70282E-page 104

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 10-2: OUTPUT SELECTION FOR REMAPPABLE PIN (RPn)

Function

RPnR<4:0>

Output Name

RPn tied to default port pin

NULL

U1TX

U1RTS

SDO1

00000

00011

00100

00111

01000

01001

10010

10011

RPn tied to UART1 Transmit

RPn tied to UART1 Ready To Send

RPn tied to SPI1 Data Output

RPn tied to SPI1 Clock Output

RPn tied to SPI1 Slave Select Output

RPn tied to Output Compare 1

RPn tied to Output Compare 2

SCK1OUT

SS1OUT

OC1

OC2

10.4.3

CONTROLLING CONFIGURATION

CHANGES

10.4.3.2

Continuous State Monitoring

In addition to being protected from direct writes, the

contents of the RPINRx and RPORx registers are

constantly monitored in hardware by shadow registers.

If an unexpected change in any of the registers occurs

(such as cell disturbances caused by ESD or other

external events), a configuration mismatch Reset will

be triggered.

Because peripheral remapping can be changed during

run time, some restrictions on peripheral remapping

are needed to prevent accidental configuration

changes. PIC24H devices include three features to

prevent alterations to the peripheral map:

• Control register lock sequence

• Continuous state monitoring

• Configuration bit pin select lock

10.4.3.3

Configuration Bit Pin Select Lock

As an additional level of safety, the device can be

configured to prevent more than one write session to

the RPINRx and RPORx registers. The IOL1WAY

(FOSC<5>) configuration bit blocks the IOLOCK bit

from being cleared after it has been set once. If

IOLOCK remains set, the register unlock procedure will

not execute, and the peripheral pin select control regis-

ters cannot be written to. The only way to clear the bit

and re-enable peripheral remapping is to perform a

device Reset.

10.4.3.1

Control Register Lock

Under normal operation, writes to the RPINRx and

RPORx registers are not allowed. Attempted writes

appear to execute normally, but the contents of the

registers remain unchanged. To change these

registers, they must be unlocked in hardware. The

register lock is controlled by the IOLOCK bit

(OSCCON<6>). Setting IOLOCK prevents writes to

the control registers; clearing IOLOCK allows writes.

In the default (unprogrammed) state, IOL1WAY is set,

restricting users to one write session. Programming

IOL1WAY allows user applications unlimited access

(with the proper use of the unlock sequence) to the

peripheral pin select registers.

To set or clear IOLOCK, a specific command sequence

must be executed:

1. Write 0x46 to OSCCON<7:0>.

2. Write 0x57 to OSCCON<7:0>.

3. Clear (or set) IOLOCK as a single operation.

10.5 Peripheral Pin Select Registers

Note:

MPLAB^®C30 provides built-in

C

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices implement 17

registers for remappable peripheral configuration:

language functions for unlocking the

OSCCON register:

• Input Remappable Peripheral Registers (9)

• Output Remappable Peripheral Registers (8)

__builtin_write_OSCCONL(value)

__builtin_write_OSCCONH(value)

See MPLAB IDE Help for more

information.

Note:

Input and Output Register values can only

be changed if OSCCON<IOLOCK> = 0.

See Section 10.4.3.1 “Control Register

Lock” for a specific command sequence.

Unlike the similar sequence with the oscillator’s LOCK

bit, IOLOCK remains in one state until changed. This

allows all of the peripheral pin selects to be configured

with a single unlock sequence followed by an update to

all control registers, then locked with a second lock

sequence.

DS70282E-page 105

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-1: RPINR0: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

bit 8

INT1R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

INT1R<4:0>: Assign External Interrupt 1 (INTR1) to the corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

bit 7-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS70282E-page 106

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-2: RPINR1: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 1

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-1

bit 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

INT2R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

INT2R<4:0>: Assign External Interrupt 2 (INTR2) to the corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

DS70282E-page 107

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-3: RPINR3: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 3

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

bit 8

R/W-1

bit 0

T3CKR<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

T2CKR<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

T3CKR<4:0>: Assign Timer3 External Clock (T3CK) to the Corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

T2CKR<4:0>: Assign Timer2 External Clock (T2CK) to the Corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

DS70282E-page 108

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-4: RPINR7: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 7

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

bit 8

R/W-1

bit 0

IC2R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

IC1R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IC2R<4:0>: Assign Input Capture 2 (IC2) to the corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IC1R<4:0>: Assign Input Capture 1 (IC1) to the corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

DS70282E-page 109

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-5: RPINR10: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTERS 10

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

bit 8

R/W-1

bit 0

IC8R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

IC7R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IC8R<4:0>: Assign Input Capture 8 (IC8) to the corresponding pin RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

IC7R<4:0>: Assign Input Capture 7 (IC7) to the corresponding pin RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

DS70282E-page 110

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-6: RPINR11: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 11

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-1

bit 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

OCFAR<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

OCFAR<4:0>: Assign Output Capture A (OCFA) to the corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

DS70282E-page 111

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-7: RPINR18: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 18

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

bit 8

R/W-1

bit 0

U1CTSR<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

U1RXR<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

U1CTSR<4:0>: Assign UART1 Clear to Send (U1CTS) to the corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

U1RXR<4:0>: Assign UART1 Receive (U1RX) to the corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

DS70282E-page 112

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-8: RPINR20: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 20

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

bit 8

R/W-1

bit 0

SCK1R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

SDI1R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

SCK1R<4:0>: Assign SPI1 Clock Input (SCK1IN) to the corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

SDI1R<4:0>: Assign SPI1 Data Input (SDI1) to the corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

DS70282E-page 113

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-9: RPINR21: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT INPUT REGISTER 21

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-1

bit 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-1

SS1R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

SS1R<4:0>: Assign SPI1 Slave Select Input (SS1IN) to the Corresponding RPn pin bits

11111= Input tied to VSS

01111= Input tied to RP15

•

00001= Input tied to RP1

00000= Input tied to RP0

DS70282E-page 114

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-10: RPOR0: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

RP1R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

RP0R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP1R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP1 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP0R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP0 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

REGISTER 10-11: RPOR1: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 1

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

RP3R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

RP2R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP3R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP3 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP2R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP2 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

DS70282E-page 115

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-12: RPOR2: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 2

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

RP5R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

RP4R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP5R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP5 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP4R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP4 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

REGISTER 10-13: RPOR3: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 3

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

RP7R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

RP6R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP7R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP7 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP6R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP6 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

DS70282E-page 116

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-14: RPOR4: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 4

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

RP9R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

RP8R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP9R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP9 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP8R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP8 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

REGISTER 10-15: RPOR5: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 5

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

RP11R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

RP10R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP11R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP11 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP10R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP10 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

DS70282E-page 117

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 10-16: RPOR6: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 6

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

RP13R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

RP12R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP13R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP13 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP12R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP12 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

REGISTER 10-17: RPOR7: PERIPHERAL PIN SELECT OUTPUT REGISTER 7

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

RP15R<4:0>

bit 15

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

RP14R<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP15R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP15 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

bit 7-5

bit 4-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

RP14R<4:0>: Peripheral Output Function is Assigned to RP14 Output Pin bits (see Table 10-2 for

peripheral function numbers)

DS70282E-page 118

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

• Timer gate operation

11.0 TIMER1

• Selectable prescaler settings

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. It is not intended to be a compre-

hensive reference source. To comple-

ment the information in this data sheet,

refer to “Section 11. Timers” (DS70205)

of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Refer-

ence Manual”, which is available from the

Microchip website (www.microchip.com).

• Timer operation during CPU Idle and Sleep

modes

• Interrupt on 16-bit Period register match or falling

edge of external gate signal

Figure 11-1 presents a block diagram of the 16-bit timer

module.

To configure Timer1 for operation:

1. Set the TON bit (= 1) in the T1CON register.

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

2. Select the timer prescaler ratio using the

TCKPS<1:0> bits in the T1CON register.

3. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS

and TGATE bits in the T1CON register.

4. Set or clear the TSYNC bit in T1CON to select

synchronous or asynchronous operation.

The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer, which can serve

as the time counter for the real-time clock, or operate

as a free-running interval timer/counter. Timer1 can

operate in three modes:

5. Load the timer period value into the PR1

register.

6. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable

bit, T1IE. Use the priority bits, T1IP<2:0>, to set

the interrupt priority.

• 16-bit Timer

• 16-bit Synchronous Counter

• 16-bit Asynchronous Counter

Timer1 also supports these features:

FIGURE 11-1:

16-BIT TIMER1 MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM

TCKPS<1:0>

TON

2

SOSCO/

1x

01

00

T1CK

Prescaler

1, 8, 64, 256

Gate

Sync

SOSCEN

SOSCI

TCY

TGATE

TCS

TGATE

1

0

Q

D

Set T1IF

CK

0

Reset

Equal

TMR1

1

Sync

TSYNC

Comparator

PR1

DS70282E-page 119

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 11-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0

TON

U-0

—

R/W-0

TSIDL

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-0

TCS

U-0

—

TGATE

TCKPS<1:0>

TSYNC

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

TON: Timer1 On bit

1= Starts 16-bit Timer1

0= Stops 16-bit Timer1

bit 14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit

1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode

0= Continue module operation in Idle mode

bit 12-7

bit 6

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TGATE: Timer1 Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit

When TCS = 1:

This bit is ignored.

When TCS = 0:

1= Gated time accumulation enabled

0= Gated time accumulation disabled

bit 5-4

TCKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits

11 = 1:256

10 = 1:64

01 = 1:8

00 = 1:1

bit 3

bit 2

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TSYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Select bit

When TCS = 1:

1= Synchronize external clock input

0= Do not synchronize external clock input

When TCS = 0:

This bit is ignored.

bit 1

bit 0

TCS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit

1= External clock from pin T1CK (on the rising edge)

0= Internal clock (FCY)

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS70282E-page 120

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

12.1 32-bit Operation

12.0 TIMER2/3 FEATURE

To configure the Timer2/3 feature for 32-bit operation:

1. Set the corresponding T32 control bit.

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. It is not intended to be a compre-

hensive reference source. To comple-

ment the information in this data sheet,

refer to “Section 11. Timers” (DS70205)

of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Refer-

ence Manual”, which is available from the

Microchip website (www.microchip.com).

2. Select the prescaler ratio for Timer2 using the

TCKPS<1:0> bits.

3. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the

corresponding TCS and TGATE bits.

4. Load the timer period value. PR3 contains the

msw of the value, while PR2 contains the lsw.

5. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable

bit, T3IE. Use the priority bits T3IP<2:0> to set

the interrupt priority. While Timer2 controls the

timer, the interrupt appears as a Timer3

interrupt.

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

6. Set the corresponding TON bit.

The timer value at any point is stored in the register

pair TMR3:TMR2. TMR3 always contains the msw of

the count, while TMR2 contains the lsw.

The Timer2/3 feature has 32-bit timers that can also be

configured as two independent 16-bit timers with

selectable operating modes.

To configure any of the timers for individual 16-bit

operation:

As a 32-bit timer, the Timer2/3 feature permits

operation in three modes:

1. Clear the T32 bit corresponding to that timer.

• Two Independent 16-bit timers (Timer2 and

Timer3) with all 16-bit operating modes (except

Asynchronous Counter mode)

2. Select the timer prescaler ratio using the

TCKPS<1:0> bits.

3. Set the Clock and Gating modes using the TCS

and TGATE bits.

• Single 32-bit timer (Timer2/3)

• Single 32-bit synchronous counter (Timer2/3)

4. Load the timer period value into the PRx

register.

The Timer2/3 feature also supports:

5. If interrupts are required, set the interrupt enable

bit, TxIE. Use the priority bits, TxIP<2:0>, to set

the interrupt priority.

• Timer gate operation

• Selectable Prescaler Settings

• Timer operation during Idle and Sleep modes

• Interrupt on a 32-bit Period Register Match

6. Set the TON bit.

• Time Base for Input Capture and Output Compare

Modules (Timer2 and Timer3 only)

• ADC1 Event Trigger (Timer2/3 only)

Individually, all eight of the 16-bit timers can function as

synchronous timers or counters. They also offer the

features listed above, except for the event trigger. The

operating modes and enabled features are determined

by setting the appropriate bit(s) in the T2CON and

T3CON registers. T2CON registers are shown in

generic form in Register 12-1. T3CON registers are

shown in Register 12-2.

For 32-bit timer/counter operation, Timer2 is the lsw,

and Timer3 is the msw of the 32-bit timers.

Note:

For 32-bit operation, T3CON control bits

are ignored. Only T2CON control bit is

used for setup and control. Timer2 clock

and gate inputs are used for the 32-bit

timer modules, but an interrupt is

generated with the Timer3 interrupt flags.

DS70282E-page 121

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(1)

FIGURE 12-1:

TIMER2/3 (32-BIT) BLOCK DIAGRAM

TCKPS<1:0>

2

TON

1x

01

00

T2CK

Gate

Sync

Prescaler

1, 8, 64, 256

TCY

TGATE

TCS

TGATE

1

0

Q

D

Set T3IF

CK

PR2

PR3

ADC Event Trigger⁽²⁾

Equal

Reset

Comparator

MSb

LSb

TMR3

TMR2

Sync

16

Read TMR2

Write TMR2

16

TMR3HLD

16

Data Bus<15:0>

Note 1: The 32-bit timer control bit, T32, must be set for 32-bit timer/counter operation. All control bits are respective

to the T2CON register.

2: The ADC event trigger is available only on Timer2/3.

DS70282E-page 122

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 12-2:

TIMER2 (16-BIT) BLOCK DIAGRAM

TCKPS<1:0>

2

TON

T2CK

1x

01

00

Prescaler

1, 8, 64, 256

Gate

Sync

TGATE

TCS

TGATE

TCY

1

0

Q

D

Set T2IF

Q

CK

Reset

Equal

Sync

TMR2

Comparator

PR2

DS70282E-page 123

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 12-1: T2CON CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0

TON

U-0

—

R/W-0

TSIDL

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

R/W-0

T32

U-0

—

R/W-0

TCS

U-0

—

TGATE

TCKPS<1:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

TON: Timer2 On bit

When T32 = 1:

1= Starts 32-bit Timer2/3

0= Stops 32-bit Timer2/3

When T32 = 0:

1= Starts 16-bit Timer2

0= Stops 16-bit Timer2

bit 14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit

1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode

0= Continue module operation in Idle mode

bit 12-7

bit 6

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TGATE: Timer2 Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit

When TCS = 1:

This bit is ignored.

When TCS = 0:

1= Gated time accumulation enabled

0= Gated time accumulation disabled

bit 5-4

bit 3

TCKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Input Clock Prescale Select bits

11= 1:256

10= 1:64

01= 1:8

00= 1:1

T32: 32-bit Timer Mode Select bit

1= Timer2 and Timer3 form a single 32-bit timer

0= Timer2 and Timer3 act as two 16-bit timers

bit 2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TCS: Timer2 Clock Source Select bit

1= External clock from pin T2CK (on the rising edge)

0= Internal clock (FCY)

bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS70282E-page 124

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 12-2: T3CON CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0

TON⁽²⁾

U-0

—

R/W-0

TSIDL⁽¹⁾

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

R/W-0

TGATE⁽²⁾

R/W-0

TCKPS<1:0>⁽²⁾

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

TCS⁽²⁾

U-0

—

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

TON: Timer3 On bit⁽²⁾

1= Starts 16-bit Timer3

0= Stops 16-bit Timer3

bit 14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit⁽¹⁾

1= Discontinue timer operation when device enters Idle mode

0= Continue timer operation in Idle mode

bit 12-7

bit 6

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TGATE: Timer3 Gated Time Accumulation Enable bit⁽²⁾

When TCS = 1:

This bit is ignored.

When TCS = 0:

1= Gated time accumulation enabled

0= Gated time accumulation disabled

bit 5-4

TCKPS<1:0>: Timer3 Input Clock Prescale Select bits⁽²⁾

11= 1:256 prescale value

10= 1:64 prescale value

01= 1:8 prescale value

00= 1:1 prescale value

bit 3-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

TCS: Timer3 Clock Source Select bit⁽²⁾

1= External clock from T3CK pin

0= Internal clock (FOSC/2)

bit 0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

Note 1: When 32-bit timer operation is enabled (T32 = 1) in the Timer Control register (T2CON<3>), the TSIDL bit

must be cleared to operate the 32-bit timer in Idle mode.

2: When the 32-bit timer operation is enabled (T32 = 1) in the Timer Control register (T2CON<3>), these bits

have no effect.

DS70282E-page 125

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 126

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

• Simple Capture Event modes:

13.0 INPUT CAPTURE

- Capture timer value on every falling edge of

input at ICx pin

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. It is not intended to be a compre-

hensive reference source. To comple-

ment the information in this data sheet,

refer to “Section 12. Input Capture”

(DS70198) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual”, which is

available from the Microchip website

(www.microchip.com).

- Capture timer value on every rising edge of

input at ICx pin

• Capture timer value on every edge (rising and

falling)

• Prescaler Capture Event modes:

- Capture timer value on every 4th rising edge

of input at ICx pin

-

Capture timer value on every 16th rising

edge of input at ICx pin

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

Each Input Capture channel can select one of two

16-bit timers (Timer2 or Timer3) for the time base.

The selected timer can use either an internal or

external clock.

Other operational features include:

The Input Capture module is useful in applications

requiring frequency (period) and pulse measurement.

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices support up to eight

input capture channels.

• Device wake-up from capture pin during CPU

Sleep and Idle modes

• Interrupt on Input Capture event

• 4-word FIFO buffer for capture values

The Input Capture module captures the 16-bit value of

the selected Time Base register when an event occurs

at the ICx pin. The events that cause a capture event

are listed below in three categories:

- Interrupt optionally generated after 1, 2, 3, or

4 buffer locations are filled

• Use of Input Capture to provide additional

sources of external interrupts

FIGURE 13-1:

INPUT CAPTURE BLOCK DIAGRAM

From 16-bit Timers

TMR2 TMR3

16

ICTMR

(ICxCON<7>)

1

0

Edge Detection Logic

and

Clock Synchronizer

FIFO

R/W

Logic

Prescaler

Counter

(1, 4, 16)

ICx Pin

ICM<2:0> (ICxCON<2:0>)

3

Mode Select

ICOV, ICBNE (ICxCON<4:3>)

ICxBUF

ICxI<1:0>

Interrupt

Logic

ICxCON

System Bus

Set Flag ICxIF

(in IFSn Register)

Note: An ‘x’ in a signal, register or bit name denotes the number of the capture channel.

DS70282E-page 127

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

13.1 Input Capture Registers

REGISTER 13-1: ICxCON: INPUT CAPTURE x CONTROL REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

ICSIDL

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

R/W-0

R-0, HC

ICOV

R-0, HC

ICBNE

R/W-0

ICTMR

ICI<1:0>

ICM<2:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

ICSIDL: Input Capture Module Stop in Idle Control bit

1= Input capture module will halt in CPU Idle mode

0= Input capture module will continue to operate in CPU Idle mode

bit 12-8

bit 7

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

ICTMR: Input Capture Timer Select bits

1= TMR2 contents are captured on capture event

0= TMR3 contents are captured on capture event

bit 6-5

ICI<1:0>: Select Number of Captures per Interrupt bits

11= Interrupt on every fourth capture event

10= Interrupt on every third capture event

01= Interrupt on every second capture event

00= Interrupt on every capture event

bit 4

ICOV: Input Capture Overflow Status Flag bit (read-only)

1= Input capture overflow occurred

0= No input capture overflow occurred

bit 3

ICBNE: Input Capture Buffer Empty Status bit (read-only)

1= Input capture buffer is not empty, at least one more capture value can be read

0= Input capture buffer is empty

bit 2-0

ICM<2:0>: Input Capture Mode Select bits

111= Input capture functions as interrupt pin only when device is in Sleep or Idle mode

(Rising edge detect only, all other control bits are not applicable.)

110= Unused (module disabled)

101= Capture mode, every 16th rising edge

100= Capture mode, every 4th rising edge

011= Capture mode, every rising edge

010= Capture mode, every falling edge

001= Capture mode, every edge (rising and falling)

(ICI<1:0> bits do not control interrupt generation for this mode.)

000= Input capture module turned off

DS70282E-page 128

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

The Output Compare module can select either Timer2

or Timer3 for its time base. The module compares the

value of the timer with the value of one or two compare

registers depending on the operating mode selected.

The state of the output pin changes when the timer

value matches the compare register value. The Output

Compare module generates either a single output

pulse or a sequence of output pulses, by changing the

state of the output pin on the compare match events.

The Output Compare module can also generate

interrupts on compare match events.

14.0 OUTPUT COMPARE

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 13. Output

Compare” (DS70209) of the “dsPIC33F/

PIC24H Family Reference Manual”,

which is available from the Microchip

website (www.microchip.com).

The Output Compare module has multiple operating

modes:

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

• Active-Low One-Shot mode

• Active-High One-Shot mode

• Toggle mode

• Delayed One-Shot mode

• Continuous Pulse mode

• PWM mode without fault protection

• PWM mode with fault protection

FIGURE 14-1:

OUTPUT COMPARE MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM

Set Flag bit

OCxIF

OCxRS

OCxR

Output

Logic

S

R

Q

OCx

3

Output

Enable

Logic

Output

Enable

OCM<2:0>

Mode Select

Comparator

OCFA

0

1

0

OCTSEL

1

16

TMR2

Rollover

TMR3

Rollover

TMR3

TMR2

DS70282E-page 129

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

application must disable the associated timer when

writing to the output compare control registers to avoid

malfunctions.

14.1 Output Compare Modes

Configure the Output Compare modes by setting the

appropriate Output Compare Mode (OCM<2:0>) bits in

the Output Compare Control (OCxCON<2:0>) register.

Table 14-1 lists the different bit settings for the Output

Compare modes. Figure 14-2 illustrates the output

compare operation for various modes. The user

Note:

See Section 13. “Output Compare” in

the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference

Manual” (DS70209) for OCxR and

OCxRS register restrictions.

TABLE 14-1: OUTPUT COMPARE MODES

OCM<2:0>

Mode

Module Disabled

OCx Pin Initial State

OCx Interrupt Generation

000

001

010

011

100

101

110

Controlled by GPIO register

—

OCx Rising edge

OCx Falling edge

Active-Low One-Shot

Active-High One-Shot

Toggle Mode

0

1

Current output is maintained OCx Rising and Falling edge

Delayed One-Shot

Continuous Pulse mode

0

OCx Falling edge

No interrupt

PWM mode without fault

protection

0, if OCxR is zero

1, if OCxR is non-zero

111

PWM mode with fault protection 0, if OCxR is zero

1, if OCxR is non-zero

OCFA Falling edge for OC1 to OC4

FIGURE 14-2:

OUTPUT COMPARE OPERATION

Output Compare

Mode enabled

Timer is reset on

period match

OCxRS

OCxR

TMRy

Active Low One-Shot

(OCM = 001)

Active High One-Shot

(OCM = 010)

Toggle Mode

(OCM = 011)

Delayed One-Shot

(OCM = 100)

Continuous Pulse Mode

(OCM = 101)

PWM Mode

(OCM = 110or 111)

DS70282E-page 130

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

14.2 Output Compare Register

REGISTER 14-1: OCxCON: OUTPUT COMPARE x CONTROL REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

OCSIDL

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R-0 HC

OCFLT

R/W-0

OCTSEL

OCM<2:0>

bit 7

Legend:

HC = Cleared in Hardware

W = Writable bit

HS = Set in Hardware

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 15-14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

OCSIDL: Stop Output Compare in Idle Mode Control bit

1= Output Compare x will halt in CPU Idle mode

0= Output Compare x will continue to operate in CPU Idle mode

bit 12-5

bit 4

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

OCFLT: PWM Fault Condition Status bit

1= PWM Fault condition has occurred (cleared in hardware only)

0= No PWM Fault condition has occurred

(This bit is only used when OCM<2:0> = 111.)

bit 3

OCTSEL: Output Compare Timer Select bit

1= Timer3 is the clock source for Compare x

0= Timer2 is the clock source for Compare x

bit 2-0

OCM<2:0>: Output Compare Mode Select bits

111= PWM mode on OCx, Fault pin enabled

110= PWM mode on OCx, Fault pin disabled

101= Initialize OCx pin low, generate continuous output pulses on OCx pin

100= Initialize OCx pin low, generate single output pulse on OCx pin

011= Compare event toggles OCx pin

010= Initialize OCx pin high, compare event forces OCx pin low

001= Initialize OCx pin low, compare event forces OCx pin high

000= Output compare channel is disabled

DS70282E-page 131

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 132

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) module is a

synchronous serial interface useful for communicating

with other peripheral or microcontroller devices. These

peripheral devices can be serial EEPROMs, shift

registers, display drivers, analog-to-digital (A/D)

converters, etc. The SPI module is compatible with

SPI and SIOP from Motorola^®.

15.0 SERIAL PERIPHERAL

INTERFACE (SPI)

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 18. Serial

Peripheral Interface (SPI)” (DS70206)

of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Refer-

ence Manual”, which is available from the

Microchip website (www.microchip.com).

Each SPI module consists of a 16-bit shift register,

SPIxSR (where x = 1 or 2), used for shifting data in and

out, and a buffer register, SPIxBUF. A control register,

SPIxCON, configures the module. Additionally, a status

register, SPIxSTAT, indicates status conditions.

The serial interface consists of 4 pins:

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

• SDIx (serial data input)

• SDOx (serial data output)

• SCKx (shift clock input or output)

• SSx (active low slave select).

In Master mode operation, SCK is a clock output. In

Slave mode, it is a clock input.

FIGURE 15-1:

SPI MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM

SCKx

1:1 to 1:8

Secondary

Prescaler

1:1/4/16/64

Primary

Prescaler

FCY

SSx

Sync

Control

Select

Edge

Control

Clock

SPIxCON1<1:0>

SPIxCON1<4:2>

Shift Control

SDOx

SDIx

Enable

Master Clock

bit 0

SPIxSR

Transfer

SPIxRXB SPIxTXB

SPIxBUF

Write SPIxBUF

Read SPIxBUF

16

Internal Data Bus

DS70282E-page 133

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 15-1: SPIxSTAT: SPIx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0

SPIEN

U-0

—

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

SPISIDL

bit 15

bit 8

U-0

—

R/C-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R-0

SPIROV

SPITBF

SPIRBF

bit 0

bit 7

Legend:

C = Clearable bit

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

SPIEN: SPIx Enable bit

1= Enables module and configures SCKx, SDOx, SDIx and SSx as serial port pins

0= Disables module

bit 14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

SPISIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit

1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode

0= Continue module operation in Idle mode

bit 12-7

bit 6

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

SPIROV: Receive Overflow Flag bit

1= A new byte/word is completely received and discarded. The user software has not read the

previous data in the SPIxBUF register.

0= No overflow has occurred.

bit 5-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

SPITBF: SPIx Transmit Buffer Full Status bit

1= Transmit not yet started, SPIxTXB is full

0= Transmit started, SPIxTXB is empty

Automatically set in hardware when CPU writes SPIxBUF location, loading SPIxTXB

Automatically cleared in hardware when SPIx module transfers data from SPIxTXB to SPIxSR

bit 0

SPIRBF: SPIx Receive Buffer Full Status bit

1= Receive complete, SPIxRXB is full

0= Receive is not complete, SPIxRXB is empty

Automatically set in hardware when SPIx transfers data from SPIxSR to SPIxRXB

Automatically cleared in hardware when core reads SPIxBUF location, reading SPIxRXB

DS70282E-page 134

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 15-2: SPIXCON1: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 1

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

SMP

R/W-0

CKE⁽¹⁾

DISSCK

DISSDO

MODE16

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

SSEN⁽²⁾

R/W-0

CKP

R/W-0

SPRE<2:0>⁽³⁾

R/W-0

MSTEN

PPRE<1:0>⁽³⁾

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

bit 12

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DISSCK: Disable SCKx pin bit (SPI Master modes only)

1= Internal SPI clock is disabled, pin functions as I/O

0= Internal SPI clock is enabled

bit 11

bit 10

bit 9

DISSDO: Disable SDOx pin bit

1= SDOx pin is not used by module; pin functions as I/O

0= SDOx pin is controlled by the module

MODE16: Word/Byte Communication Select bit

1= Communication is word-wide (16 bits)

0= Communication is byte-wide (8 bits)

SMP: SPIx Data Input Sample Phase bit

Master mode:

1= Input data sampled at end of data output time

0= Input data sampled at middle of data output time

Slave mode:

SMP must be cleared when SPIx is used in Slave mode.

bit 8

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

CKE: SPIx Clock Edge Select bit⁽¹⁾

1= Serial output data changes on transition from active clock state to Idle clock state (see bit 6)

0= Serial output data changes on transition from Idle clock state to active clock state (see bit 6)

SSEN: Slave Select Enable bit (Slave mode)⁽²⁾

1= SSx pin used for Slave mode

0= SSx pin not used by module. Pin controlled by port function.

CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit

1= Idle state for clock is a high level; active state is a low level

0= Idle state for clock is a low level; active state is a high level

MSTEN: Master Mode Enable bit

1= Master mode

0= Slave mode

Note 1: The CKE bit is not used in the Framed SPI modes. Program this bit to ‘0’ for the Framed SPI modes

(FRMEN = 1).

2: This bit must be cleared when FRMEN = 1.

3: Do not set both Primary and Secondary prescalers to a value of 1:1.

DS70282E-page 135

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 15-2: SPIXCON1: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED)

bit 4-2

SPRE<2:0>: Secondary Prescale bits (Master mode)⁽³⁾

111= Secondary prescale 1:1

110= Secondary prescale 2:1

•

000= Secondary prescale 8:1

bit 1-0

PPRE<1:0>: Primary Prescale bits (Master mode)⁽³⁾

11= Primary prescale 1:1

10= Primary prescale 4:1

01= Primary prescale 16:1

00= Primary prescale 64:1

Note 1: The CKE bit is not used in the Framed SPI modes. Program this bit to ‘0’ for the Framed SPI modes

(FRMEN = 1).

2: This bit must be cleared when FRMEN = 1.

3: Do not set both Primary and Secondary prescalers to a value of 1:1.

DS70282E-page 136

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 15-3: SPIxCON2: SPIx CONTROL REGISTER 2

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

FRMEN

SPIFSD

FRMPOL

bit 15

bit 8

bit 0

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

U-0

—

FRMDLY

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

bit 14

bit 13

FRMEN: Framed SPIx Support bit

1= Framed SPIx support enabled (SSx pin used as frame sync pulse input/output)

0= Framed SPIx support disabled

SPIFSD: Frame Sync Pulse Direction Control bit

1= Frame sync pulse input (slave)

0= Frame sync pulse output (master)

FRMPOL: Frame Sync Pulse Polarity bit

1= Frame sync pulse is active-high

0= Frame sync pulse is active-low

bit 12-2

bit 1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

FRMDLY: Frame Sync Pulse Edge Select bit

1= Frame sync pulse coincides with first bit clock

0= Frame sync pulse precedes first bit clock

bit 0

Unimplemented: This bit must not be set to ‘1’ by the user application.

DS70282E-page 137

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 138

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

16.1 Operating Modes

16.0 INTER-INTEGRATED CIRCUIT™

2

(I C™)

The hardware fully implements all the master and slave

functions of the I²C Standard and Fast mode

specifications, as well as 7-bit and 10-bit addressing.

The I²C module can operate either as a slave or a

master on an I²C bus.

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 19. Inter-Inte-

grated Circuit™ (I²C™)” (DS70195) of

the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Refer-

ence Manual”, which is available from the

Microchip website (www.microchip.com).

The following types of I²C operation are supported:

• I²C slave operation with 7-bit address

• I²C slave operation with 10-bit address

• I²C master operation with 7-bit or 10-bit address

For details about the communication sequence in each

of these modes, refer to the Microchip web site

(www.microchip.com) for the latest “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual” sections.

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

16.2 I²C Registers

I2CxCON and I2CxSTAT are control and status

registers, respectively. The I2CxCON register is

readable and writable. The lower six bits of I2CxSTAT

are read-only. The remaining bits of the I2CSTAT are

read/write.

The Inter-Integrated Circuit™ (I²C™) module provides

complete hardware support for both Slave and Multi-

Master modes of the I²C serial communication

standard, with a 16-bit interface.

The I²C module has a 2-pin interface:

• I2CxRSR is the shift register used for shifting data

• I2CxRCV is the receive buffer and the register to

which data bytes are written, or from which data

bytes are read

• The SCLx pin is clock

• The SDAx pin is data

The I²C module offers the following key features:

• I²C interface supporting both Master and Slave

modes of operation

• I²C Slave mode supports 7-bit and 10-bit addresses

• I²C Master mode supports 7-bit and 10-bit addresses

• I²C port allows bidirectional transfers between

master and slaves

• Serial clock synchronization for I²C port can be

used as a handshake mechanism to suspend and

resume serial transfer (SCLREL control)

• I²C supports multi-master operation, detects bus

collision and arbitrates accordingly

• I2CxTRN is the transmit register to which bytes

are written during a transmit operation

• I2CxADD register holds the slave address

• ADD10 status bit indicates 10-bit Address mode

•

I2CxBRG acts as the Baud Rate Generator

(BRG) reload value

In receive operations, I2CxRSR and I2CxRCV together

form a double-buffered receiver. When I2CxRSR

receives a complete byte, it is transferred to I2CxRCV,

and an interrupt pulse is generated.

DS70282E-page 139

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

2

FIGURE 16-1:

I C™ BLOCK DIAGRAM (X = 1)

Internal

Data Bus

I2CxRCV

Read

Shift

Clock

SCLx

SDAx

I2CxRSR

LSb

Address Match

Write

Read

Match Detect

I2CxMSK

Write

Read

I2CxADD

Start and Stop

Bit Detect

Write

Start and Stop

Bit Generation

I2CxSTAT

I2CxCON

Read

Write

Collision

Detect

Acknowledge

Generation

Read

Clock

Stretching

Write

Read

I2CxTRN

LSb

Shift Clock

Reload

Control

Write

Read

BRG Down Counter

TCY/2

I2CxBRG

DS70282E-page 140

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 16-1: I2CxCON: I2Cx CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0

I2CEN

U-0

—

R/W-0

R/W-1 HC

SCLREL

R/W-0

A10M

R/W-0

SMEN

I2CSIDL

IPMIEN

DISSLW

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

GCEN

R/W-0

R/W-0 HC

ACKEN

R/W-0 HC

RCEN

R/W-0 HC

PEN

R/W-0 HC

RSEN

R/W-0 HC

SEN

STREN

ACKDT

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

HS = Set in hardware

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

HC = Cleared in hardware

x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

I2CEN: I2Cx Enable bit

1= Enables the I2Cx module and configures the SDAx and SCLx pins as serial port pins

0= Disables the I2Cx module. All I²C pins are controlled by port functions

bit 14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

I2CSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit

1= Discontinue module operation when device enters an Idle mode

0= Continue module operation in Idle mode

bit 12

SCLREL: SCLx Release Control bit (when operating as I²C slave)

1= Release SCLx clock

0= Hold SCLx clock low (clock stretch)

If STREN = 1:

Bit is R/W (i.e., software can write ‘0’ to initiate stretch and write ‘1’ to release clock). Hardware clear

at beginning of slave transmission. Hardware clear at end of slave reception.

If STREN = 0:

Bit is R/S (i.e., software can only write ‘1’ to release clock). Hardware clear at beginning of slave

transmission.

bit 11

bit 10

bit 9

IPMIEN: Intelligent Peripheral Management Interface (IPMI) Enable bit

1= IPMI mode is enabled; all addresses Acknowledged

0= IPMI mode disabled

A10M: 10-bit Slave Address bit

1= I2CxADD is a 10-bit slave address

0= I2CxADD is a 7-bit slave address

DISSLW: Disable Slew Rate Control bit

1= Slew rate control disabled

0= Slew rate control enabled

bit 8

SMEN: SMBus Input Levels bit

1= Enable I/O pin thresholds compliant with SMBus specification

0= Disable SMBus input thresholds

bit 7

GCEN: General Call Enable bit (when operating as I²C slave)

1= Enable interrupt when a general call address is received in the I2CxRSR

(module is enabled for reception)

0= General call address disabled

bit 6

STREN: SCLx Clock Stretch Enable bit (when operating as I²C slave)

Used in conjunction with SCLREL bit.

1= Enable software or receive clock stretching

0= Disable software or receive clock stretching

DS70282E-page 141

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 16-1: I2CxCON: I2Cx CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 5

ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (when operating as I²C master, applicable during master receive)

Value that will be transmitted when the software initiates an Acknowledge sequence.

1= Send NACK during Acknowledge

0= Send ACK during Acknowledge

bit 4

ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit

(when operating as I²C master, applicable during master receive)

1= Initiate Acknowledge sequence on SDAx and SCLx pins and transmit ACKDT data bit.

Hardware clear at end of master Acknowledge sequence.

0= Acknowledge sequence not in progress

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

RCEN: Receive Enable bit (when operating as I²C master)

1= Enables Receive mode for I²C. Hardware clear at end of eighth bit of master receive data byte.

0= Receive sequence not in progress

PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (when operating as I²C master)

1= Initiate Stop condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware clear at end of master Stop sequence.

0= Stop condition not in progress

RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enable bit (when operating as I²C master)

1= Initiate Repeated Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware clear at end of

master Repeated Start sequence.

0= Repeated Start condition not in progress

bit 0

SEN: Start Condition Enable bit (when operating as I²C master)

1= Initiate Start condition on SDAx and SCLx pins. Hardware clear at end of master Start sequence.

0= Start condition not in progress

DS70282E-page 142

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 16-2: I2CxSTAT: I2Cx STATUS REGISTER

R-0 HSC

TRSTAT

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/C-0 HS

BCL

R-0 HSC

GCSTAT

R-0 HSC

ADD10

ACKSTAT

bit 15

bit 8

R/C-0 HS

IWCOL

R/C-0 HS

I2COV

R-0 HSC

D_A

R/C-0 HSC R/C-0 HSC

R-0 HSC

R_W

R-0 HSC

RBF

R-0 HSC

TBF

P

S

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

R = Readable bit

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

HS = Set in hardware

‘0’ = Bit is cleared

HSC = Hardware set/cleared

x = Bit is unknown

-n = Value at POR

bit 15

bit 14

ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit

(when operating as I²C master, applicable to master transmit operation)

1= NACK received from slave

0= ACK received from slave

Hardware set or clear at end of slave Acknowledge.

TRSTAT: Transmit Status bit (when operating as I²C master, applicable to master transmit operation)

1= Master transmit is in progress (8 bits + ACK)

0= Master transmit is not in progress

Hardware set at beginning of master transmission. Hardware clear at end of slave Acknowledge.

bit 13-11

bit 10

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

BCL: Master Bus Collision Detect bit

1= A bus collision has been detected during a master operation

0= No collision

Hardware set at detection of bus collision.

bit 9

bit 8

bit 7

bit 6

bit 5

bit 4

GCSTAT: General Call Status bit

1= General call address was received

0= General call address was not received

Hardware set when address matches general call address. Hardware clear at Stop detection.

ADD10: 10-bit Address Status bit

1= 10-bit address was matched

0= 10-bit address was not matched

Hardware set at match of 2nd byte of matched 10-bit address. Hardware clear at Stop detection.

IWCOL: Write Collision Detect bit

1= An attempt to write the I2CxTRN register failed because the I²C module is busy

0= No collision

Hardware set at occurrence of write to I2CxTRN while busy (cleared by software).

I2COV: Receive Overflow Flag bit

1= A byte was received while the I2CxRCV register is still holding the previous byte

0= No overflow

Hardware set at attempt to transfer I2CxRSR to I2CxRCV (cleared by software).

D_A: Data/Address bit (when operating as I²C slave)

1= Indicates that the last byte received was data

0= Indicates that the last byte received was device address

Hardware clear at device address match. Hardware set by reception of slave byte.

P: Stop bit

1= Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last

0= Stop bit was not detected last

Hardware set or clear when Start, Repeated Start or Stop detected.

DS70282E-page 143

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 16-2: I2CxSTAT: I2Cx STATUS REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 3

bit 2

bit 1

S: Start bit

1= Indicates that a Start (or Repeated Start) bit has been detected last

0= Start bit was not detected last

Hardware set or clear when Start, Repeated Start or Stop detected.

R_W: Read/Write Information bit (when operating as I²C slave)

1= Read – indicates data transfer is output from slave

0= Write – indicates data transfer is input to slave

Hardware set or clear after reception of I²C device address byte.

RBF: Receive Buffer Full Status bit

1= Receive complete, I2CxRCV is full

0= Receive not complete, I2CxRCV is empty

Hardware set when I2CxRCV is written with received byte. Hardware clear when software

reads I2CxRCV.

bit 0

TBF: Transmit Buffer Full Status bit

1= Transmit in progress, I2CxTRN is full

0= Transmit complete, I2CxTRN is empty

Hardware set when software writes I2CxTRN. Hardware clear at completion of data transmission.

DS70282E-page 144

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 16-3: I2CxMSK: I2Cx SLAVE MODE ADDRESS MASK REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

AMSK9

AMSK8

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

AMSK7

AMSK6

AMSK5

AMSK4

AMSK3

AMSK2

AMSK1

AMSK0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-10

bit 9-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

AMSKx: Mask for Address bit x Select bit

1= Enable masking for bit x of incoming message address; bit match not required in this position

0= Disable masking for bit x; bit match required in this position

DS70282E-page 145

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 146

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

The primary features of the UART module are:

17.0 UNIVERSAL ASYNCHRONOUS

RECEIVER TRANSMITTER

(UART)

• Full-Duplex, 8-bit, or 9-bit Data Transmission

through the UxTX and UxRX pins

• Even, Odd, or No Parity options (for 8-bit data)

• One or two stop bits

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 17. UART”

(DS70188) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual”, which is

available from the Microchip website

(www.microchip.com).

• Hardware Flow Control Option with UxCTS and

UxRTS pins

• Fully Integrated Baud Rate Generator with 16-bit

prescaler

• Baud rates ranging from 10 Mbps to 38 bps at 40

MIPS

• 4-deep First-In First-Out (FIFO) Transmit Data

Buffer

• 4-Deep FIFO Receive Data Buffer

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

• Parity, framing and buffer overrun error detection

• Support for 9-bit mode with Address Detect

(9th bit = 1)

• Transmit and Receive interrupts

• A separate interrupt for all UART error conditions

• Loopback mode for diagnostic support

• Support for Sync and Break characters

• Support for automatic baud rate detection

• IrDA^®encoder and decoder logic

The Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter

(UART) module is one of the serial I/O modules

available in the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 device family.

The UART is a full-duplex asynchronous system that

can communicate with peripheral devices, such as

personal computers, LIN, and RS-232, and RS-485

interfaces. The module also supports a hardware flow

control option with the UxCTS and UxRTS pins and

also includes an IrDA^®encoder and decoder.

• 16x baud clock output for IrDA^®support

A simplified block diagram of the UART module is

shown in Figure 17-1. The UART module consists of

these key hardware elements:

• Baud Rate Generator

• Asynchronous Transmitter

• Asynchronous Receiver

FIGURE 17-1:

UART SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM

Baud Rate Generator

IrDA^®

Hardware Flow Control

UART Receiver

UxRTS/BCLK

UxCTS

UxRX

UxTX

UART Transmitter

DS70282E-page 147

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 17-1: UxMODE: UARTx MODE REGISTER

R/W-0

UARTEN⁽¹⁾

U-0

—

R/W-0

USIDL

R/W-0

IREN⁽²⁾

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-0

RTSMD

UEN<1:0>

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0 HC

WAKE

R/W-0

R/W-0 HC

ABAUD

R/W-0

BRGH

R/W-0

LPBACK

URXINV

PDSEL<1:0>

STSEL

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

HC = Hardware cleared

W = Writable bit

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 15

UARTEN: UARTx Enable bit⁽¹⁾

1= UARTx is enabled; all UARTx pins are controlled by UARTx as defined by UEN<1:0>

0= UARTx is disabled; all UARTx pins are controlled by port latches; UARTx power consumption

minimal

bit 14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

USIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit

1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode

0= Continue module operation in Idle mode

bit 12

bit 11

IREN: IrDA^®Encoder and Decoder Enable bit⁽²⁾

1= IrDA^®encoder and decoder enabled

0= IrDA^®encoder and decoder disabled

RTSMD: Mode Selection for UxRTS Pin bit

1= UxRTS pin in Simplex mode

0= UxRTS pin in Flow Control mode

bit 10

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

UEN<1:0>: UARTx Enable bits

bit 9-8

11= UxTX, UxRX and BCLK pins are enabled and used; UxCTS pin controlled by port latches

10= UxTX, UxRX, UxCTS and UxRTS pins are enabled and used

01= UxTX, UxRX and UxRTS pins are enabled and used; UxCTS pin controlled by port latches

00= UxTX and UxRX pins are enabled and used; UxCTS and UxRTS/BCLK pins controlled by

port latches

bit 7

WAKE: Wake-up on Start bit Detect During Sleep Mode Enable bit

1= UARTx will continue to sample the UxRX pin; interrupt generated on falling edge; bit cleared

in hardware on following rising edge

0= No wake-up enabled

bit 6

bit 5

LPBACK: UARTx Loopback Mode Select bit

1= Enable Loopback mode

0= Loopback mode is disabled

ABAUD: Auto-Baud Enable bit

1= Enable baud rate measurement on the next character – requires reception of a Sync field (0x55)

before other data; cleared in hardware upon completion

0= Baud rate measurement disabled or completed

Note 1: Refer to Section 17. “UART” (DS70188) in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual” for

information on enabling the UART module for receive or transmit operation.

2: This feature is only available for the 16x BRG mode (BRGH = 0).

DS70282E-page 148

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 17-1: UxMODE: UARTx MODE REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 4

URXINV: Receive Polarity Inversion bit

1= UxRX Idle state is ‘0’

0= UxRX Idle state is ‘1’

bit 3

BRGH: High Baud Rate Enable bit

1= BRG generates 4 clocks per bit period (4x baud clock, High-Speed mode)

0= BRG generates 16 clocks per bit period (16x baud clock, Standard mode)

bit 2-1

PDSEL<1:0>: Parity and Data Selection bits

11= 9-bit data, no parity

10= 8-bit data, odd parity

01= 8-bit data, even parity

00= 8-bit data, no parity

bit 0

STSEL: Stop Bit Selection bit

1= Two Stop bits

0= One Stop bit

Note 1: Refer to Section 17. “UART” (DS70188) in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual” for

information on enabling the UART module for receive or transmit operation.

2: This feature is only available for the 16x BRG mode (BRGH = 0).

DS70282E-page 149

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 17-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-0 HC

UTXBRK

R/W-0

UTXEN⁽¹⁾

R-0

R-1

UTXISEL1

UTXINV

UTXISEL0

UTXBF

TRMT

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

R-1

R-0

R/C-0

R-0

URXISEL<1:0>

ADDEN

RIDLE

PERR

FERR

OERR

URXDA

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

HC = Hardware cleared

W = Writable bit

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 15,13

UTXISEL<1:0>: Transmission Interrupt Mode Selection bits

11= Reserved; do not use

10= Interrupt when a character is transferred to the Transmit Shift Register, and as a result, the

transmit buffer becomes empty

01= Interrupt when the last character is shifted out of the Transmit Shift Register; all transmit

operations are completed

00= Interrupt when a character is transferred to the Transmit Shift Register (this implies there is

at least one character open in the transmit buffer)

bit 14

UTXINV: Transmit Polarity Inversion bit

If IREN = 0:

1= UxTX Idle state is ‘0’

0= UxTX Idle state is ‘1’

If IREN = 1:

1= IrDA encoded UxTX Idle state is ‘1’

0= IrDA encoded UxTX Idle state is ‘0’

bit 12

bit 11

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

UTXBRK: Transmit Break bit

1= Send Sync Break on next transmission – Start bit, followed by twelve ‘0’ bits, followed by Stop bit;

cleared by hardware upon completion

0= Sync Break transmission disabled or completed

bit 10

UTXEN: Transmit Enable bit⁽¹⁾

1= Transmit enabled, UxTX pin controlled by UARTx

0= Transmit disabled, any pending transmission is aborted and buffer is reset. UxTX pin controlled

by port.

bit 9

UTXBF: Transmit Buffer Full Status bit (read-only)

1= Transmit buffer is full

0= Transmit buffer is not full, at least one more character can be written

bit 8

TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Empty bit (read-only)

1= Transmit Shift Register is empty and transmit buffer is empty (the last transmission has completed)

0= Transmit Shift Register is not empty, a transmission is in progress or queued

bit 7-6

URXISEL<1:0>: Receive Interrupt Mode Selection bits

11= Interrupt is set on UxRSR transfer making the receive buffer full (i.e., has 4 data characters)

10= Interrupt is set on UxRSR transfer making the receive buffer 3/4 full (i.e., has 3 data characters)

0x= Interrupt is set when any character is received and transferred from the UxRSR to the receive

buffer. Receive buffer has one or more characters.

Note 1: Refer to Section 17. “UART” (DS70188) in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual” for

information on enabling the UART module for transmit operation.

DS70282E-page 150

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 17-2: UxSTA: UARTx STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 5

bit 4

bit 3

bit 2

ADDEN: Address Character Detect bit (bit 8 of received data = 1)

1= Address Detect mode enabled. If 9-bit mode is not selected, this does not take effect.

0= Address Detect mode disabled

RIDLE: Receiver Idle bit (read-only)

1= Receiver is Idle

0= Receiver is active

PERR: Parity Error Status bit (read-only)

1= Parity error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive FIFO)

0= Parity error has not been detected

FERR: Framing Error Status bit (read-only)

1= Framing error has been detected for the current character (character at the top of the receive

FIFO)

0= Framing error has not been detected

bit 1

bit 0

OERR: Receive Buffer Overrun Error Status bit (read-only/clear-only)

1= Receive buffer has overflowed

0= Receive buffer has not overflowed. Clearing a previously set OERR bit (1→0transition) will reset

the receiver buffer and the UxRSR to the empty state.

URXDA: Receive Buffer Data Available bit (read-only)

1= Receive buffer has data, at least one more character can be read

0= Receive buffer is empty

Note 1: Refer to Section 17. “UART” (DS70188) in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual” for

information on enabling the UART module for transmit operation.

DS70282E-page 151

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 152

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Depending on the particular device pinout, the ADC

can have up to 10 analog input pins, designated AN0

through AN9. In addition, there are two analog input

pins for external voltage reference connections. These

voltage reference inputs can be shared with other

analog input pins.

18.0 10-BIT/12-BIT ANALOG-TO-

DIGITAL CONVERTER (ADC)

Note 1: This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family of

devices. However, it is not intended to be

a comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to “Section 16. Analog-to-

Digital Converter (ADC) with DMA”

(DS70183) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual”, which is

available from the Microchip website

(www.microchip.com).

The actual number of analog input pins and external

voltage reference input configuration will depend on the

specific device. Refer to the device data sheet for

further details.

Block diagrams of the ADC module are shown in

Figure 18-1 and Figure 18-2.

18.2 ADC Initialization

2: Some registers and associated bits

described in this section may not be

available on all devices. Refer to

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization” in

this data sheet for device-specific register

and bit information.

To configure the ADC module:

1. Select

port

pins

as

analog

inputs

(AD1PCFGH<15:0> or AD1PCFGL<15:0>).

2. Select voltage reference source to match

expected

range

on

analog

inputs

(AD1CON2<15:13>).

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices have up to 10

ADC module input channels.

3. Select the analog conversion clock to match

desired data rate with processor clock

(AD1CON3<7:0>).

The AD12B bit (AD1CON1<10>), allows each of

the ADC modules to be configured as either a 10-

bit, 4-sample-and-hold ADC (default configuration)

or a 12-bit, 1-sample-and-hold ADC.

4. Determine how many sample-and-hold chan-

nels will be used (AD1CON2<9:8> and

AD1PCFGH<15:0> or AD1PCFGL<15:0>).

Note:

The ADC module must be disabled before

the AD12B bit can be modified.

5. Select the appropriate sample/conversion

sequence

(AD1CON1<7:5>

and

AD1CON3<12:8>).

18.1 Key Features

6. Select the way conversion results are presented

in the buffer (AD1CON1<9:8>).

The 10-bit ADC configuration has the following key

features:

a) Turn on the ADC module (AD1CON1<15>).

7. Configure ADC interrupt (if required):

a) Clear the AD1IF bit.

• Successive Approximation (SAR) conversion

• Conversion speeds of up to 1.1 Msps

• Up to 10 analog input pins

b) Select ADC interrupt priority.

• External voltage reference input pins

• Simultaneous sampling of up to four analog input

pins

• Automatic Channel Scan mode

• Selectable conversion trigger source

• Selectable Buffer Fill modes

• Operation during CPU Sleep and Idle modes

• 16-word conversion result buffer

The 12-bit ADC configuration supports all the above

features, except:

• In the 12-bit configuration, conversion speeds of

up to 500 ksps are supported

• There is only one sample-and-hold amplifier in the

12-bit configuration, so simultaneous sampling of

multiple channels is not supported

DS70282E-page 153

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 18-1:

ADC BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR PIC24HJ12GP201 DEVICES

AN0

AN7

S/H0

Channel

Scan

+

-

CH0SB<4:0>

CH0SA<4:0>

CH0

CSCNA

AN1

VREFL

CH0NB

CH0NA

(1)

AVDD

VREF-

VREF+

AVSS

AN0

AN3

S/H1

+

-

CH123SA

CH123SB

(2)

CH1

AN6

ADC1BUF0

ADC1BUF1

ADC1BUF2

VREFL

VREFH

VREFL

CH123NB

CH123NA

AN1

SAR ADC

S/H2

ADC1BUFE

ADC1BUFF

+

-

CH123SA

CH123SB

(2)

CH2

AN7

VREFL

CH123NA

CH123NB

AN2

S/H3

+

-

CH123SA CH123SB

(2)

CH3

VREFL

CH123NA

CH123NB

Alternate

Input Selection

Note 1: VREF+, VREF- inputs can be multiplexed with other analog inputs.

2: Channels 1, 2, and 3 are not applicable for the 12-bit mode of operation.

DS70282E-page 154

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 18-2:

ADC BLOCK DIAGRAM FOR PIC24HJ12GP202 DEVICES

AN0

AN9

S/H0

Channel

Scan

+

-

CH0SB<4:0>

CH0SA<4:0>

CH0

CSCNA

AN1

VREFL

(1)

VREF-

AVSS

CH0NB

CH0NA

(1)

VREF+

AVDD

AN0

AN3

S/H1

+

-

CH123SA

CH123SB

(2)

CH1

AN6

AN9

ADC1BUF0

ADC1BUF1

ADC1BUF2

VREFL

VREFH

CH123NB

CH123NA

SAR ADC

AN1

AN4

S/H2

ADC1BUFE

ADC1BUFF

+

-

CH123SA

CH123SB

(2)

CH2

AN7

VREFL

CH123NA

CH123NB

AN2

AN5

S/H3

+

-

CH123SA CH123SB

AN8

(2)

CH3

VREFL

CH123NA

CH123NB

Alternate

Input Selection

Note 1: VREF+, VREF- inputs can be multiplexed with other analog inputs.

2: Channels 1, 2, and 3 are not applicable for the 12-bit mode of operation.

DS70282E-page 155

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 18-3:

ADC CONVERSION CLOCK PERIOD BLOCK DIAGRAM

AD1CON3<15>

ADC Internal

RC Clock⁽²⁾

1

TAD

AD1CON3<5:0>

6

0

ADC Conversion

Clock Multiplier

TCY

(1)

X2

TOSC

1, 2, 3, 4, 5,..., 64

Note 1: Refer to Figure 8-2 for the derivation of Fosc when the PLL is enabled. If the PLL is not used, FOSC is equal to

the clock source frequency. TOSC = 1/FOSC.

2: See the ADC electrical characteristics for the exact RC clock value.

DS70282E-page 156

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 18-1: AD1CON1: ADC1 CONTROL REGISTER 1

R/W-0

ADON

U-0

—

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

ADSIDL

AD12B

FORM<1:0>

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

U-0

—

R/W-0

ASAM

R/W-0

HC,HS

R/C-0

HC, HS

SSRC<2:0>

SIMSAM

SAMP

DONE

bit 7

Legend:

bit 0

HC = Cleared by hardware

W = Writable bit

HS = Set by hardware

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

‘1’ = Bit is set

bit 15

ADON: ADC Operating Mode bit

1= ADC module is operating

0= ADC is off

bit 14

bit 13

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

ADSIDL: Stop in Idle Mode bit

1= Discontinue module operation when device enters Idle mode

0= Continue module operation in Idle mode

bit 12-11

bit 10

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

AD12B: 10-bit or 12-bit Operation Mode bit

1= 12-bit, 1-channel ADC operation

0= 10-bit, 4-channel ADC operation

bit 9-8

FORM<1:0>: Data Output Format bits

For 10-bit operation:

11= Reserved

10= Reserved

01= Signed integer (DOUT = ssss sssd dddd dddd, where s= .NOT.d<9>)

00= Integer (DOUT = 0000 00dd dddd dddd)

For 12-bit operation:

11= Reserved

10= Reserved

01= Signed Integer (DOUT = ssss sddd dddd dddd, where s= .NOT.d<11>)

00= Integer (DOUT = 0000 dddd dddd dddd)

bit 7-5

SSRC<2:0>: Sample Clock Source Select bits

111= Internal counter ends sampling and starts conversion (auto-convert)

110= Reserved

101= Reserved

100= Reserved

011= Reserved

010= GP timer 3 compare ends sampling and starts conversion

001= Active transition on INT0 pin ends sampling and starts conversion

000= Clearing sample bit ends sampling and starts conversion

bit 4

bit 3

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

SIMSAM: Simultaneous Sample Select bit (applicable only when CHPS<1:0> = 01or 1x)

When AD12B = 1, SIMSAM is: U-0, Unimplemented, Read as ‘0’

1= Samples CH0, CH1, CH2, CH3 simultaneously (when CHPS<1:0> = 1x); or

Samples CH0 and CH1 simultaneously (when CHPS<1:0> = 01)

0= Samples multiple channels individually in sequence

DS70282E-page 157

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 18-1: AD1CON1: ADC1 CONTROL REGISTER 1 (CONTINUED)

bit 2

ASAM: ADC Sample Auto-Start bit

1= Sampling begins immediately after last conversion. SAMP bit is auto-set.

0= Sampling begins when SAMP bit is set

bit 1

SAMP: ADC Sample Enable bit

1= ADC sample-and-hold amplifiers are sampling

0= ADC sample-and-hold amplifiers are holding

If ASAM = 0, software can write ‘1’ to begin sampling. Automatically set by hardware if ASAM = 1.

If SSRC = 000, software can write ‘0’ to end sampling and start conversion. If SSRC ≠ 000,

automatically cleared by hardware to end sampling and start conversion.

bit 0

DONE: ADC Conversion Status bit

1= ADC conversion cycle is completed

0= ADC conversion not started or in progress

Automatically set by hardware when ADC conversion is complete. Software can write ‘0’ to clear

DONE status (software not allowed to write ‘1’). Clearing this bit will NOT affect any operation in prog-

ress. Automatically cleared by hardware at start of a new conversion.

DS70282E-page 158

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 18-2: AD1CON2: ADC1 CONTROL REGISTER 2

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

VCFG<2:0>

CSCNA

CHPS<1:0>

bit 15

bit 8

R-0

U-0

—

R/W-0

BUFM

R/W-0

ALTS

BUFS

SMPI<3:0>

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-13

VCFG<2:0>: Converter Voltage Reference Configuration bits

ADREF+

ADREF-

000

AVDD

AVSS

001 External VREF+

010 AVDD

011 External VREF+

1xx AVDD

External VREF-

AVss

bit 12-11

bit 10

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CSCNA: Scan Input Selections for CH0+ during Sample A bit

1= Scan inputs

0= Do not scan inputs

bit 9-8

bit 7

CHPS<1:0>: Select Channels Utilized bits

When AD12B = 1, CHPS<1:0> is: U-0, Unimplemented, Read as ‘0’

1x= Converts CH0, CH1, CH2 and CH3

01= Converts CH0 and CH1

00= Converts CH0

BUFS: Buffer Fill Status bit (valid only when BUFM = 1)

1= ADC is currently filling second half of buffer, user application should access data in the first half

0= ADC is currently filling first half of buffer, user application should access data in the second half

bit 6

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

bit 5-2

SMPI<3:0>: Sample/Convert Sequences Per Interrupt Selection bits

1111= Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 16th sample/convert sequence

1110= Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 15th sample/convert sequence

•

0001= Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each 2nd sample/convert sequence

0000= Interrupts at the completion of conversion for each sample/convert sequence

bit 1

bit 0

BUFM: Buffer Fill Mode Select bit

1= Starts filling first half of buffer on first interrupt and the second half of buffer on next interrupt

0= Always starts filling buffer from the beginning

ALTS: Alternate Input Sample Mode Select bit

1= Uses channel input selects for Sample A on first sample and Sample B on next sample

0= Always uses channel input selects for Sample A

DS70282E-page 159

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 18-3: AD1CON3: ADC1 CONTROL REGISTER 3

R/W-0

ADRC

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

SAMC<4:0>⁽¹⁾

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

bit 15

U-0

R/W-0

ADCS<7:0>⁽²⁾

R/W-0

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

ADRC: ADC Conversion Clock Source bit

1= ADC internal RC clock

0= Clock derived from system clock

bit 14-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

SAMC<4:0>: Auto Sample Time bits⁽¹⁾

11111= 31 TAD

•

00001= 1 TAD

00000= 0 TAD

bit 7-0

ADCS<7:0>: ADC Conversion Clock Select bits⁽²⁾

11111111= Reserved

•

01000000= Reserved

00111111= TCY ·(ADCS<7:0> + 1) = 64 ·TCY = TAD

•

00000010= TCY ·(ADCS<7:0> + 1) = 3 ·TCY = TAD

00000001= TCY ·(ADCS<7:0> + 1) = 2 ·TCY = TAD

00000000= TCY ·(ADCS<7:0> + 1) = 1 ·TCY = TAD

Note 1: These bits are used only if the SSRC<2:0> bits (AD1CON1<7:5>) = 111.

2: These bits are not used if the ADRC bit (AD1CON3<15>) = 1.

DS70282E-page 160

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 18-4: AD1CHS123: ADC1 INPUT CHANNEL 1, 2, 3 SELECT REGISTER

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

CH123NB<1:0>

CH123SB

bit 15

bit 8

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

CH123NA<1:0>

CH123SA

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-11

bit 10-9

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CH123NB<1:0>: Channel 1, 2, 3 Negative Input Select for Sample B bits

PIC24HJ12GP201 devices only:

If AD12B = 1:

11= Reserved

10= Reserved

01= Reserved

00= Reserved

If AD12B = 0:

11= Reserved

10= CH1 negative input is AN6, CH2 negative input is AN7, CH3 negative input is not connected

01= CH1, CH2, CH3 negative input is VREF-

00= CH1, CH2, CH3 negative input is VREF-

PIC24HJ12GP202 devices only:

If AD12B = 1:

11= Reserved

10= Reserved

01= Reserved

00= Reserved

If AD12B = 0:

11= CH1 negative input is AN9, CH2 and CH3 negative inputs are not connected

10= CH1 negative input is AN6, CH2 negative input is AN7, CH3 negative input is AN8

01= CH1, CH2, CH3 negative input is VREF-

00= CH1, CH2, CH3 negative input is VREF-

DS70282E-page 161

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 18-4: AD1CHS123: ADC1 INPUT CHANNEL 1, 2, 3 SELECT REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 8

CH123SB: Channel 1, 2, 3 Positive Input Select for Sample B bit

PIC24HJ12GP201 devices only:

If AD12B = 1:

1= Reserved

0= Reserved

If AD12B = 0:

1= CH1 positive input is AN3, CH2 and CH3 positive inputs are note connected

0= CH1 positive input is AN0, CH2 positive input is AN1, CH3 positive input is AN2

PIC24HJ12GP202 devices only:

If AD12B = 1:

1= Reserved

0= Reserved

If AD12B = 0:

1= CH1 positive input is AN3, CH2 positive input is AN4, CH3 positive input is AN5

0= CH1 positive input is AN0, CH2 positive input is AN1, CH3 positive input is AN2

bit 7-3

bit 2-1

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CH123NA<1:0>: Channel 1, 2, 3 Negative Input Select for Sample A bits

PIC24HJ12GP201 devices only:

If AD12B = 1:

11= Reserved

10= Reserved

01= Reserved

00= Reserved

If AD12B = 0:

11= Reserved

10= CH1 negative input is AN6, CH2 negative input is AN7, CH3 negative input is not connected

01= CH1, CH2, CH3 negative input is VREF-

00= CH1, CH2, CH3 negative input is VREF-

PIC24HJ12GP202 devices only:

If AD12B = 1:

11= Reserved

10= Reserved

01= Reserved

00= Reserved

If AD12B = 0:

11= CH1 negative input is AN9, CH2 and CH3 negative inputs are not connected

10= CH1 negative input is AN6, CH2 negative input is AN7, CH3 negative input is AN8

01= CH1, CH2, CH3 negative input is VREF-

00= CH1, CH2, CH3 negative input is VREF-

DS70282E-page 162

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 18-4: AD1CHS123: ADC1 INPUT CHANNEL 1, 2, 3 SELECT REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 0

CH123SA: Channel 1, 2, 3 Positive Input Select for Sample A bit

PIC24HJ12GP201 devices only:

If AD12B = 1:

1= Reserved

0= Reserved

If AD12B = 0:

1= CH1 positive input is AN3, CH2 and CH3 positive inputs are not connected

0= CH1 positive input is AN0, CH2 positive input is AN1, CH3 positive input is AN2

PIC24HJ12GP202 devices only:

If AD12B = 1:

1= Reserved

0= Reserved

If AD12B = 0:

1= CH1 positive input is AN3, CH2 positive input is AN4, CH3 positive input is AN5

0= CH1 positive input is AN0, CH2 positive input is AN1, CH3 positive input is AN2

DS70282E-page 163

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 18-5: AD1CHS0: ADC1 INPUT CHANNEL 0 SELECT REGISTER

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

bit 8

R/W-0

bit 0

CH0NB

CH0SB<4:0>

bit 15

R/W-0

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

CH0NA

CH0SA<4:0>

bit 7

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15

CH0NB: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for Sample B bit

1= Channel 0 negative input is AN1

0= Channel 0 negative input is VREF-

bit 14-13

bit 12-8

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CH0SB<4:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for Sample B bits

PIC24HJ12GP201 devices only:

00111= Channel 0 positive input is AN7

00110= Channel 0 positive input is AN6

00101= Reserved

00100= Reserved

00011= Channel 0 positive input is AN3

00010= Channel 0 positive input is AN2

00001= Channel 0 positive input is AN1

00000= Channel 0 positive input is AN0

PIC24HJ12GP202 devices only:

01001= Channel 0 positive input is AN9

•

00010= Channel 0 positive input is AN2

00001= Channel 0 positive input is AN1

00000= Channel 0 positive input is AN0

bit 7

CH0NA: Channel 0 Negative Input Select for Sample A bit

1= Channel 0 negative input is AN1

0= Channel 0 negative input is VREF-

bit 6-5

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

DS70282E-page 164

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

REGISTER 18-5: AD1CHS0: ADC1 INPUT CHANNEL 0 SELECT REGISTER (CONTINUED)

bit 4-0

CH0SA<4:0>: Channel 0 Positive Input Select for Sample A bits

PIC24HJ12GP201 devices only:

00111= Channel 0 positive input is AN7

00110= Channel 0 positive input is AN6

00101= Reserved

00100= Reserved

00011= Channel 0 positive input is AN3

00010= Channel 0 positive input is AN2

00001= Channel 0 positive input is AN1

00000= Channel 0 positive input is AN0

PIC24HJ12GP202 devices only:

01001= Channel 0 positive input is AN9

•

00010= Channel 0 positive input is AN2

00001= Channel 0 positive input is AN1

00000= Channel 0 positive input is AN0

DS70282E-page 165

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

(1,2)

REGISTER 18-6: AD1CSSL: ADC1 INPUT SCAN SELECT REGISTER LOW

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

CSS8

CSS9

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

CSS7

R/W-0

CSS6

R/W-0

CSS5

R/W-0

CSS4

R/W-0

CSS3

R/W-0

CSS2

R/W-0

CSS1

R/W-0

CSS0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-10

bit 9-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

CSS<9:0>: ADC Input Scan Selection bits

1= Select ANx for input scan

0= Skip ANx for input scan

Note 1: On devices without 10 analog inputs, all AD1CSSL bits can be selected by user application. However,

inputs selected for scan without a corresponding input on device converts VREFL.

2: CSSx = ANx, where x = 0 through 9.

(1,2,3)

REGISTER 18-7: AD1PCFGL: ADC1 PORT CONFIGURATION REGISTER LOW

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

U-0

—

R/W-0

PCFG9

PCFG8

bit 15

bit 8

R/W-0

PCFG7

PCFG6

PCFG5

PCFG4

PCFG3

PCFG2

PCFG1

PCFG0

bit 7

bit 0

Legend:

R = Readable bit

-n = Value at POR

W = Writable bit

‘1’ = Bit is set

U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’

‘0’ = Bit is cleared x = Bit is unknown

bit 15-10

bit 9-0

Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’

PCFG<9:0>: ADC Port Configuration Control bits

1= Port pin in Digital mode, port read input enabled, ADC input multiplexer connected to AVSS

0= Port pin in Analog mode, port read input disabled, ADC samples pin voltage

Note 1: On devices without 10 analog inputs, all PCFG bits are R/W by user. However, PCFG bits are ignored on

ports without a corresponding input on device.

2: PCFGx = ANx, where x = 0 through 9.

3: PCFGx bits have no effect if the ADC module is disabled by setting the ADxMD bit in the PMDx register.

When that bit is set, all port pins that have been multiplexed with ANx will be in Digital mode.

DS70282E-page 166

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

19.1 Configuration Bits

19.0 SPECIAL FEATURES

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices provide nonvolatile

memory implementation for device configuration bits.

Refer to Section 25. “Device Configuration”

(DS70194) of the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Refer-

ence Manual”, for more information on this implemen-

tation.

Note:

This data sheet summarizes the features

of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices. It

is not intended to be a comprehensive

reference source. To complement the

information in this data sheet, refer to the

“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference

Manual”. Please see the Microchip web

site (www.microchip.com) for the latest

dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference

Manual sections.

The Configuration bits can be programmed (read as

‘0’), or left unprogrammed (read as ‘1’), to select

various device configurations. These bits are mapped

starting at program memory location 0xF80000.

The Device Configuration register map is shown in

Table 19-1.

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices include several fea-

tures intended to maximize application flexibility and

reliability, and minimize cost through elimination of

external components. These are:

The individual Configuration bit descriptions for the

Configuration registers are shown in Table 19-2.

• Flexible configuration

Note that address 0xF80000 is beyond the user program

memory space. It belongs to the configuration memory

space (0x800000-0xFFFFFF), which can only be

accessed using table reads and table writes.

• Watchdog Timer (WDT)

• Code Protection and CodeGuard™ Security

• JTAG Boundary Scan Interface

• In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™)

programming capability

• In-Circuit emulation

(2)

TABLE 19-1: DEVICE CONFIGURATION REGISTER MAP

Address

Name

Bit 7

Bit 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

BSS<2:0>

—

Bit 1

—

Bit 0

—

BWRP

—

0xF80000 FBS

0xF80002 Reserved

0xF80004 FGS

—

GSS<1:0>

FNOSC<2:0>

GWRP

0xF80006 FOSCSEL

0xF80008 FOSC

0xF8000A FWDT

0xF8000C FPOR

0xF8000E FICD

0xF80010 FUID0

0xF80012 FUID1

0xF80014 FUID2

0xF80016 FUID3

IESO

—

FCKSM<1:0>

FWDTEN WINDIS

Reserved⁽¹⁾

IOL1WAY

—

OSCIOFNC POSCMD<1:0>

WDTPOST<3:0>

WDTPRE

ALTI2C

—

FPWRT<2:0>

Reserved⁽²⁾

JTAGEN

—

ICS<1:0>

User Unit ID Byte 0

User Unit ID Byte 1

User Unit ID Byte 2

User Unit ID Byte 3

Legend: — = unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’.

Note 1: Reserved bits read as ‘1’ and must be programmed as ‘1’.

2: These bits are reserved for use by development tools and must be programmed as ‘1’.

DS70282E-page 167

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 19-2: PIC24HJ12GP201/202 CONFIGURATION BITS DESCRIPTION

RTSP

Bit Field

Register

Description

Effect

BWRP

FBS

Immediate Boot Segment Program Flash Write Protection

1= Boot segment may be written

0= Boot segment is write-protected

BSS<2:0>

FBS

Immediate Boot Segment Program Flash Code Protection Size

X11= No Boot program Flash segment

Boot space is 256 Instruction Words (except interrupt vectors)

110= Standard security; boot program Flash segment ends at 0x0003FE

010= High security; boot program Flash segment ends at 0x0003FE

Boot space is 768 Instruction Words (except interrupt vectors)

101= Standard security; boot program Flash segment, ends at 0x0007FE

001= High security; boot program Flash segment ends at 0x0007FE

Boot space is 1792 Instruction Words (except interrupt vectors)

100= Standard security; boot program Flash segment ends at 0x000FFE

000= High security; boot program Flash segment ends at 0x000FFE

GSS<1:0>

FGS

Immediate General Segment Code-Protect bit

11= User program memory is not code-protected

10= Standard security

0x= High security

GWRP

IESO

Immediate General Segment Write-Protect bit

1= User program memory is not write-protected

0= User program memory is write-protected

FOSCSEL Immediate Two-speed Oscillator Start-up Enable bit

1= Start-up device with FRC, then automatically switch to the

user-selected oscillator source when ready

0= Start-up device with user-selected oscillator source

FNOSC<2:0> FOSCSEL If clock Initial Oscillator Source Selection bits

switch is 111= Internal Fast RC (FRC) oscillator with postscaler

enabled, 110= Internal Fast RC (FRC) oscillator with divide-by-16

RTSP 101= LPRC oscillator

effect is 100= Secondary (LP) oscillator

on any 011= Primary (XT, HS, EC) oscillator with PLL

device

Reset;

010= Primary (XT, HS, EC) oscillator

001= Internal Fast RC (FRC) oscillator with PLL

otherwise, 000= FRC oscillator

Immediate

FCKSM<1:0>

FOSC

Immediate Clock Switching Mode bits

1x= Clock switching is disabled, fail-safe clock monitor is disabled

01= Clock switching is enabled, fail-safe clock monitor is disabled

00= Clock switching is enabled, fail-safe clock monitor is enabled

IOL1WAY

OSCIOFNC

FOSC

Immediate Peripheral Pin Select Configuration

1= Allow only one reconfiguration

0= Allow multiple reconfigurations

Immediate OSC2 Pin Function bit (except in XT and HS modes)

1= OSC2 is clock output

0= OSC2 is general purpose digital I/O pin

POSCMD<1:0>

Immediate Primary Oscillator Mode Select bits

11= Primary oscillator disabled

10= HS Crystal Oscillator mode

01= XT Crystal Oscillator mode

00= EC (External Clock) mode

DS70282E-page 168

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 19-2: PIC24HJ12GP201/202 CONFIGURATION BITS DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED)

RTSP

Bit Field

Register

Description

Effect

FWDTEN

FWDT

Immediate Watchdog Timer Enable bit

1= Watchdog Timer always enabled (LPRC oscillator cannot be disabled.

Clearing the SWDTEN bit in the RCON register will have no effect.)

0= Watchdog Timer enabled/disabled by user software (LPRC can be

disabled by clearing the SWDTEN bit in the RCON register)

WINDIS

WDTPRE

FWDT

Immediate Watchdog Timer Window Enable bit

1= Watchdog Timer in Non-Window mode

0= Watchdog Timer in Window mode

Immediate Watchdog Timer Prescaler bit

1= 1:128

0= 1:32

WDTPOST<3:0>

Immediate Watchdog Timer Postscaler bits

1111= 1:32,768

1110= 1:16,384

.

0001= 1:2

0000= 1:1

ALTI2C

FPOR

Immediate Alternate I²C™ pins

1= I²C mapped to SDA1/SCL1 pins

0= I²C mapped to ASDA1/ASCL1 pins

FPWRT<2:0>

Immediate Power-on Reset Timer Value Select bits

111= PWRT = 128 ms

110= PWRT = 64 ms

101= PWRT = 32 ms

100= PWRT = 16 ms

011= PWRT = 8 ms

010= PWRT = 4 ms

001= PWRT = 2 ms

000= PWRT = Disabled

JTAGEN

ICS<1:0>

FICD

Immediate JTAG Enable bit

1= JTAG enabled

0= JTAG disabled

Immediate ICD Communication Channel Select bits

11= Communicate on PGEC1 and PGED1

10= Communicate on PGEC2 and PGED2

01= Communicate on PGEC3 and PGED3

00= Reserved, do not use

DS70282E-page 169

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

19.2 On-Chip Voltage Regulator

19.3 BOR: Brown-out Reset (BOR)

All of the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices power their

core digital logic at a nominal 2.5V. This can create a

conflict for designs that are required to operate at a

higher typical voltage, such as 3.3V. To simplify system

design, all devices in the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family

incorporate an on-chip regulator that allows the device

to run its core logic from VDD.

The Brown-out Reset module is based on an internal

voltage reference circuit that monitors the regulated

voltage VCAP. The main purpose of the BOR module is

to generate a device Reset when a brown-out condition

occurs. Brown-out conditions are generally caused by

glitches on the AC mains (for example, missing por-

tions of the AC cycle waveform due to bad power trans-

mission lines, or voltage sags due to excessive current

draw when a large inductive load is turned on).

The regulator provides power to the core from the other

VDD pins. When the regulator is enabled, a low-ESR

(less than 5 ohms) capacitor (such as tantalum or

ceramic) must be connected to the VCAP pin

(Figure 19-1). This helps to maintain the stability of the

regulator. The recommended value for the filter capac-

itor is provided in Table 22-13 located in Section 22.1

“DC Characteristics”.

A BOR generates a Reset pulse, which resets the

device. The BOR selects the clock source, based on

the device Configuration bit values (FNOSC<2:0> and

POSCMD<1:0>).

If an oscillator mode is selected, the BOR activates the

Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST). The system clock is

held until OST expires. If the PLL is used, the clock is

held until the LOCK bit (OSCCON<5>) is ‘1’.

Note:

It is important for low-ESR capacitors to

be placed as close as possible to the VCAP

pin.

Concurrently, the PWRT time-out (TPWRT) will be

applied before the internal Reset is released. If

TPWRT = 0 and a crystal oscillator is being used, a

nominal delay of TFSCM = 100 is applied. The total

delay in this case is TFSCM.

On a POR, it takes approximately 20 μs for the on-chip

voltage regulator to generate an output voltage. During

this time, designated as TSTARTUP, code execution is

disabled. TSTARTUP is applied every time the device

resumes operation after any power-down.

The BOR Status bit (RCON<1>) is set to indicate that a

BOR has occurred. The BOR circuit continues to oper-

ate while in Sleep or Idle modes and resets the device

should VDD fall below the BOR threshold voltage.

FIGURE 19-1:

CONNECTIONS FOR THE

ON-CHIP VOLTAGE

REGULATOR

(1,2,3)

3.3V

PIC24H

V

DD

CAP

SS

C

10 µF

Tantalum

EFC

Note 1: These are typical operating voltages. Refer

to Table 22-13: “Internal Voltage Regulator

Specifications” located in Section 22.1 “DC

Characteristics” for the full operating

ranges of VDD and VCAP.

2: It is important for low-ESR capacitors to be

placed as close as possible to the VCAP

pin.

3: Typical VCAP pin voltage = 2.5V when

VDD ≥ VDDMIN.

DS70282E-page 170

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

19.4.2

SLEEP AND IDLE MODES

19.4 Watchdog Timer (WDT)

If the WDT is enabled, it will continue to run during

Sleep or Idle modes. When the WDT time-out occurs,

the device will wake the device and code execution will

continue from where the PWRSAV instruction was

executed. The corresponding SLEEP or IDLE bits

(RCON<3> and RCON<2>, respectively) will need to

be cleared in software after the device wakes up.

For PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices, the WDT is driven

by the LPRC oscillator. When the WDT is enabled, the

clock source is also enabled.

19.4.1

PRESCALER/POSTSCALER

The nominal WDT clock source from LPRC is 32 kHz.

This feeds a prescaler than can be configured for either

5-bit (divide-by-32) or 7-bit (divide-by-128) operation.

The prescaler is set by the WDTPRE Configuration bit.

With a 32 kHz input, the prescaler yields a nominal

WDT time-out period (TWDT) of 1 ms in 5-bit mode, or

4 ms in 7-bit mode.

19.4.3

ENABLING WDT

The WDT is enabled or disabled by the FWDTEN

Configuration bit in the FWDT Configuration register.

When the FWDTEN Configuration bit is set, the WDT is

always enabled.

A variable postscaler divides down the WDT prescaler

output and allows for a wide range of time-out periods.

The postscaler is controlled by the WDTPOST<3:0>

Configuration bits (FWDT<3:0>), which allow the selec-

tion of 16 settings, from 1:1 to 1:32,768. Using the pres-

caler and postscaler, time-out periods ranging from

1 ms to 131 seconds can be achieved.

The WDT flag bit, WDTO (RCON<4>), is not automatically

cleared following a WDT time-out. To detect subsequent

WDT events, the flag must be cleared in software.

The WDT can be optionally controlled in software when

the FWDTEN Configuration bit has been programmed

to ‘0’. The WDT is enabled in software by setting the

SWDTEN control bit (RCON<5>). The SWDTEN

control bit is cleared on any device Reset. The software

WDT option allows the user application to enable the

WDT for critical code segments and disable the WDT

during non-critical segments for maximum power

savings.

The WDT, prescaler and postscaler are reset:

• On any device Reset

• On the completion of a clock switch, whether

invoked by software (i.e., setting the OSWEN bit

after changing the NOSC bits) or by hardware

(i.e., fail-safe clock monitor)

Note:

If the WINDIS bit (FWDT<6>) is cleared,

the CLRWDTinstruction should be executed

by the application software only during the

last 1/4 of the WDT period. This CLRWDT

window can be determined by using a timer.

If a CLRWDTinstruction is executed before

this window, a WDT Reset occurs.

• When a PWRSAVinstruction is executed

(i.e., Sleep or Idle mode is entered)

• When the device exits Sleep or Idle mode to

resume normal operation

• By a CLRWDTinstruction during normal execution

Note:

The CLRWDT and PWRSAV instructions

clear the prescaler and postscaler counts

when executed.

FIGURE 19-2:

WDT BLOCK DIAGRAM

All Device Resets

Transition to New Clock Source

Exit Sleep or Idle Mode

PWRSAVInstruction

CLRWDTInstruction

Watchdog Timer

Sleep/Idle

WDTPRE

WDTPOST<3:0>

SWDTEN

FWDTEN

WDT

Wake-up

1

0

RS

Prescaler

Postscaler

WDT

Reset

LPRC Clock

(divide by N1)

(divide by N2)

WDT Window Select

WINDIS

CLRWDTInstruction

DS70282E-page 171

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 19-3: CODE FLASH SECURITY

SEGMENT SIZES FOR 12 KB

DEVICES

19.5 JTAG Interface

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices implement a JTAG

interface, which supports boundary scan device test-

ing, as well as in-circuit programming. Detailed infor-

mation on this interface will be provided in future

revisions of the document.

CONFIG BITS

000000h

VS = 256 IW

0001FEh

000200h

0003FEh

BSS<2:0> = x11

000400h

0007FEh

000800h

000FFEh

001000h

19.6 Code Protection and

CodeGuard™ Security

0K

GS = 3840 IW

The PIC24HJ12GP201/202 devices offer the

intermediate implementation of CodeGuard Security.

CodeGuard Security enables multiple parties to

securely share resources (memory, interrupts and

peripherals) on a single chip. This feature helps protect

individual intellectual property in collaborative system

designs.

001FFEh

000000h

VS = 256 IW

BS = 256 IW

0001FEh

000200h

0003FEh

000400h

0007FEh

000800h

000FFEh

001000h

BSS<2:0> = x10

256

When coupled with software encryption libraries, Code-

Guard Security can be used to securely update Flash

even when multiple IPs reside on the single chip.

GS = 3584 IW

001FFEh

000000h

0001FEh

000200h

0003FEh

000400h

0007FEh

000800h

000FFEh

001000h

VS = 256 IW

BS = 768 IW

The code protection features are controlled by the

Configuration registers: FBS and FGS. The Secure

Segment and RAM is not implemented.

BSS<2:0> = x01

768

GS = 3072 IW

001FFEh

000000h

VS = 256 IW

BS = 1792 IW

0001FEh

000200h

0003FEh

000400h

0007FEh

000800h

000FFEh

BSS<2:0> = x00

1792

001000h

GS = 2048 IW

001FFEh

Note:

Refer to Section 23. “CodeGuard™

Security” (DS70199) of the “dsPIC33F/

PIC24H Family Reference Manual” for fur-

ther information on usage, configuration

and operation of CodeGuard Security.

DS70282E-page 172

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

19.7

In-Circuit Serial Programming

19.8 In-Circuit Debugger

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family digital signal controllers

can be serially programmed while in the end

application circuit. This is done with two lines for clock

and data and three other lines for power, ground and

the programming sequence. Serial programming

allows customers to manufacture boards with

unprogrammed devices and then program the digital

signal controller just before shipping the product. Serial

programming also allows the most recent firmware or a

custom firmware to be programmed. Refer to the

dsPIC30F/33F Flash Programming Specification

(DS70152) for details about In-Circuit Serial

Programming (ICSP).

When MPLAB^®ICD 2 is selected as a debugger, the in-

circuit debugging functionality is enabled. This function

allows simple debugging functions when used with

MPLAB IDE. Debugging functionality is controlled

through the PGECx (Emulation/Debug Clock) and

PGEDx (Emulation/Debug Data) pin functions.

Any of the three pairs of debugging clock/data pins can

be used:

• PGEC1 and PGED1

• PGEC2 and PGED2

• PGEC3 and PGED3

To use the in-circuit debugger function of the device,

the design must implement ICSP connections to

MCLR, VDD, VSS, and the PGECx/PGEDx pin pair. In

addition, when the feature is enabled, some of the

resources are not available for general use. These

resources include the first 80 bytes of data RAM and

two I/O pins.

Any of the three pairs of programming clock/data pins

can be used:

• PGEC1 and PGED1

• PGEC2 and PGED2

• PGEC3 and PGED3

DS70282E-page 173

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 174

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Most bit-oriented instructions (including simple

rotate/shift instructions) have two operands:

20.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY

Note:

This data sheet summarizes the features

of this group of PIC24HJ12GP201/202

devices. It is not intended to be a

comprehensive reference source. To

complement the information in this data

sheet, refer to the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H

Family Reference Manual”. Please see

• The W register (with or without an address

modifier) or file register (specified by the value of

‘Ws’ or ‘f’)

• The bit in the W register or file register (specified

by a literal value or indirectly by the contents of

register ‘Wb’)

The literal instructions that involve data movement may

use some of the following operands:

the

Microchip

web

site

(www.microchip.com) for the latest

dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference

Manual sections.

• A literal value to be loaded into a W register or file

register (specified by the value of ‘k’)

• The W register or file register where the literal

value is to be loaded (specified by ‘Wb’ or ‘f’)

The PIC24H instruction set is identical to that of the

PIC24F, and is a subset of the dsPIC30F/33F

instruction set.

However, literal instructions that involve arithmetic or

logical operations use some of the following operands:

Most instructions are a single program memory word

(24 bits). Only three instructions require two program

memory locations.

• The first source operand which is a register ‘Wb’

without any address modifier

• The second source operand which is a literal

value

Each single-word instruction is a 24-bit word, divided

into an 8-bit opcode, which specifies the instruction

type and one or more operands, which further specify

the operation of the instruction.

• The destination of the result (only if not the same

as the first source operand) which is typically a

register ‘Wd’ with or without an address modifier

The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped

into five basic categories:

The control instructions may use some of the following

operands:

• Word or byte-oriented operations

• Bit-oriented operations

• Literal operations

• A program memory address

• The mode of the table read and table write

instructions

• DSP operations

All instructions are a single word, except for certain

double-word instructions, which were made double-

word instructions so that all the required information is

available in these 48 bits. In the second word, the

8 MSbs are ‘0’s. If this second word is executed as an

instruction (by itself), it will execute as a NOP.

• Control operations

Table 20-1 shows the general symbols used in

describing the instructions.

The PIC24H instruction set summary in Table 20-2 lists

all the instructions, along with the status flags affected

by each instruction.

Most single-word instructions are executed in a single

instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true, or the

program counter is changed as a result of the instruc-

tion. In these cases, the execution takes two instruction

cycles with the additional instruction cycle(s) executed

as a NOP. Notable exceptions are the BRA (uncondi-

tional/computed branch), indirect CALL/GOTO, all table

reads and writes and RETURN/RETFIE instructions,

which are single-word instructions but take two or three

cycles. Certain instructions that involve skipping over the

subsequent instruction require either two or three cycles

if the skip is performed, depending on whether the

instruction being skipped is a single-word or double-

word instruction. Moreover, double-word moves require

two cycles. The double-word instructions execute in two

instruction cycles.

Most word or byte-oriented W register instructions

(including barrel shift instructions) have three

operands:

• The first source operand which is typically a

register ‘Wb’ without any address modifier

• The second source operand which is typically a

register ‘Ws’ with or without an address modifier

• The destination of the result which is typically a

register ‘Wd’ with or without an address modifier

However, word or byte-oriented file register instructions

have two operands:

• The file register specified by the value ‘f’

• The destination, which could either be the file

register ‘f’ or the W0 register, which is denoted as

‘WREG’

Note:

For more details on the instruction set,

refer to the “16-bit MCU and DSC

Programmer’s

Reference

Manual”

(DS70157).

DS70282E-page 175

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 20-1: SYMBOLS USED IN OPCODE DESCRIPTIONS

Field

Description

#text

(text)

[text]

{ }

Means literal defined by “text”

Means “content of text”

Means “the location addressed by text”

Optional field or operation

<n:m>

.b

Register bit field

Byte mode selection

.d

Double Word mode selection

.S

Shadow register select

.w

Word mode selection (default)

bit4

4-bit bit selection field (used in word addressed instructions) ∈ {0...15}

MCU Status bits: Carry, Digit Carry, Negative, Overflow, Sticky Zero

Absolute address, label or expression (resolved by the linker)

File register address ∈ {0x0000...0x1FFF}

1-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0,1}

C, DC, N, OV, Z

Expr

f

lit1

lit4

4-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...15}

lit5

5-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...31}

lit8

8-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...255}

lit10

lit14

lit16

lit23

None

PC

10-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...255} for Byte mode, {0:1023} for Word mode

14-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...16384}

16-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...65535}

23-bit unsigned literal ∈ {0...8388608}; LSB must be ‘0’

Field does not require an entry, may be blank

Program Counter

Slit10

Slit16

Slit6

Wb

10-bit signed literal ∈ {-512...511}

16-bit signed literal ∈ {-32768...32767}

6-bit signed literal ∈ {-16...16}

Base W register ∈ {W0..W15}

Wd

Destination W register ∈ { Wd, [Wd], [Wd++], [Wd--], [++Wd], [--Wd] }

Wdo

Destination W register ∈

{ Wnd, [Wnd], [Wnd++], [Wnd--], [++Wnd], [--Wnd], [Wnd+Wb] }

Wm,Wn

Dividend, Divisor working register pair (direct addressing)

Wm*Wm

Multiplicand and Multiplier working register pair for Square instructions ∈

{W4 * W4,W5 * W5,W6 * W6,W7 * W7}

Wm*Wn

Multiplicand and Multiplier working register pair for DSP instructions ∈

{W4 * W5,W4 * W6,W4 * W7,W5 * W6,W5 * W7,W6 * W7}

Wn

One of 16 working registers ∈ {W0..W15}

Wnd

Wns

WREG

Ws

One of 16 destination working registers ∈ {W0..W15}

One of 16 source working registers ∈ {W0..W15}

W0 (working register used in file register instructions)

Source W register ∈ { Ws, [Ws], [Ws++], [Ws--], [++Ws], [--Ws] }

Wso

Source W register ∈

{ Wns, [Wns], [Wns++], [Wns--], [++Wns], [--Wns], [Wns+Wb] }

DS70282E-page 176

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 20-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW

Base

Instr

#

Assembly

Mnemonic

# of

Status Flags

Affected

Assembly Syntax

Description

Words Cycles

ADD

f

f = f + WREG

1

C,DC,N,OV,Z

N,Z

1

ADD

f,WREG

WREG = f + WREG

1

ADD

#lit10,Wn

Wb,Ws,Wd

Wb,#lit5,Wd

f

Wd = lit10 + Wd

1

ADD

Wd = Wb + Ws

1

ADD

Wd = Wb + lit5

1

2

3

4

ADDC

AND

ADDC

AND

f = f + WREG + (C)

f,WREG

WREG = f + WREG + (C)

Wd = lit10 + Wd + (C)

Wd = Wb + Ws + (C)

Wd = Wb + lit5 + (C)

f = f .AND. WREG

1

#lit10,Wn

Wb,Ws,Wd

Wb,#lit5,Wd

f

1

AND

f,WREG

WREG = f .AND. WREG

Wd = lit10 .AND. Wd

Wd = Wb .AND. Ws

Wd = Wb .AND. lit5

1

N,Z

AND

#lit10,Wn

Wb,Ws,Wd

Wb,#lit5,Wd

f

1

N,Z

AND

1

N,Z

AND

1

N,Z

ASR

f = Arithmetic Right Shift f

WREG = Arithmetic Right Shift f

Wd = Arithmetic Right Shift Ws

Wnd = Arithmetic Right Shift Wb by Wns

Wnd = Arithmetic Right Shift Wb by lit5

Bit Clear f

1

C,N,OV,Z

N,Z

ASR

f,WREG

1

ASR

Ws,Wd

1

ASR

Wb,Wns,Wnd

Wb,#lit5,Wnd

f,#bit4

Ws,#bit4

C,Expr

1

ASR

1

N,Z

5

6

BCLR

BRA

BCLR

BRA

1

None

Bit Clear Ws

1

None

Branch if Carry

1 (2)

2

None

BRA

GE,Expr

GEU,Expr

GT,Expr

GTU,Expr

LE,Expr

LEU,Expr

LT,Expr

LTU,Expr

N,Expr

Branch if greater than or equal

Branch if unsigned greater than or equal

Branch if greater than

Branch if unsigned greater than

Branch if less than or equal

Branch if unsigned less than or equal

Branch if less than

None

BRA

None

BRA

None

BRA

None

BRA

None

BRA

None

BRA

None

BRA

Branch if unsigned less than

Branch if Negative

None

BRA

None

BRA

NC,Expr

NN,Expr

NZ,Expr

Expr

Branch if Not Carry

None

BRA

Branch if Not Negative

Branch if Not Zero

None

BRA

None

BRA

Branch Unconditionally

Branch if Zero

None

BRA

Z,Expr

1 (2)

2

None

BRA

Wn

Computed Branch

None

7

BSET

BSW

BSET

BSW.C

BSW.Z

BTG

f,#bit4

Ws,#bit4

Ws,Wb

Bit Set f

1

None

Bit Set Ws

1

None

8

Write C bit to Ws<Wb>

Write Z bit to Ws<Wb>

Bit Toggle f

1

None

Ws,Wb

1

None

9

BTG

f,#bit4

Ws,#bit4

f,#bit4

1

None

BTG

Bit Toggle Ws

1

None

10

BTSC

Bit Test f, Skip if Clear

1

None

(2 or 3)

BTSC

BTSS

Ws,#bit4

f,#bit4

Ws,#bit4

Bit Test Ws, Skip if Clear

Bit Test f, Skip if Set

1

None

(2 or 3)

11

BTSS

1

(2 or 3)

Bit Test Ws, Skip if Set

1

(2 or 3)

DS70282E-page 177

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 20-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED)

Base

Instr

#

Assembly

Mnemonic

# of

Status Flags

Affected

Assembly Syntax

Description

Words Cycles

12

BTST

f,#bit4

Ws,#bit4

Ws,Wb

Bit Test f

1

2

1

2

1

Z

BTST.C

BTST.Z

BTST.C

BTST.Z

BTSTS

Bit Test Ws to C

Bit Test Ws to Z

C

Z

Bit Test Ws<Wb> to C

Bit Test Ws<Wb> to Z

Bit Test then Set f

C

Z

Ws,Wb

13

BTSTS

f,#bit4

Z

BTSTS.C Ws,#bit4

BTSTS.Z Ws,#bit4

Bit Test Ws to C, then Set

Bit Test Ws to Z, then Set

Call subroutine

C

Z

14

15

CALL

CLR

CALL

CLR

CLRWDT

COM

CP

lit23

Wn

None

Call indirect subroutine

f = 0x0000

None

f

None

WREG

Ws

WREG = 0x0000

None

Ws = 0x0000

None

16

17

CLRWDT

COM

Clear Watchdog Timer

f = f

WDTO,Sleep

N,Z

f

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

f

WREG = f

N,Z

Wd = Ws

N,Z

18

CP

Compare f with WREG

Compare Wb with lit5

Compare Wb with Ws (Wb – Ws)

Compare f with 0x0000

Compare Ws with 0x0000

Compare f with WREG, with Borrow

Compare Wb with lit5, with Borrow

C,DC,N,OV,Z

CP

Wb,#lit5

Wb,Ws

f

CP

19

20

CP0

CPB

CP0

CPB

Ws

f

Wb,#lit5

Wb,Ws

Compare Wb with Ws, with Borrow

(Wb – Ws – C)

21

22

23

24

CPSEQ

CPSGT

CPSLT

CPSNE

CPSEQ

CPSGT

CPSLT

CPSNE

Wb, Wn

Compare Wb with Wn, skip if =

Compare Wb with Wn, skip if >

Compare Wb with Wn, skip if <

Compare Wb with Wn, skip if ≠

1

None

(2 or 3)

1

(2 or 3)

1

(2 or 3)

1

(2 or 3)

25

26

DAW

DEC

DAW

Wn

Wn = decimal adjust Wn

f = f – 1

1

2

1

C

DEC

f

C,DC,N,OV,Z

None

DEC

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

f

WREG = f – 1

1

DEC

Wd = Ws – 1

1

27

DEC2

DISI

DIV.S

DIV.SD

DIV.U

DIV.UD

EXCH

FBCL

FF1L

FF1R

GOTO

f = f – 2

1

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

#lit14

Wm,Wn

Wns,Wnd

Ws,Wnd

Expr

WREG = f – 2

1

Wd = Ws – 2

1

28

29

DISI

DIV

Disable Interrupts for k instruction cycles

Signed 16/16-bit Integer Divide

Signed 32/16-bit Integer Divide

Unsigned 16/16-bit Integer Divide

Unsigned 32/16-bit Integer Divide

Swap Wns with Wnd

1

18

1

N,Z,C,OV

None

30

31

32

33

34

EXCH

FBCL

FF1L

FF1R

GOTO

Find Bit Change from Left (MSb) Side

Find First One from Left (MSb) Side

Find First One from Right (LSb) Side

Go to address

1

C

1

C

1

C

2

None

Wn

Go to indirect

2

None

DS70282E-page 178

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 20-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED)

Base

Instr

#

Assembly

Mnemonic

# of

Status Flags

Affected

Assembly Syntax

Description

Words Cycles

35

INC

f

f = f + 1

1

2

1

C,DC,N,OV,Z

N,Z

INC

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

WREG = f + 1

Wd = Ws + 1

f = f + 2

INC

36

37

INC2

IOR

INC2

IOR

f

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

WREG = f + 2

Wd = Ws + 2

f

f = f .IOR. WREG

IOR

f,WREG

#lit10,Wn

Wb,Ws,Wd

Wb,#lit5,Wd

#lit14

f

WREG = f .IOR. WREG

Wd = lit10 .IOR. Wd

N,Z

IOR

N,Z

IOR

Wd = Wb .IOR. Ws

N,Z

IOR

Wd = Wb .IOR. lit5

N,Z

38

39

LNK

LSR

LNK

Link Frame Pointer

None

LSR

f = Logical Right Shift f

C,N,OV,Z

N,Z

LSR

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

WREG = Logical Right Shift f

Wd = Logical Right Shift Ws

Wnd = Logical Right Shift Wb by Wns

Wnd = Logical Right Shift Wb by lit5

Move f to Wn

LSR

Wb,Wns,Wnd

Wb,#lit5,Wnd

f,Wn

LSR

N,Z

40

MOV

None

MOV

f

Move f to f

N,Z

MOV

f,WREG

#lit16,Wn

#lit8,Wn

Wn,f

Move f to WREG

None

MOV

Move 16-bit literal to Wn

Move 8-bit literal to Wn

None

MOV.b

MOV

None

Move Wn to f

None

MOV

Wso,Wdo

WREG,f

Wns,Wd

Ws,Wnd

Wb,Ws,Wnd

Move Ws to Wd

None

MOV

Move WREG to f

None

MOV.D

MUL.SS

MUL.SU

MUL.US

MUL.UU

Move Double from W(ns):W(ns + 1) to Wd

Move Double from Ws to W(nd + 1):W(nd)

{Wnd + 1, Wnd} = signed(Wb) * signed(Ws)

{Wnd + 1, Wnd} = signed(Wb) * unsigned(Ws)

{Wnd + 1, Wnd} = unsigned(Wb) * signed(Ws)

None

41

MUL

None

{Wnd + 1, Wnd} = unsigned(Wb) *

unsigned(Ws)

None

MUL.SU

MUL.UU

Wb,#lit5,Wnd

{Wnd + 1, Wnd} = signed(Wb) * unsigned(lit5)

1

None

{Wnd + 1, Wnd} = unsigned(Wb) *

unsigned(lit5)

MUL

f

W3:W2 = f * WREG

f = f + 1

1

2

None

C,DC,N,OV,Z

None

42

NEG

f

NEG

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

WREG = f + 1

NEG

Wd = Ws + 1

43

44

NOP

POP

NOP

No Operation

NOPR

POP

No Operation

None

f

Pop f from Top-of-Stack (TOS)

Pop from Top-of-Stack (TOS) to Wdo

None

POP

Wdo

Wnd

None

POP.D

Pop from Top-of-Stack (TOS) to

W(nd):W(nd + 1)

None

POP.S

PUSH

Pop Shadow Registers

1

2

1

All

None

45

46

PUSH

f

Push f to Top-of-Stack (TOS)

Push Wso to Top-of-Stack (TOS)

Push W(ns):W(ns + 1) to Top-of-Stack (TOS)

Push Shadow Registers

PUSH

Wso

Wns

None

PUSH.D

PUSH.S

PWRSAV

None

PWRSAV

#lit1

Go into Sleep or Idle mode

WDTO,Sleep

DS70282E-page 179

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 20-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED)

Base

Instr

#

Assembly

Mnemonic

# of

Status Flags

Affected

Assembly Syntax

Description

Words Cycles

47

RCALL

REPEAT

RESET

RETFIE

RETLW

RETURN

RLC

Expr

Wn

Relative Call

1

2

None

Computed Call

48

REPEAT

#lit14

Wn

Repeat Next Instruction lit14 + 1 times

Repeat Next Instruction (Wn) + 1 times

Software device Reset

Return from interrupt

1

None

1

None

49

50

51

52

53

RESET

RETFIE

RETLW

RETURN

RLC

1

None

3 (2)

1

None

#lit10,Wn

Return with literal in Wn

Return from Subroutine

f = Rotate Left through Carry f

WREG = Rotate Left through Carry f

Wd = Rotate Left through Carry Ws

f = Rotate Left (No Carry) f

WREG = Rotate Left (No Carry) f

Wd = Rotate Left (No Carry) Ws

f = Rotate Right through Carry f

WREG = Rotate Right through Carry f

Wd = Rotate Right through Carry Ws

f = Rotate Right (No Carry) f

WREG = Rotate Right (No Carry) f

Wd = Rotate Right (No Carry) Ws

Wnd = sign-extended Ws

f = 0xFFFF

None

f

C,N,Z

RLC

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

f

1

C,N,Z

RLC

1

C,N,Z

54

55

56

RLNC

RRC

RLNC

RRC

1

N,Z

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

f

1

N,Z

1

N,Z

1

C,N,Z

RRC

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

f

1

C,N,Z

RRC

1

C,N,Z

RRNC

SE

1

N,Z

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

Ws,Wnd

f

1

N,Z

1

N,Z

57

58

SE

1

C,N,Z

SETM

SL

1

None

WREG

WREG = 0xFFFF

1

None

Ws

Ws = 0xFFFF

1

None

59

60

61

SL

f

f = Left Shift f

1

C,N,OV,Z

N,Z

SL

f,WREG

Ws,Wd

Wb,Wns,Wnd

Wb,#lit5,Wnd

f

WREG = Left Shift f

1

SL

Wd = Left Shift Ws

1

SL

Wnd = Left Shift Wb by Wns

Wnd = Left Shift Wb by lit5

f = f – WREG

1

SL

1

N,Z

SUB

SUBB

SUB

1

C,DC,N,OV,Z

None

SUB

f,WREG

#lit10,Wn

Wb,Ws,Wd

Wb,#lit5,Wd

f

WREG = f – WREG

1

SUB

Wn = Wn – lit10

1

SUB

Wd = Wb – Ws

1

SUB

Wd = Wb – lit5

1

SUBB

SUBR

SUBBR

SWAP.b

SWAP

TBLRDH

f = f – WREG – (C)

1

f,WREG

#lit10,Wn

Wb,Ws,Wd

Wb,#lit5,Wd

f

WREG = f – WREG – (C)

Wn = Wn – lit10 – (C)

1

Wd = Wb – Ws – (C)

1

Wd = Wb – lit5 – (C)

1

62

63

SUBR

f = WREG – f

1

f,WREG

Wb,Ws,Wd

Wb,#lit5,Wd

f

WREG = WREG – f

1

Wd = Ws – Wb

1

Wd = lit5 – Wb

1

SUBBR

f = WREG – f – (C)

1

f,WREG

Wb,Ws,Wd

Wb,#lit5,Wd

Wn

WREG = WREG – f – (C)

Wd = Ws – Wb – (C)

1

Wd = lit5 – Wb – (C)

1

64

65

SWAP

Wn = nibble swap Wn

Wn = byte swap Wn

1

Wn

1

None

TBLRDH

Ws,Wd

Read Prog<23:16> to Wd<7:0>

2

None

DS70282E-page 180

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 20-2: INSTRUCTION SET OVERVIEW (CONTINUED)

Base

Instr

#

Assembly

Mnemonic

# of

Status Flags

Affected

Assembly Syntax

Description

Words Cycles

66

TBLRDL

TBLWTH

TBLWTL

ULNK

TBLRDL

TBLWTH

TBLWTL

ULNK

XOR

Ws,Wd

Read Prog<15:0> to Wd

1

2

1

None

N,Z

67

68

69

70

Write Ws<7:0> to Prog<23:16>

Write Ws to Prog<15:0>

Unlink Frame Pointer

f = f .XOR. WREG

XOR

f

XOR

f,WREG

WREG = f .XOR. WREG

Wd = lit10 .XOR. Wd

Wd = Wb .XOR. Ws

N,Z

XOR

#lit10,Wn

Wb,Ws,Wd

Wb,#lit5,Wd

Ws,Wnd

N,Z

XOR

N,Z

XOR

Wd = Wb .XOR. lit5

N,Z

71

ZE

Wnd = Zero-extend Ws

C,Z,N

DS70282E-page 181

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 182

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

21.1 MPLAB Integrated Development

Environment Software

21.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT

The PIC^®microcontrollers and dsPIC^®digital signal

controllers are supported with a full range of software

and hardware development tools:

The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software

development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit

microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows^®

operating system-based application that contains:

• Integrated Development Environment

- MPLAB^®IDE Software

• A single graphical interface to all debugging tools

- Simulator

• Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers

- MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device

Families

- Programmer (sold separately)

- In-Circuit Emulator (sold separately)

- In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately)

• A full-featured editor with color-coded context

• A multiple project manager

- HI-TECH C for Various Device Families

- MPASM^TMAssembler

- MPLINK^TMObject Linker/

MPLIB^TMObject Librarian

- MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for

Various Device Families

• Customizable data windows with direct edit of

contents

• Simulators

• High-level source code debugging

• Mouse over variable inspection

- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator

• Emulators

• Drag and drop variables from source to watch

windows

- MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator

• In-Circuit Debuggers

• Extensive on-line help

• Integration of select third party tools, such as

IAR C Compilers

- MPLAB ICD 3

- PICkit™ 3 Debug Express

• Device Programmers

- PICkit™ 2 Programmer

- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer

The MPLAB IDE allows you to:

• Edit your source files (either C or assembly)

• One-touch compile or assemble, and download to

emulator and simulator tools (automatically

updates all project information)

• Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards,

Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits

• Debug using:

- Source files (C or assembly)

- Mixed C and assembly

- Machine code

MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a

single development paradigm, from the cost-effective

simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to

full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning

curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility

and power.

DS70282E-page 183

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

21.2 MPLAB C Compilers for Various

Device Families

21.5 MPLINK Object Linker/

MPLIB Object Librarian

The MPLAB C Compiler code development systems

are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC18,

PIC24 and PIC32 families of microcontrollers and the

dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 families of digital signal control-

lers. These compilers provide powerful integration

capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of

use.

The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable

objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the

MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects

from precompiled libraries, using directives from a

linker script.

The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and

modification of library files of precompiled code. When

a routine from a library is called from a source file, only

the modules that contain that routine will be linked in

with the application. This allows large libraries to be

used efficiently in many different applications.

For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide

symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE

debugger.

21.3 HI-TECH C for Various Device

Families

The object linker/library features include:

• Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many

smaller files

The HI-TECH C Compiler code development systems

are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC

family of microcontrollers and the dsPIC family of digital

signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful

integration capabilities, omniscient code generation

and ease of use.

• Enhanced code maintainability by grouping

related modules together

• Flexible creation of libraries with easy module

listing, replacement, deletion and extraction

21.6 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and

Librarian for Various Device

Families

For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide

symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE

debugger.

The compilers include a macro assembler, linker, pre-

processor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple

platforms.

MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine

code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24,

PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses

the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler

generates relocatable object files that can then be

archived or linked with other relocatable object files and

archives to create an executable file. Notable features

of the assembler include:

21.4 MPASM Assembler

The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal

macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs.

The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object

files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel^®standard HEX

files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol

reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines

and generated machine code and COFF files for

debugging.

• Support for the entire device instruction set

• Support for fixed-point and floating-point data

• Command line interface

• Rich directive set

• Flexible macro language

The MPASM Assembler features include:

• Integration into MPLAB IDE projects

• MPLAB IDE compatibility

• User-defined macros to streamline

assembly code

• Conditional assembly for multi-purpose

source files

• Directives that allow complete control over the

assembly process

DS70282E-page 184

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

21.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator

21.9 MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger

System

The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code

development in a PC-hosted environment by simulat-

ing the PIC MCUs and dsPIC^®DSCs on an instruction

level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be

examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from

a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be

logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace

buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of

the simulator to record and track program execution,

actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers.

MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Micro-

chip's most cost effective high-speed hardware

debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Sig-

nal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU)

devices. It debugs and programs PIC^®Flash microcon-

trollers and dsPIC^®DSCs with the powerful, yet easy-

to-use graphical user interface of MPLAB Integrated

Development Environment (IDE).

The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is con-

nected to the design engineer's PC using a high-speed

USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a

connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or MPLAB

REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3 supports all

MPLAB ICD 2 headers.

The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports

symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers,

and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The soft-

ware simulator offers the flexibility to develop and

debug code outside of the hardware laboratory envi-

ronment, making it an excellent, economical software

development tool.

21.10 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/

Programmer and

21.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit

Emulator System

PICkit 3 Debug Express

The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and program-

ming of PIC^®and dsPIC^®Flash microcontrollers at a

most affordable price point using the powerful graphical

user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development

Environment (IDE). The MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected

to the design engineer's PC using a full speed USB

interface and can be connected to the target via an

Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compatible with

MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The connector

uses two device I/O pins and the reset line to imple-

ment in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial Pro-

gramming™.

MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is

Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for

Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and

programs PIC^®Flash MCUs and dsPIC^®Flash DSCs

with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of

the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE),

included with each kit.

The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s PC

using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected

to the target with either a connector compatible with in-

circuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new high-

speed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Signal

(LVDS) interconnection (CAT5).

The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo

board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM

with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and

MPLAB IDE software.

The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware

downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of

MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new

features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers

significant advantages over competitive emulators

including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time

variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a

ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters)

interconnection cables.

DS70282E-page 185

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

21.11 PICkit 2 Development

Programmer/Debugger and

PICkit 2 Debug Express

21.13 Demonstration/Development

Boards, Evaluation Kits, and

Starter Kits

The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is

a low-cost development tool with an easy to use inter-

face for programming and debugging Microchip’s Flash

families of microcontrollers. The full featured

Windows^®programming interface supports baseline

A wide variety of demonstration, development and

evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC

DSCs allows quick application development on fully func-

tional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for

adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware

and source code for examination and modification.

(PIC10F,

PIC12F5xx,

PIC16F5xx),

midrange

(PIC12F6xx, PIC16F), PIC18F, PIC24, dsPIC30,

dsPIC33, and PIC32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit

microcontrollers, and many Microchip Serial EEPROM

products. With Microchip’s powerful MPLAB Integrated

The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs,

temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232

interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional

EEPROM memory.

Development Environment (IDE) the PICkit™

2

enables in-circuit debugging on most PIC^®microcon-

trollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and single

steps the program while the PIC microcontroller is

embedded in the application. When halted at a break-

point, the file registers can be examined and modified.

The demonstration and development boards can be

used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom

circuits and for learning about various microcontroller

applications.

In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demon-

stration/development board series of circuits, Microchip

has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software

The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo

board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM

with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and

MPLAB IDE software.

®

for analog filter design, KEELOQ security ICs, CAN,

IrDA^®, PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL^®

evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate

sensing, plus many more.

21.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer

Also available are starter kits that contain everything

needed to experience the specified device. This usually

includes a single application and debug capability, all

on one board.

The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal,

CE compliant device programmer with programmable

voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for

maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display

(128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modu-

lar, detachable socket assembly to support various

package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included

as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB

PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program

PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set

code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3

connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable.

The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and

optimized algorithms for quick programming of large

memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file

storage and data applications.

Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com)

for the complete list of demonstration, development

and evaluation kits.

DS70282E-page 186

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

22.0 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

This section provides an overview of PIC24HJ12GP201/202 electrical characteristics. Additional information will be

provided in future revisions of this document as it becomes available.

Absolute maximum ratings for the PIC24HJ12GP201/202 family are listed below. Exposure to these maximum rating

conditions for extended periods can affect device reliability. Functional operation of the device at these or any other

conditions above the parameters indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied.

Absolute Maximum Ratings⁽¹⁾

Ambient temperature under bias.............................................................................................................-40°C to +125°C

Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65°C to +150°C

Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V

Voltage on any pin that is not 5V tolerant with respect to VSS⁽⁴⁾.................................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)

Voltage on any 5V tolerant pin with respect to VSS when VDD ≥ 3.0V⁽⁴⁾.................................................. -0.3V to +5.6V

Voltage on any 5V tolerant pin with respect to VSS when VDD < 3.0V⁽⁴⁾....................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V)

Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................300 mA

Maximum current into VDD pin⁽²⁾...........................................................................................................................250 mA

Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin⁽³⁾........................................................................................................4 mA

Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin⁽³⁾...................................................................................................4 mA

Maximum current sunk by all ports .......................................................................................................................200 mA

Maximum current sourced by all ports⁽²⁾...............................................................................................................200 mA

Note 1: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” can cause permanent damage to the

device. This is a stress rating only, and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions

above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum

rating conditions for extended periods can affect device reliability.

2: Maximum allowable current is a function of device maximum power dissipation (see Table 22-2).

3: Exceptions are CLKOUT, which is able to sink/source 25 mA, and the VREF+, VREF-, SCLx, SDAx, PGECx,

and PGEDx pins, which are able to sink/source 12 mA.

4: See the “Pin Diagrams” section for 5V tolerant pins.

DS70282E-page 187

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

22.1 DC Characteristics

TABLE 22-1: OPERATING MIPS VS. VOLTAGE

Max MIPS

VDD Range

(in Volts)

Temp Range

Characteristic

(in °C)

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

—

3.0-3.6V

-40°C to +85°C

-40°C to +125°C

40

TABLE 22-2: THERMAL OPERATING CONDITIONS

Rating

Symbol

Min

Typ

Max

Unit

Industrial Temperature Devices

Operating Junction Temperature Range

Operating Ambient Temperature Range

Extended Temperature Devices

TJ

TA

-40

—

+125

+85

°C

Operating Junction Temperature Range

Operating Ambient Temperature Range

TJ

TA

-40

—

+140

+125

°C

Power Dissipation:

Internal chip power dissipation:

PINT = VDD x (IDD – Σ IOH)

PD

PINT + PI/O

W

I/O Pin Power Dissipation:

I/O = Σ ({VDD – VOH} x IOH) + Σ (VOL x IOL)

Maximum Allowed Power Dissipation

PDMAX

(TJ – TA)/θJA

TABLE 22-3: THERMAL PACKAGING CHARACTERISTICS

Characteristic

Symbol

Typ

Max

Unit

Notes

Package Thermal Resistance, 18-pin PDIP

Package Thermal Resistance, 28-pin SPDIP

Package Thermal Resistance, 18-pin SOIC

Package Thermal Resistance, 28-pin SOIC

Package Thermal Resistance, 28-pin SSOP

Package Thermal Resistance, 28-pin QFN

θJA

45

60

50

71

35

—

°C/W

1

Note 1: Junction to ambient thermal resistance, Theta-JA (θJA) numbers are achieved by package simulations.

DS70282E-page 188

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-4: DC TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min

Typ⁽¹⁾

Max Units

Conditions

Operating Voltage

DC10 Supply Voltage

VDD

3.0

1.8

—

3.6

—

V

Industrial and Extended

DC12

DC16

VDR

RAM Data Retention Voltage⁽²⁾

VDD Start Voltage⁽³⁾

—

VPOR

VSS

to ensure internal

Power-on Reset signal

DC17

SVDD

VDD Rise Rate

0.03

—

V/ms 0-3.0V in 0.1s

to ensure internal

Power-on Reset signal

Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered without losing RAM data.

3: VDD voltage must remain at Vss for a minimum of 200 µs to ensure POR.

DS70282E-page 189

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-5: DC CHARACTERISTICS: OPERATING CURRENT (IDD)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Parameter

Typical⁽¹⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

No.

Operating Current (IDD)⁽²⁾

DC20d

DC20a

DC20b

DC20c

DC21d

DC21a

DC21b

DC21c

DC22d

DC22a

DC22b

DC22c

DC23d

DC23a

DC23b

DC23c

DC24d

DC24a

DC24b

DC24c

24

27

30

31

32

33

35

38

39

47

48

56

54

30

35

40

45

50

55

70

90

mA

-40°C

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

-40°C

3.3V

10 MIPS⁽³⁾

16 MIPS⁽³⁾

20 MIPS⁽³⁾

30 MIPS⁽³⁾

40 MIPS

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

-40°C

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

-40°C

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

-40°C

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

Note 1: Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O

pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have

an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements are as follows: OSC1

driven with external square wave from rail to rail. All I/O pins are configured as inputs and pulled to VSS.

MCLR = VDD, WDT and FSCM are disabled. CPU, SRAM, program memory and data memory are

operational. No peripheral modules are operating; however, every peripheral is being clocked (PMD bits

are all zeroed).

3: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 190

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-6: DC CHARACTERISTICS: IDLE CURRENT (IIDLE)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Parameter

Typical⁽¹⁾

No.

Max

Units

Conditions

Idle Current (IIDLE): Core OFF Clock ON Base Current⁽²⁾

DC40d

DC40a

DC40b

DC40c

DC41d

DC41a

DC41b

DC41c

DC42d

DC42a

DC42b

DC42c

DC43d

DC43a

DC43b

DC43c

DC44d

DC44a

DC44b

DC44c

3

25

mA

-40°C

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

-40°C

10 MIPS⁽³⁾

16 MIPS⁽³⁾

20 MIPS⁽³⁾

30 MIPS⁽³⁾

40 MIPS

3.3V

3

4

+25°C

+85°C

125°C

-40°C

5

6

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

-40°C

3.3V

7

9

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

-40°C

9

10

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

Note 1: Data in “Typical” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: Base IIDLE current is measured with core off, clock on and all modules turned off. Peripheral Module

Disable SFR registers are zeroed. All I/O pins are configured as inputs and pulled to VSS.

3: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 191

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-7: DC CHARACTERISTICS: POWER-DOWN CURRENT (IPD)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Parameter

Typical⁽¹⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

No.

Power-Down Current (IPD)⁽²⁾

DC60d

DC60a

DC60b

DC60c

DC61d

DC61a

DC61b

DC61c

55

63

85

146

8

500

1000

13

μA

-40°C

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

-40°C

3.3V

Base Power-Down Current^(3,4)

10

12

13

15

+25°C

+85°C

+125°C

(3,5)

Watchdog Timer Current: ΔIWDT

20

25

Note 1: Data in the Typical column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: Base IPD is measured with all peripherals and clocks shut down. All I/Os are configured as inputs and

pulled to VSS, WDT, etc., are all switched off, and VREGS (RCON<8>) = 1.

3: The Δ current is the additional current consumed when the module is enabled. This current should be

added to the base IPD current.

4: These currents are measured on the device containing the most memory in this family.

5: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

TABLE 22-8: DC CHARACTERISTICS: DOZE CURRENT (IDOZE)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Doze

Ratio

Parameter No.

Typical⁽¹⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

(2)

DC73a

DC73f

DC73g

DC70a

DC70f

DC70g

DC71a

DC71f

DC71g

DC72a

DC72f

DC72g

11

12

35

30

50

30

50

30

50

30

1:2

mA

1:64

1:128

1:2

-40°C

+25°C

+85°C

3.3V

40 MIPS

1:64

1:128

1:2

3.3V

1:64

1:128

1:2

1:64

1:128

+125°C 3.3V

Note 1: Data in the Typical column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: Parameters with DOZE ratios of 1:2 and 1:64 are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 192

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-9: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN INPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min

Typ⁽¹⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

VIL

Input Low Voltage

I/O pins

DI10

DI15

DI16

DI18

DI19

VSS

—

0.2 VDD

0.3 VDD

0.8

V

MCLR

I/O Pins with OSC1 or SOSCI

SDA, SCL

SMBus disabled

SDA, SCL

SMBus enabled

VIH

Input High Voltage⁽¹⁰⁾

DI20

DI21

I/O Pins Not 5V Tolerant⁽⁴⁾

0.7 VDD

—

VDD

5.5

V

I/O Pins 5V Tolerant⁽⁴⁾

I/O Pin with Schmitt Trigger

Input

0.7 VDD

—

0.8 VDD

V

DI25

DI26

MCLR

0.8 VDD

0.7 VDD

—

VDD

V

OSC1 (in XT, HS, and LP

modes)

DI27

DI28

DI29

OSC1 (in RC mode)

SDAx, SCLx

0.9 VDD

0.7 VDD

2.1

—

VDD

V

SMBus disabled

SMBus enabled

SDAx, SCLx

ICNPU

CNx Pull-up Current

DI30

50

250

400

μA

VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS

Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified

levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input

voltages.

3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.

4: See “Pin Diagrams” for a list of 5V tolerant pins.

5: VIL source < (VSS – 0.3). Characterized but not tested.

6: Non-5V tolerant pins VIH source > (VDD + 0.3), 5V tolerant pins VIH source > 5.5V. Characterized but not

tested.

7: Digital 5V tolerant pins cannot tolerate any “positive” input injection current from input sources > 5.5V.

8: Injection currents > | 0 | can affect the ADC results by approximately 4-6 counts.

9: Any number and/or combination of I/O pins not excluded under IICL or IICH conditions are permitted pro-

vided the mathematical “absolute instantaneous” sum of the input injection currents from all pins do not

exceed the specified limit. Characterized but not tested.

10: These parameters are characterized, but not tested.

DS70282E-page 193

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-9: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN INPUT SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Param

No.

Symbol

Characteristic

Min

Typ⁽¹⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

IIL

Input Leakage Current^(2,3)

DI50

I/O Pins 5V Tolerant⁽⁴⁾

—

±2

±1

μA

VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD,

Pin at high-impedance

DI51

I/O Pins Not 5V Tolerant⁽⁴⁾

VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD,

Pin at high-impedance,

-40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C

DI51a

DI51b

I/O Pins Not 5V Tolerant⁽⁴⁾

—

±2

μA Shared with external reference

pins, -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C

±3.5

μA

VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD, Pin at

high-impedance,

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C

DI51c

I/O Pins Not 5V Tolerant⁽⁴⁾

—

±8

μA Analog pins shared with

external reference pins,

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C

DI55

DI56

MCLR

OSC1

—

±2

μA

VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD

VSS ≤VPIN ≤VDD,

XT and HS modes

Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified

levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input

voltages.

3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.

4: See “Pin Diagrams” for a list of 5V tolerant pins.

5: VIL source < (VSS – 0.3). Characterized but not tested.

6: Non-5V tolerant pins VIH source > (VDD + 0.3), 5V tolerant pins VIH source > 5.5V. Characterized but not

tested.

7: Digital 5V tolerant pins cannot tolerate any “positive” input injection current from input sources > 5.5V.

8: Injection currents > | 0 | can affect the ADC results by approximately 4-6 counts.

9: Any number and/or combination of I/O pins not excluded under IICL or IICH conditions are permitted pro-

vided the mathematical “absolute instantaneous” sum of the input injection currents from all pins do not

exceed the specified limit. Characterized but not tested.

10: These parameters are characterized, but not tested.

DS70282E-page 194

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-9: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN INPUT SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min

Typ⁽¹⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

IICL

IICH

Input Low Injection Current

DI60a

All pins except VDD, VSS, AVDD,

AVSS, MCLR, VCAP, SOSCI,

and SOSCO

0

—

-5^(5,8)

mA

Input High Injection Current

DI60b

All pins except VDD, VSS, AVDD,

AVSS, MCLR, VCAP, SOSCI,

SOSCO, and digital 5V-tolerant

designated pins

0

—

+5^(6,7,8)mA

∑IICT

Total Input Injection Current

DI60c

(sum of all I/O and control

pins)

-20⁽⁹⁾

+20⁽⁹⁾

mA Absolute instantaneous sum of

all ± input injection currents

from all I/O pins

( | IICL + | IICH | ) ≤ ∑IICT

Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified

levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input

voltages.

3: Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.

4: See “Pin Diagrams” for a list of 5V tolerant pins.

5: VIL source < (VSS – 0.3). Characterized but not tested.

6: Non-5V tolerant pins VIH source > (VDD + 0.3), 5V tolerant pins VIH source > 5.5V. Characterized but not

tested.

7: Digital 5V tolerant pins cannot tolerate any “positive” input injection current from input sources > 5.5V.

8: Injection currents > | 0 | can affect the ADC results by approximately 4-6 counts.

9: Any number and/or combination of I/O pins not excluded under IICL or IICH conditions are permitted pro-

vided the mathematical “absolute instantaneous” sum of the input injection currents from all pins do not

exceed the specified limit. Characterized but not tested.

10: These parameters are characterized, but not tested.

DS70282E-page 195

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-10: DC CHARACTERISTICS: I/O PIN OUTPUT SPECIFICATIONS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Param

No.

Symbol

Characteristic

Min

Typ

Max Units

Conditions

VOL

Output Low Voltage

I/O ports

DO10

DO16

—

0.4

V

IOL = 2mA, VDD = 3.3V

OSC2/CLKO

VOH

Output High Voltage

I/O ports

DO20

DO26

2.40

2.41

—

V

IOH = -2.3 mA, VDD = 3.3V

IOH = -1.3 mA, VDD = 3.3V

OSC2/CLKO

TABLE 22-11: ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS: BOR

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min

Typ

Max

Units

Conditions

BO10

VBOR

BOR Event on VDD transition

high-to-low

2.40

—

2.55

V

VDD

Note 1: Parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 196

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-12: DC CHARACTERISTICS: PROGRAM MEMORY

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

No.

Symbol

Characteristic⁽³⁾

Min

Typ⁽¹⁾Max Units

Conditions

Program Flash Memory

Cell Endurance

D130

D131

EP

10,000

VMIN

—

E/W -40°C to +125°C

VPR

VDD for Read

3.6

V

VMIN = Minimum operating

voltage

D132b VPEW

VDD for Self-Timed Write

Characteristic Retention

VMIN

20

—

10

—

3.6

—

V

VMIN = Minimum operating

voltage

D134

D135

TRETD

IDDP

Year Provided no other specifications are

violated (-40°C to +125°C)

Supply Current during

Programming

—

mA

D136a TRW

D136b TRW

D137a TPE

D137b TPE

D138a TWW

D138b TWW

Row Write Time

1.32

1.28

20.1

19.5

42.3

41.1

1.74

1.79

26.5

27.3

55.9

57.6

ms TRW = 11064 FRC cycles,

TA = +85°C, See Note 2

Row Write Time

ms TRW = 11064 FRC cycles,

TA = +125°C, See Note 2

Page Erase Time

Word Write Cycle Time

ms TPE = 168517 FRC cycles,

TA = +85°C, See Note 2

ms TPE = 168517 FRC cycles,

TA = +125°C, See Note 2

µs TWW = 355 FRC cycles,

TA = +85°C, See Note 2

µs TWW = 355 FRC cycles,

TA = +125°C, See Note 2

Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, +25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: Other conditions: FRC = 7.37 MHz, TUN<5:0> = b'011111(for Min), TUN<5:0> = b'100000(for Max).

This parameter depends on the FRC accuracy (see Table 22-18) and the value of the FRC Oscillator

Tuning register (see Register 8-4). For complete details on calculating the Minimum and Maximum time

see Section 5.3 “Programming Operations”.

3: These parameters are ensured by design, but are not characterized or tested in manufacturing.

TABLE 22-13: INTERNAL VOLTAGE REGULATOR SPECIFICATIONS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

DC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Param

No.

Symbol

Characteristics

Min

Typ

Max

Units

Comments

CEFC

External Filter Capacitor

Value⁽¹⁾

4.7

10

—

μF

Capacitor must be low

series resistance

(< 5 ohms)

Note 1: Typical VCAP pin voltage = 2.5V when VDD ≥ VDDMIN.

DS70282E-page 197

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

22.2 AC Characteristics and Timing

Parameters

The information contained in this section defines

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 AC characteristics and

timing parameters.

TABLE 22-14: TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS – AC

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

AC CHARACTERISTICS

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Operating voltage VDD range as described in Section 22.1 “DC

Characteristics”.

FIGURE 22-1:

LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS

Load Condition 1 – for all pins except OSC2

VDD/2

Load Condition 2 – for OSC2

CL

RL

VSS

CL

RL = 464Ω

CL = 50 pF for all pins except OSC2

VSS

15 pF for OSC2 output

TABLE 22-15: CAPACITIVE LOADING REQUIREMENTS ON OUTPUT PINS

Param

Symbol

Characteristic

Min

Typ

Max Units

Conditions

No.

DO50 COSC2

OSC2/SOSC2 pin

—

15

pF In XT and HS modes when

external clock is used to drive

OSC1

DO56 CIO

DO58 CB

All I/O pins and OSC2

SCLx, SDAx

—

50

pF EC mode

pF In I²C™ mode

400

DS70282E-page 198

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-2:

EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

OSC1

CLKO

OS20

OS30 OS30

OS31 OS31

OS25

OS41

OS40

TABLE 22-16: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symb

No.

Characteristic

Min

Typ⁽¹⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

OS10

FIN

External CLKI Frequency

(External clocks allowed only

in EC and ECPLL modes)

DC

—

40

MHz EC

Oscillator Crystal Frequency

3.5

10

—

10

40

33

MHz XT

MHz HS

kHz SOSC

(4)

OS20

OS25

OS30

TOSC

TCY

TOSC = 1/FOSC

12.5

25

—

DC

ns

—

Instruction Cycle Time^(2,4)

TosL, External Clock in (OSC1)⁽⁵⁾

TosH High or Low Time

TosR, External Clock in (OSC1)⁽⁵⁾

TosF Rise or Fall Time

0.375 x TOSC

0.625 x TOSC

ns

EC

OS31

—

20

ns

OS40

OS41

OS42

TckR CLKO Rise Time^(3,5)

—

14

5.2

16

—

18

ns

—

TckF

GM

CLKO Fall Time^(3,5)

External Oscillator

mA/V VDD = 3.3V

TA = +25ºC

Transconductance⁽⁶⁾

Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals two times the input oscillator time-base period. All specified values

are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions

with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits can result in an unstable oscillator

operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min.”

values with an external clock applied to the OSC1/CLKI pin. When an external clock input is used, the

“max.” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices.

3: Measurements are taken in EC mode. The CLKO signal is measured on the OSC2 pin.

4: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are tested in manufacturing at FIN = 40 MHz only.

5: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing.

6: Data for this parameter is preliminary. This parameter is characterized, but is not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 199

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-17: PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS (VDD = 3.0V TO 3.6V)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min

Typ⁽¹⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

OS50

FPLLI

PLL Voltage Controlled

Oscillator (VCO) Input

Frequency Range

0.8

—

8

MHz ECPLL, HSPLL, XTPLL

modes

OS51

OS52

OS53

FSYS

TLOCK

DCLK

On-Chip VCO System Frequency 100

—

200

3.1

3

MHz

mS

%

—

PLL Start-up Time (Lock Time)

CLKO Stability (Jitter)⁽²⁾

0.9

-3

1.5

0.5

Measured over 100 ms

period

Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. Parameters are for design guidance only

and are not tested.

2: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing. This specification is

based on clock cycle by clock cycle measurements. To calculate the effective jitter for individual time bases

or communication clocks use this formula:

DCLK

Peripheral Clock Jitter = -----------------------------------------------------------------------

FOSC

⎛

⎝

⎞

⎠

-------------------------------------------------------------

Peripheral Bit Rate Clock

For example: Fosc = 32 MHz, DCLK = 3%, SPI bit rate clock, (i.e., SCK) is 2 MHz.

DCLK

3%

-------

-----------------------------

---------

SPI SCK Jitter =

=

= 0.75%

4

16

32 MHz

⎛

⎝

⎞

⎠

--------------------

2 MHz

TABLE 22-18: AC CHARACTERISTICS: INTERNAL RC ACCURACY

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature

-40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Param

No.

Characteristic

Min

Typ

Max

Units

Conditions

Internal FRC Accuracy @ 7.3728 MHz⁽¹⁾

F20a

F20b

FRC

-2

-5

—

+2

+5

%

-40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C

VDD = 3.0-3.6V

Note 1: Frequency calibrated at 25°C and 3.3V. TUN bits can be used to compensate for temperature drift.

TABLE 22-19: INTERNAL RC ACCURACY

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V (unless otherwise stated)

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Param

No.

Characteristic

Min

Typ

Max

Units

Conditions

LPRC @ 32.768 kHz^(1,2)

F21a LPRC

F21b LPRC

-20

-70

±6

—

+20

+70

%

-40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C

VDD = 3.0-3.6V

Note 1: Change of LPRC frequency as VDD changes.

2: LPRC accuracy impacts the Watchdog Timer Time-out Period (TWDT1). See Section 19.4 “Watchdog

Timer (WDT)” for more information.

DS70282E-page 200

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-3:

CLKO AND I/O TIMING CHARACTERISTICS

I/O Pin

(Input)

DI35

DI40

I/O Pin

(Output)

New Value

Old Value

DO31

DO32

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

TABLE 22-20: I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min

Typ⁽¹⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

DO31

DO32

DI35

TIOR

TIOF

TINP

TRBP

Port Output Rise Time

—

25

2

10

—

25

—

ns

—

Port Output Fall Time

INTx Pin High or Low Time (input)

CNx High or Low Time (input)

ns

DI40

TCY

Note 1: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

2: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 201

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-4:

RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP

TIMER TIMING CHARACTERISTICS

VDD

SY12

MCLR

SY10

Internal

POR

SY11

SY30

PWRT

Time-out

OSC

Time-out

Internal

Reset

Watchdog

Timer

Reset

SY20

SY13

I/O Pins

SY35

FSCM

Delay

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

DS70282E-page 202

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-21: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER

TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Param

No.

Symbol

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min Typ⁽²⁾Max Units

Conditions

SY10

SY11

TMCL

MCLR Pulse Width (low)⁽¹⁾

Power-up Timer Period⁽¹⁾

2

—

μs

-40°C to +85°C

TPWRT

—

2

4

ms

-40°C to +85°C

User programmable

8

16

32

64

128

SY12

SY13

TPOR

TIOZ

Power-on Reset Delay⁽³⁾

3

10

30

μs

-40°C to +85°C

—

I/O High-Impedance from

MCLR Low or Watchdog

Timer Reset⁽¹⁾

0.68

0.72

1.2

SY20

TWDT1

Watchdog Timer Time-out

Period⁽¹⁾

—

ms

See Section 19.4 “Watchdog

Timer (WDT)” and LPRC

parameter F21a (Table 22-19).

SY30

SY35

TOST

Oscillator Start-up Time

—

1024

TOSC

—

TOSC = OSC1 period

TFSCM

Fail-Safe Clock Monitor

Delay⁽¹⁾

500

900

μs

-40°C to +85°C

Note 1: These parameters are characterized but not tested in manufacturing.

2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

3: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 203

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-5:

TIMER1, 2, 3 AND 4 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING CHARACTERISTICS

TxCK

Tx11

Tx10

Tx15

Tx20

OS60

TMRx

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

(1)

TABLE 22-22: TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min

Typ

Max

Units

Conditions

TA10

TA11

TA15

TTXH

TTXL

TTXP

TxCK High Time Synchronous,

no prescaler

TCY + 20

—

ns

Must also meet

parameterTA15.

N = prescale

value

Synchronous, (TCY + 20)/N

with prescaler

—

ns

(1, 8, 64, 256)

Asynchronous

20

—

ns

TxCK Low Time Synchronous,

no prescaler

(TCY + 20)

Must also meet

parameterTA15.

N = prescale

value

Synchronous, (TCY + 20)/N

with prescaler

—

ns

(1, 8, 64, 256)

Asynchronous

20

—

ns

TxCK Input

Period

Synchronous,

no prescaler

2 TCY + 40

—

Synchronous,

with prescaler

Greater of:

40 ns or

(2 TCY + 40)/

N

—

N = prescale

value

(1, 8, 64, 256)

Asynchronous

40

—

ns

—

OS60 Ft1

SOSCI/T1CK Oscillator Input

frequency Range (oscillator

enabled by setting bit TCS

(T1CON<1>))

DC

50

kHz

TA20

TCKEXTMRL Delay from External TxCK Clock

Edge to Timer Increment

0.75 TCY +

40

1.75 TCY +

40

—

Note 1: Timer1 is a Type A.

DS70282E-page 204

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-23: TIMER2 AND TIMER4 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ

Max

Units

Conditions

Synchronous

mode

Greater of:

20 or

(TCY + 20)/N

—

ns

TB10 TtxH

TB11 TtxL

TB15 TtxP

TxCKHigh

Time

Must also meet

parameter TB15

N = prescale

value

(1, 8, 64, 256)

TxCK Low Synchronous

Greater of:

20 or

(TCY + 20)/N

—

ns

Must also meet

parameter TB15

N = prescale

value

Time

mode

(1, 8, 64, 256)

TxCK

Input

Period

Synchronous

mode

Greater of:

40 or

(2 TCY + 40)/N

—

ns

N = prescale

value

(1, 8, 64, 256)

TB20 TCKEXTMRL Delay from External TxCK 0.75 TCY + 40

1.75 TCY + 40

—

Clock Edge to Timer Incre-

ment

Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

TABLE 22-24: TIMER3 AND TIMER5 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

No.

Symbol

TtxH

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ

Max

Units

Conditions

TC10

TC11

TC15

TxCK High Synchronous

Time

TCY + 20

—

ns

Must also meet

parameter TC15

TtxL

TtxP

TxCK Low Synchronous

Time

TCY + 20

—

ns

Must also meet

parameter TC15

TxCK Input Synchronous,

2 TCY + 40

N = prescale

value

Period

with prescaler

(1, 8, 64, 256)

TC20

TCKEXTMRL Delay from External TxCK

Clock Edge to Timer Incre-

ment

0.75 TCY + 40

—

1.75 TCY + 40

ns

—

Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 205

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-6:

INPUT CAPTURE (CAPx) TIMING CHARACTERISTICS

ICx

IC10

IC11

IC15

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

TABLE 22-25: INPUT CAPTURE TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Max

Units

Conditions

IC10

IC11

IC15

TccL

TccH

TccP

ICx Input Low Time No Prescaler

With Prescaler

0.5 TCY + 20

10

—

ns

—

ICx Input High Time No Prescaler

With Prescaler

0.5 TCY + 20

10

—

ICx Input Period

(TCY + 40)/N

N = prescale

value (1, 4, 16)

Note 1: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing.

FIGURE 22-7:

OUTPUT COMPARE MODULE (OCx) TIMING CHARACTERISTICS

OCx

(Output Compare

or PWM Mode)

OC10

OC11

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

TABLE 22-26: OUTPUT COMPARE MODULE TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ

Max

Units

Conditions

OC10 TccF

OC11 TccR

OCx Output Fall Time

OCx Output Rise Time

—

ns

See parameter D032

See parameter D031

Note 1: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 206

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-8:

OC/PWM MODULE TIMING CHARACTERISTICS

OC20

OCFA/OCFB

OC15

Active

Tri-State

OCx

TABLE 22-27: SIMPLE OC/PWM MODE TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ

Max

Units

Conditions

OC15

TFD

Fault Input to PWM I/O

Change

—

TCY + 20

ns

—

OC20

TFLT

Fault Input Pulse Width

TCY + 20

—

ns

—

Note 1: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 207

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-28: SPIx MAXIMUM DATA/CLOCK RATE SUMMARY

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Master

Transmit Only

(Half-Duplex)

Master

Slave

Maximum

Data Rate

Transmit/Receive Transmit/Receive

(Full-Duplex)

CKE

CKP

SMP

(Full-Duplex)

15 Mhz

9 Mhz

Table 22-29

—

0,1

1

0,1

0

0,1

1

—

Table 22-30

—

9 Mhz

Table 22-31

—

0

1

15 Mhz

11 Mhz

15 Mhz

11 Mhz

—

Table 22-32

Table 22-33

Table 22-34

Table 22-35

1

0

1

0

1

0

FIGURE 22-9:

SPIx MASTER MODE (HALF-DUPLEX, TRANSMIT ONLY CKE = 0) TIMING

CHARACTERISTICS

SCKx

(CKP = 0)

SP10

SP21

SP20

SCKx

(CKP = 1)

SP35

SP21

LSb

Bit 14 - - - - - -1

MSb

SDOx

SP30, SP31

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

FIGURE 22-10:

SPIx MASTER MODE (HALF-DUPLEX, TRANSMIT ONLY CKE = 1) TIMING

CHARACTERISTICS

SP36

SCKx

(CKP = 0)

SP10

SP21

SP20

SP21

SCKx

(CKP = 1)

SP35

Bit 14 - - - - - -1

SP30, SP31

MSb

LSb

SDOx

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

DS70282E-page 208

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-29: SPIx MASTER MODE (HALF-DUPLEX, TRANSMIT ONLY) TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Param

No.

Symbol

TscP

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ⁽²⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

See Note 3

SP10

SP20

Maximum SCK Frequency

SCKx Output Fall Time

—

15

—

MHz

ns

TscF

TscR

TdoF

TdoR

See parameter DO32

and Note 4

SP21

SP30

SP31

SP35

SP36

SCKx Output Rise Time

—

30

—

6

—

20

—

ns

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

SDOx Data Output Fall Time

SDOx Data Output Rise Time

See parameter DO32

and Note 4

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after

TscL2doV SCKx Edge

—

TdiV2scH, SDOx Data Output Setup to

—

TdiV2scL

First SCKx Edge

Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 66.7 ns. Therefore, the clock generated in Master mode must not

violate this specification.

4: Assumes 50 pF load on all SPIx pins.

DS70282E-page 209

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-11:

SPIx MASTER MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 1, CKP = X, SMP = 1) TIMING

CHARACTERISTICS

SP36

SCKx

(CKP = 0)

SP10

SP21

SP20

SP21

SCKx

(CKP = 1)

SP35

Bit 14 - - - - - -1

SP30, SP31

MSb

LSb

SDOx

SDIx

SP40

MSb In

SP41

LSb In

Bit 14 - - - -1

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

TABLE 22-30: SPIx MASTER MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 1, CKP = x, SMP = 1) TIMING

REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Param

No.

Symbol

TscP

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ⁽²⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

See Note 3

SP10

SP20

Maximum SCK Frequency

SCKx Output Fall Time

—

9

MHz

ns

TscF

TscR

TdoF

TdoR

—

See parameter DO32

and Note 4

SP21

SP30

SP31

SP35

SP36

SP40

SP41

SCKx Output Rise Time

—

30

—

6

—

20

—

ns

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

SDOx Data Output Fall Time

SDOx Data Output Rise Time

See parameter DO32

and Note 4

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after

TscL2doV SCKx Edge

—

TdoV2sc, SDOx Data Output Setup to

TdoV2scL First SCKx Edge

—

TdiV2scH, Setup Time of SDIx Data

TdiV2scL Input to SCKx Edge

TscH2diL, Hold Time of SDIx Data Input

TscL2diL

to SCKx Edge

Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 111 ns. The clock generated in Master mode must not violate this

specification.

4: Assumes 50 pF load on all SPIx pins.

DS70282E-page 210

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-12:

SPIx MASTER MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 0, CKP = X, SMP = 1) TIMING

CHARACTERISTICS

SCKx

(CKP = 0)

SP10

SP21

SP20

SCKx

(CKP = 1)

SP35

SP21

LSb

Bit 14 - - - - - -1

MSb

SDOx

SDIx

SP30, SP31

MSb In

SP30, SP31

LSb In

Bit 14 - - - -1

SP40

SP41

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

TABLE 22-31: SPIx MASTER MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 0, CKP = x, SMP = 1) TIMING

REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

Param

No.

Symbol

TscP

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ⁽²⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

-40ºC to +125ºC and

SP10

Maximum SCK Frequency

—

9

MHz

see Note 3

SP20

SP21

SP30

SP31

SP35

SP36

SP40

SP41

TscF

TscR

TdoF

TdoR

SCKx Output Fall Time

—

30

—

6

—

20

—

ns

See parameter DO32

and Note 4

SCKx Output Rise Time

SDOx Data Output Fall Time

SDOx Data Output Rise Time

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

See parameter DO32

and Note 4

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after

TscL2doV SCKx Edge

—

TdoV2scH, SDOx Data Output Setup to

TdoV2scL First SCKx Edge

—

TdiV2scH, Setup Time of SDIx Data

TdiV2scL Input to SCKx Edge

TscH2diL, Hold Time of SDIx Data Input

TscL2diL

to SCKx Edge

Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 111 ns. The clock generated in Master mode must not violate this

specification.

4: Assumes 50 pF load on all SPIx pins.

DS70282E-page 211

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-13:

SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 1, CKP = 0, SMP = 0) TIMING

CHARACTERISTICS

SP60

SSx

SP52

SP50

SCKx

(CKP = 0)

SP70

SP72

SP73

SCKx

(CKP = 1)

SP35

SP72

LSb

MSb

Bit 14 - - - - - -1

SDOx

SDIx

SP30,SP31

Bit 14 - - - -1

SP51

MSb In

SP41

LSb In

SP40

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

DS70282E-page 212

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-32: SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 1, CKP = 0, SMP = 0) TIMING

REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

No.

Symbol

TscP

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ⁽²⁾Max Units

Conditions

See Note 3

SP70

SP72

Maximum SCK Input Frequency

SCKx Input Fall Time

—

15

—

MHz

ns

TscF

TscR

TdoF

TdoR

See parameterDO32

and Note 4

SP73

SP30

SP31

SP35

SP36

SP40

SCKx Input Rise Time

—

30

—

6

—

20

—

ns

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

SDOx Data Output Fall Time

SDOx Data Output Rise Time

See parameter DO32

and Note 4

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after

TscL2doV SCKx Edge

—

TdoV2scH, SDOx Data Output Setup to

TdoV2scL First SCKx Edge

—

TdiV2scH, Setup Time of SDIx Data Input

TdiV2scL

TscH2diL, Hold Time of SDIx Data Input

TscL2diL to SCKx Edge

to SCKx Edge

SP41

SP50

SP51

SP52

SP60

30

—

50

—

50

ns

—

TssL2scH, SSx ↓to SCKx ↑ or SCKx Input

TssL2scL

120

TssH2doZ SSx ↑ to SDOx Output

10

1.5 TCY + 40

—

High-Impedance⁽⁴⁾

See Note 4

TscH2ssH SSx after SCKx Edge

TscL2ssH

TssL2doV SDOx Data Output Valid after

SSx Edge

—

Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 66.7 ns. Therefore, the SCK clock generated by the Master must

not violate this specification.

4: Assumes 50 pF load on all SPIx pins.

DS70282E-page 213

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-14:

SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 1, CKP = 1, SMP = 0) TIMING

CHARACTERISTICS

SP60

SSx

SP52

SP50

SCKx

(CKP = 0)

SP72

SP73

SP70

SP73

SCKx

(CKP = 1)

SP35

SP72

LSb

SP52

Bit 14 - - - - - -1

MSb

SDOx

SDIx

SP30,SP31

Bit 14 - - - -1

SP51

MSb In

SP41

LSb In

SP40

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

DS70282E-page 214

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-33: SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 1, CKP = 1, SMP = 0) TIMING

REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

No.

Symbol

TscP

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ⁽²⁾Max Units

Conditions

See Note 3

SP70

SP72

Maximum SCK Input Frequency

SCKx Input Fall Time

—

11

—

MHz

ns

TscF

TscR

TdoF

TdoR

See parameterDO32

and Note 4

SP73

SP30

SP31

SP35

SP36

SP40

SP41

SCKx Input Rise Time

—

30

—

6

—

20

—

ns

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

SDOx Data Output Fall Time

SDOx Data Output Rise Time

See parameter DO32

and Note 4

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after

TscL2doV SCKx Edge

—

TdoV2scH, SDOx Data Output Setup to

TdoV2scL First SCKx Edge

—

TdiV2scH, Setup Time of SDIx Data Input

TdiV2scL

TscH2diL, Hold Time of SDIx Data Input

TscL2diL to SCKx Edge

to SCKx Edge

SP50

SP51

SP52

SP60

TssL2scH, SSx ↓to SCKx ↑ or SCKx Input

120

—

50

—

50

ns

—

TssL2scL

TssH2doZ SSx ↑ to SDOx Output

10

1.5 TCY + 40

—

High-Impedance⁽⁴⁾

See Note 4

TscH2ssH SSx after SCKx Edge

TscL2ssH

TssL2doV SDOx Data Output Valid after

SSx Edge

—

Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 91 ns. Therefore, the SCK clock generated by the Master must not

violate this specification.

4: Assumes 50 pF load on all SPIx pins.

DS70282E-page 215

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-15:

SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX CKE = 0, CKP = 1, SMP = 0) TIMING

CHARACTERISTICS

SSX

SP52

SP50

SCKX

(CKP = 0)

SP70

SP72

SP73

SP72

SCKX

(CKP = 1)

SP73

LSb

SP35

MSb

Bit 14 - - - - - -1

SDOX

SDIX

SP51

SP30,SP31

Bit 14 - - - -1

MSb In

LSb In

SP41

SP40

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

DS70282E-page 216

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-34: SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 0, CKP = 1, SMP = 0) TIMING

REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

No.

Symbol

TscP

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ⁽²⁾Max Units

Conditions

See Note 3

SP70

SP72

Maximum SCK Input Frequency

SCKx Input Fall Time

—

15

—

MHz

ns

TscF

TscR

TdoF

TdoR

See parameterDO32

and Note 4

SP73

SP30

SP31

SP35

SP36

SP40

SP41

SCKx Input Rise Time

—

30

—

6

—

20

—

ns

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

SDOx Data Output Fall Time

SDOx Data Output Rise Time

See parameter DO32

and Note 4

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after

TscL2doV SCKx Edge

—

TdoV2scH, SDOx Data Output Setup to

TdoV2scL First SCKx Edge

—

TdiV2scH, Setup Time of SDIx Data Input

TdiV2scL

TscH2diL, Hold Time of SDIx Data Input

TscL2diL to SCKx Edge

to SCKx Edge

SP50

SP51

SP52

TssL2scH, SSx ↓to SCKx ↑ or SCKx Input

120

10

—

50

—

ns

—

TssL2scL

TssH2doZ SSx ↑ to SDOx Output

High-Impedance⁽⁴⁾

See Note 4

TscH2ssH SSx after SCKx Edge

TscL2ssH

1.5 TCY + 40

Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 66.7 ns. Therefore, the SCK clock generated by the Master must

not violate this specification.

4: Assumes 50 pF load on all SPIx pins.

DS70282E-page 217

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-16:

SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 0, CKP = 0, SMP = 0) TIMING

CHARACTERISTICS

SSX

SP52

SP50

SCKX

(CKP = 0)

SP70

SP72

SP73

SP72

SCKX

(CKP = 1)

SP73

LSb

SP35

MSb

SDOX

SDIX

Bit 14 - - - - - -1

SP51

SP30,SP31

Bit 14 - - - -1

MSb In

LSb In

SP41

SP40

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

DS70282E-page 218

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-35: SPIx SLAVE MODE (FULL-DUPLEX, CKE = 0, CKP = 0, SMP = 0) TIMING

REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

No.

Symbol

TscP

Characteristic⁽¹⁾

Min

Typ⁽²⁾Max Units

Conditions

See Note 3

SP70

SP72

Maximum SCK Input Frequency

SCKx Input Fall Time

—

11

—

MHz

ns

TscF

TscR

TdoF

TdoR

See parameterDO32

and Note 4

SP73

SP30

SP31

SP35

SP36

SP40

SP41

SCKx Input Rise Time

—

30

—

6

—

20

—

ns

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

SDOx Data Output Fall Time

SDOx Data Output Rise Time

See parameter DO32

and Note 4

See parameter DO31

and Note 4

TscH2doV, SDOx Data Output Valid after

TscL2doV SCKx Edge

—

TdoV2scH, SDOx Data Output Setup to

TdoV2scL First SCKx Edge

—

TdiV2scH, Setup Time of SDIx Data Input

TdiV2scL

TscH2diL, Hold Time of SDIx Data Input

TscL2diL to SCKx Edge

to SCKx Edge

SP50

SP51

SP52

TssL2scH, SSx ↓to SCKx ↑ or SCKx Input

120

10

—

50

—

ns

—

TssL2scL

TssH2doZ SSx ↑ to SDOx Output

High-Impedance⁽⁴⁾

See Note 4

TscH2ssH SSx after SCKx Edge

TscL2ssH

1.5 TCY + 40

Note 1: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

2: Data in “Typ” column is at 3.3V, 25°C unless otherwise stated.

3: The minimum clock period for SCKx is 91 ns. Therefore, the SCK clock generated by the Master must not

violate this specification.

4: Assumes 50 pF load on all SPIx pins.

DS70282E-page 219

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

2

FIGURE 22-17:

I Cx BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING CHARACTERISTICS (MASTER MODE)

SCLx

IM31

IM34

IM30

IM33

SDAx

Stop

Condition

Start

Condition

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

2

FIGURE 22-18:

I Cx BUS DATA TIMING CHARACTERISTICS (MASTER MODE)

IM20

IM21

IM11

IM10

SCLx

IM11

IM26

IM10

IM33

IM25

SDAx

In

IM45

IM40

SDAx

Out

Note: Refer to Figure 22-1 for load conditions.

DS70282E-page 220

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

2

TABLE 22-36: I Cx BUS DATA TIMING REQUIREMENTS (MASTER MODE)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic⁽³⁾

Min⁽¹⁾

Max

Units

Conditions

IM10

IM11

IM20

IM21

IM25

IM26

IM30

IM31

IM33

IM34

IM40

IM45

TLO:SCL Clock Low Time 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

μs

ns

μs

ns

μs

pF

ns

—

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

THI:SCL Clock High Time 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

TF:SCL

TR:SCL

SDAx and SCLx 100 kHz mode

—

300

100

1000

300

—

CB is specified to be

from 10 to 400 pF

Fall Time

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾

20 + 0.1 CB

—

SDAx and SCLx 100 kHz mode

—

CB is specified to be

from 10 to 400 pF

Rise Time

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾

20 + 0.1 CB

—

250

100

40

0

TSU:DAT Data Input

Setup Time

—

THD:DAT Data Input

Hold Time

—

0

0.9

—

0.2

TSU:STA Start Condition 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

Only relevant for

Repeated Start

condition

Setup Time

400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

THD:STA Start Condition 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

After this period the

first clock pulse is

generated

Hold Time

400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

TSU:STO Stop Condition 100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

Setup Time

400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

THD:STO Stop Condition

Hold Time

100 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

400 kHz mode TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾TCY/2 (BRG + 1)

—

TAA:SCL Output Valid

From Clock

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾

—

3500

1000

400

—

TBF:SDA Bus Free Time 100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

4.7

1.3

0.5

—

Time the bus must be

free before a new

transmission can start

—

1 MHz mode⁽²⁾

—

IM50

IM51

CB

Bus Capacitive Loading

Pulse Gobbler Delay

400

390

—

PGD

65

See Note 4

Note 1: BRG is the value of the I²C Baud Rate Generator. Refer to Section 19. “Inter-Integrated Circuit

(I²C™)” (DS70195) in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual”. Refer to the Microchip web

site (www.microchip.com) for the latest family reference manual sections.

2: Maximum pin capacitance = 10 pF for all I2Cx pins (for 1 MHz mode only).

3: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing.

4: Typical value for this parameter is 130 ns.

DS70282E-page 221

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

2

FIGURE 22-19:

I Cx BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING CHARACTERISTICS (SLAVE MODE)

SCLx

IS34

IS31

IS30

IS33

SDAx

Stop

Condition

Start

Condition

2

FIGURE 22-20:

I Cx BUS DATA TIMING CHARACTERISTICS (SLAVE MODE)

IS20

IS21

IS11

IS10

SCLx

IS30

IS26

IS31

IS33

IS25

SDAx

In

IS45

IS40

SDAx

Out

DS70282E-page 222

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

2

TABLE 22-37: I Cx BUS DATA TIMING REQUIREMENTS (SLAVE MODE)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param Symbol

Characteristic⁽²⁾

Min

Max

Units

Conditions

IS10

IS11

TLO:SCL Clock Low Time 100 kHz mode

4.7

—

μs

Device must operate at a

minimum of 1.5 MHz

400 kHz mode

1.3

—

μs

Device must operate at a

minimum of 10 MHz

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

0.5

4.0

—

μs

—

THI:SCL Clock High Time 100 kHz mode

Device must operate at a

minimum of 1.5 MHz

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

0.6

—

μs

Device must operate at a

minimum of 10 MHz

0.5

—

300

100

1000

300

—

μs

ns

μs

ns

μs

pF

—

IS20

IS21

IS25

IS26

IS30

IS31

IS33

IS34

IS40

IS45

IS50

TF:SCL

SDAx and SCLx 100 kHz mode

—

CB is specified to be from

10 to 400 pF

Fall Time

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

20 + 0.1 CB

—

TR:SCL SDAx and SCLx 100 kHz mode

CB is specified to be from

10 to 400 pF

Rise Time

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

100 kHz mode

400 kHz mode

1 MHz mode⁽¹⁾

20 + 0.1 CB

—

TSU:DAT Data Input

Setup Time

250

100

0

—

THD:DAT Data Input

Hold Time

—

0

0.9

0.3

—

0

TSU:STA Start Condition

Setup Time

4.7

0.6

0.25

4.0

0.6

0.25

4.7

0.6

4000

600

250

0

Only relevant for Repeated

Start condition

—

THD:STA Start Condition

Hold Time

—

After this period, the first

clock pulse is generated

—

TSU:STO Stop Condition

Setup Time

—

THD:ST Stop Condition

O

—

Hold Time

—

TAA:SCL Output Valid

From Clock

3500

1000

350

—

0

TBF:SDA Bus Free Time

4.7

1.3

0.5

—

Time the bus must be free

before a new transmission

can start

—

CB

Bus Capacitive Loading

400

—

Note 1: Maximum pin capacitance = 10 pF for all I2Cx pins (for 1 MHz mode only).

2: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 223

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-38: ADC MODULE SPECIFICATIONS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

No.

Symbol

Characteristic

Min.

Typ

Max.

Units

Conditions

Device Supply

AD01

AVDD

Module VDD Supply⁽²⁾

Module VSS Supply⁽²⁾

Greater of

VDD – 0.3

or 3.0

—

Lesser of

VDD + 0.3

or 3.6

V

—

AD02

AVSS

VSS – 0.3

VSS + 0.3

Reference Inputs

AD05

VREFH

Reference Voltage High AVSS + 2.5

3.0

—

AVDD

3.6

V

See Note 1

AD05a

VREFH = AVDD

VREFL = AVSS = 0, See Note 2

AD06

VREFL

Reference Voltage Low

AVSS

0

—

AVDD – 2.5

0

V

See Note 1

AD06a

VREFH = AVDD

VREFL = AVSS = 0, See Note 2

AD07

AD08

VREF

IREF

Absolute Reference

Voltage⁽²⁾

2.5

—

3.6

V

VREF = VREFH - VREFL

Current Drain

—

250

—

550

10

μA ADC operating, See Note 1

μA ADC off, See Note 1

AD08a IAD

Operating Current

—

7.0

2.7

9.0

3.2

mA 10-bit ADC mode, See Note 2

mA 12-bit ADC mode, See Note 2

Analog Input

AD12

AD13

AD17

VINH

Input Voltage Range

VINH

VINL

—

VREFH

V

This voltage reflects Sample

and Hold Channels 0, 1, 2,

and 3 (CH0-CH3), positive

input

(2)

VINL

RIN

Input Voltage Range

VREFL

—

AVSS + 1V

V

This voltage reflects Sample

and Hold Channels 0, 1, 2,

and 3 (CH0-CH3), negative

input

(2)

VINL

Recommended Imped-

ance of Analog Voltage

Source⁽³⁾

—

200

Ω

10-bit ADC

12-bit ADC

Note 1: These parameters are not characterized or tested in manufacturing.

2: These parameters are characterized, but are not tested in manufacturing.

3: These parameters are assured by design, but are not characterized or tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 224

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-39: ADC MODULE SPECIFICATIONS (12-BIT MODE)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min.

Typ

Max.

Units

Conditions

ADC Accuracy (12-bit Mode) – Measurements with external VREF+/VREF-⁽³⁾

AD20a Nr

AD21a INL

Resolution⁽⁴⁾

12 data bits

—

bits

—

Integral Nonlinearity

-2

>-1

—

+2

<1

10

5.0

—

LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL =

0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V

AD22a DNL

AD23a GERR

AD24a EOFF

Differential Nonlinearity

Gain Error

—

3.4

0.9

—

LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL =

0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V

LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL =

0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V

Offset Error

—

LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL =

0V, AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V

AD25a

—

Monotonicity

—

Guaranteed⁽¹⁾

ADC Accuracy (12-bit Mode) – Measurements with internal VREF+/VREF-⁽³⁾

AD20a Nr

AD21a INL

Resolution⁽⁴⁾

12 data bits

—

bits

—

Integral Nonlinearity

-2

>-1

—

+2

<1

20

10

—

LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD =

3.6V

AD22a DNL

AD23a GERR

AD24a EOFF

Differential Nonlinearity

Gain Error

—

10.5

3.8

—

LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD =

3.6V

LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD =

3.6V

Offset Error

—

LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V, AVDD =

3.6V

AD25a

—

Monotonicity

—

Guaranteed⁽¹⁾

Dynamic Performance (12-bit Mode)⁽²⁾

AD30a THD

Total Harmonic Distortion

—

-75

—

dB

—

AD31a SINAD

Signal to Noise and

Distortion

68.5

69.5

AD32a SFDR

Spurious Free Dynamic

Range

80

—

dB

—

AD33a FNYQ

AD34a ENOB

Input Signal Bandwidth

Effective Number of Bits

—

250

—

kHz

bits

—

11.09

11.3

Note 1: The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage, and has no missing

codes.

2: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing.

3: These parameters are characterized, but are tested at 20 ksps only.

4: Injection currents > | 0 | can affect the ADC results by approximately 4-6 counts.

DS70282E-page 225

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-40: ADC MODULE SPECIFICATIONS (10-BIT MODE)

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min.

Typ

Max.

Units

Conditions

ADC Accuracy (10-bit Mode) – Measurements with external VREF+/VREF-⁽³⁾

AD20b Nr

Resolution⁽⁴⁾

10 data bits

—

bits

—

AD21b INL

Integral Nonlinearity

-1.5

>-1

—

+1.5

<1

6

LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,

AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V

AD22b DNL

AD23b GERR

AD24b EOFF

Differential Nonlinearity

Gain Error

—

3

LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,

AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V

LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,

AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V

Offset Error

—

2

5

LSb VINL = AVSS = VREFL = 0V,

AVDD = VREFH = 3.6V

AD25b

—

Monotonicity

—

Guaranteed⁽¹⁾

ADC Accuracy (10-bit Mode) – Measurements with internal VREF+/VREF-⁽³⁾

AD20b Nr

Resolution⁽⁴⁾

10 data bits

—

bits

—

AD21b INL

Integral Nonlinearity

-1

>-1

—

+1

<1

15

7

LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V,

AVDD = 3.6V

AD22b DNL

AD23b GERR

AD24b EOFF

Differential Nonlinearity

Gain Error

—

7

LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V,

AVDD = 3.6V

LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V,

AVDD = 3.6V

Offset Error

—

3

LSb VINL = AVSS = 0V,

AVDD = 3.6V

AD25b

—

Monotonicity

—

Guaranteed⁽¹⁾

Dynamic Performance (10-bit Mode)⁽²⁾

AD30b THD

Total Harmonic Distortion

—

-64

—

dB

—

AD31b SINAD

Signal to Noise and

Distortion

57

58.5

AD32b SFDR

Spurious Free Dynamic

Range

72

—

dB

—

AD33b FNYQ

AD34b ENOB

Input Signal Bandwidth

Effective Number of Bits

—

550

—

kHz

bits

—

9.16

9.4

Note 1: The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage, and has no missing

codes.

2: These parameters are characterized by similarity, but are not tested in manufacturing.

3: These parameters are characterized, but are tested at 20 ksps only.

4: Injection currents > | 0 | can affect the ADC results by approximately 4-6 counts.

DS70282E-page 226

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-21:

ADC CONVERSION (12-BIT MODE) TIMING CHARACTERISTICS

(ASAM = 0, SSRC<2:0> = 000)

AD50

ADCLK

Instruction

Execution

Set SAMP

AD61

Clear SAMP

SAMP

AD60

TSAMP

AD55

DONE

AD1IF

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

– Software sets AD1CON. SAMP to start sampling.

– Convert bit 11.

1

2

5

6

7

8

9

– Sampling starts after discharge period. TSAMP is described in

Section16. “Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)” (DS70183) in the

“dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual.

– Convert bit 10.

– Convert bit 1.

– Convert bit 0.

– Software clears AD1CON. SAMP to start conversion.

3

4

– One TAD for end of conversion.

– Sampling ends, conversion sequence starts.

TABLE 22-41: ADC CONVERSION (12-BIT MODE) TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min.

Typ

Max.

Units

Conditions

Clock Parameters⁽¹⁾

AD50

AD51

TAD

tRC

ADC Clock Period

117.6

—

ns

—

ADC Internal RC Oscillator

Period

250

Conversion Rate

AD55

AD56

AD57

tCONV

FCNV

Conversion Time

Throughput Rate

Sample Time

—

14 TAD

ns

Ksps

—

500

—

TSAMP

3.0 TAD

Timing Parameters

AD60

AD61

AD62

AD63

tPCS

tPSS

tCSS

tDPU

Conversion Start from Sample

Trigger⁽²⁾

2.0 TAD

—

3.0 TAD

—

μs

Auto Convert Trigger

not selected

Sample Start from Setting

Sample (SAMP) bit⁽²⁾

—

Conversion Completion to

0.5 TAD

—

Sample Start (ASAM = 1)⁽²⁾

Time to Stabilize Analog Stage

from ADC Off to ADC On⁽²⁾

—

20

Note 1: Because the sample caps will eventually lose charge, clock rates below 10 kHz can affect linearity

performance, especially at elevated temperatures.

2: These parameters are characterized but not tested in manufacturing.

DS70282E-page 227

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

FIGURE 22-22:

ADC CONVERSION (10-BIT MODE) TIMING CHARACTERISTICS

(CHPS<1:0> = 01, SIMSAM = 0, ASAM = 0, SSRC<2:0> = 000)

AD50

Set SAMP

AD61

ADCLK

Instruction

Execution

Clear SAMP

AD60

SAMP

TSAMP

AD55

DONE

AD1IF

Buffer(0)

Buffer(1)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

5

6

7

8

– Software sets AD1CON. SAMP to start sampling.

1

2

– Sampling starts after discharge period. TSAMP is described in Section 16. “Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)”

(DS70183) in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual”.

– Software clears AD1CON. SAMP to start conversion.

– Sampling ends, conversion sequence starts.

– Convert bit 9.

3

4

5

6

7

8

– Convert bit 8.

– Convert bit 0.

– One TAD for end of conversion.

FIGURE 22-23:

ADC CONVERSION (10-BIT MODE) TIMING CHARACTERISTICS (CHPS<1:0> = 01,

SIMSAM = 0, ASAM = 1, SSRC<2:0> = 111, SAMC<4:0> = 00001)

AD50

ADCLK

Instruction

Execution

Set ADON

SAMP

AD1IF

TSAMP

AD55

DONE

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

3

4

5

6

8

– Convert bit 8.

– Convert bit 0.

– Software sets ADxCON. ADON to start AD operation.

4

5

1

2

– Sampling starts after discharge period. TSAMP is described in

Section 16. “Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC)” (DS70183)

in the “dsPIC33F/PIC24H Family Reference Manual”. Refer to

the Microchip web site for the latest family reference manual

sections.

– One TAD for end of conversion.

– Begin conversion of next channel.

6

7

8

– Convert bit 9.

– Sample for time specified by SAMC<4:0>.

3

DS70282E-page 228

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 22-42: ADC CONVERSION (10-BIT MODE) TIMING REQUIREMENTS

Standard Operating Conditions: 3.0V to 3.6V

(unless otherwise stated)

Operating temperature -40°C ≤TA ≤+85°C for Industrial

-40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C for Extended

AC CHARACTERISTICS

Param

Symbol

No.

Characteristic

Min.

Typ⁽¹⁾

Max.

Units

Conditions

Clock Parameters⁽²⁾

AD50 TAD

AD51 tRC

ADC Clock Period

76

—

ns

—

ADC Internal RC Oscillator Period

250

Conversion Rate

AD55 tCONV

AD56 FCNV

Conversion Time

Throughput Rate

—

12 TAD

—

1.1

—

Msps

—

AD57 TSAMP Sample Time

2.0 TAD

Timing Parameters

AD60 tPCS

Conversion Start from Sample

2.0 TAD

—

3.0 TAD

—

Auto-Convert Trigger

(SSRC<2:0> = 111) not

selected

Trigger⁽¹⁾

AD61 tPSS

AD62 tCSS

AD63 tDPU

Sample Start from Setting

Sample (SAMP) bit⁽¹⁾

2.0 TAD

—

0.5 TAD

—

3.0 TAD

—

μs

—

Conversion Completion to

Sample Start (ASAM = 1)⁽¹⁾

Time to Stabilize Analog Stage

from ADC Off to ADC On⁽¹⁾

—

20

Note 1: These parameters are characterized but not tested in manufacturing.

2: Because the sample caps will eventually lose charge, clock rates below 10 kHz can affect linearity

performance, especially at elevated temperatures.

DS70282E-page 229

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 230

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

23.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION

23.1 Package Marking Information

18-Lead PDIP

Example

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

YYWWNNN

PIC24HJ12GP

201-E/P

e3

0730235

28-Lead SPDIP

Example

PIC24HJ12GP

202-E/SP

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

e

3

YYWWNNN

0730235

18-Lead SOIC

Example

XXXXXXXXXXXX

PIC24HJ12

GP201-E/SO

e

3

0730235

YYWWNNN

28-Lead SOIC

Example

PIC24HJ12GP

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

e

3

202-E/SO

0730235

YYWWNNN

Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information

Y

Year code (last digit of calendar year)

YY

WW

NNN

Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)

Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)

Alphanumeric traceability code

Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn)

e

3

*

This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator (

can be found on the outer packaging for this package.

)

e3

Note: If the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it is carried over to the next

line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer-specific information.

DS70282E-page 231

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

23.1 Package Marking Information (Continued)

28-Lead SSOP

Example

XXXXXXXXXXXX

PIC24HJ12GP

202-E/SS

e

3

YYWWNNN

0730235

28-Lead QFN

Example

XXXXXXXX

YYWWNNN

24HJ12GP

202EML

0730235

e

3

Legend: XX...X Customer-specific information

Y

YY

WW

NNN

Year code (last digit of calendar year)

Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)

Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’)

Alphanumeric traceability code

Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn)

e

3

*

This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator (

can be found on the outer packaging for this package.

)

e

3

Note: If the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it is carried over to the next

line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer-specific information.

DS70282E-page 232

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

23.2

Package Details

18-Lead Plastic Dual In-Line (P) – 300 mil Body [PDIP]

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

N

NOTE 1

E1

2

3

1

D

E

A2

A

L

c

A1

b1

e

b

eB

Units

Dimension Limits

INCHES

NOM

18

.100 BSC

–

MIN

MAX

Number of Pins

Pitch

N

e

A

Top to Seating Plane

–

.210

.195

–

Molded Package Thickness

Base to Seating Plane

Shoulder to Shoulder Width

Molded Package Width

Overall Length

Tip to Seating Plane

Lead Thickness

Upper Lead Width

A2

A1

E

E1

D

L

c

b1

b

eB

.115

.015

.300

.240

.880

.115

.008

.045

.014

–

.130

–

.310

.250

.900

.130

.010

.060

.018

–

.325

.280

.920

.150

.014

.070

.022

.430

Lower Lead Width

Overall Row Spacing §

Notes:

1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.

2. § Significant Characteristic.

3. Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010" per side.

4. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.

BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.

Microchip Technology Drawing C04-007B

DS70282E-page 233

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

28-Lead Skinny Plastic Dual In-Line (SP) – 300 mil Body [SPDIP]

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

N

NOTE 1

E1

1

2 3

D

E

A2

A

L

c

b1

A1

b

e

eB

Units

Dimension Limits

INCHES

NOM

28

.100 BSC

–

MIN

MAX

Number of Pins

Pitch

N

e

A

Top to Seating Plane

–

.200

.150

–

Molded Package Thickness

Base to Seating Plane

Shoulder to Shoulder Width

Molded Package Width

Overall Length

Tip to Seating Plane

Lead Thickness

Upper Lead Width

A2

A1

E

E1

D

L

c

b1

b

eB

.120

.015

.290

.240

1.345

.110

.008

.040

.014

–

.135

–

.310

.285

1.365

.130

.010

.050

.018

–

.335

.295

1.400

.150

.015

.070

.022

.430

Lower Lead Width

Overall Row Spacing §

Notes:

1. Pin 1 visual index feature may vary, but must be located within the hatched area.

2. § Significant Characteristic.

3. Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed .010" per side.

4. Dimensioning and tolerancing per ASME Y14.5M.

BSC: Basic Dimension. Theoretically exact value shown without tolerances.

Microchip Technology Drawing C04-070B

DS70282E-page 234

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

DS70282E-page 235

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

DS70282E-page 236

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

DS70282E-page 237

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

DS70282E-page 238

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

DS70282E-page 239

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

DS70282E-page 240

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇꢎꢏꢐꢌꢑꢒꢇꢎꢓꢅꢉꢉꢇꢔꢕꢋꢉꢌꢑꢄꢇꢖꢎꢎꢗꢇMꢇꢘꢙꢚꢛꢇꢓꢓꢇꢜ ꢆ!ꢇ"ꢎꢎꢔꢈ#

$ ꢋꢄ% 2ꢋꢉꢅ&ꢍꢈꢅ'ꢋ!&ꢅꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢄ&ꢅꢐꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢈꢅ#ꢉꢆ*ꢃꢄꢓ!(ꢅꢐꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢅ!ꢈꢈꢅ&ꢍꢈꢅꢑꢃꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢃꢐꢅꢂꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢃꢄꢓꢅꢕꢐꢈꢌꢃ%ꢃꢌꢆ&ꢃꢋꢄꢅꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢅꢆ&ꢅ

ꢍ&&ꢐ144***ꢁ'ꢃꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢃꢐꢁꢌꢋ'4ꢐꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢃꢄꢓ

D

N

E

E1

1

2

b

NOTE 1

e

c

A2

A

φ

A1

L

L1

5ꢄꢃ&!

ꢑꢙ66ꢙꢑ+ꢗ+ꢘꢕ

ꢏꢃ'ꢈꢄ!ꢃꢋꢄꢅ6ꢃ'ꢃ&!

ꢑꢙ7

78ꢑ

ꢑꢔ9

7"')ꢈꢉꢅꢋ%ꢅꢂꢃꢄ!

ꢂꢃ&ꢌꢍ

7

ꢈ

ꢎ:

ꢒꢁꢚ.ꢅ/ꢕ0

8 ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢅ;ꢈꢃꢓꢍ&

ꢑꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢅꢂꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢈꢅꢗꢍꢃꢌ3ꢄꢈ!!

ꢕ&ꢆꢄ#ꢋ%%ꢅ

8 ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢅ=ꢃ#&ꢍ

ꢑꢋꢇ#ꢈ#ꢅꢂꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢈꢅ=ꢃ#&ꢍ

8 ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢅ6ꢈꢄꢓ&ꢍ

2ꢋꢋ&ꢅ6ꢈꢄꢓ&ꢍ

2ꢋꢋ&ꢐꢉꢃꢄ&

6ꢈꢆ#ꢅꢗꢍꢃꢌ3ꢄꢈ!!

2ꢋꢋ&ꢅꢔꢄꢓꢇꢈ

ꢔ

M

ꢀꢁꢛ.

M

ꢛꢁ:ꢒ

.ꢁ,ꢒ

ꢀꢒꢁꢎꢒ

ꢒꢁꢛ.

ꢀꢁꢎ.ꢅꢘ+2

M

ꢎꢁꢒꢒ

ꢀꢁ:.

M

:ꢁꢎꢒ

.ꢁꢚꢒ

ꢀꢒꢁ.ꢒ

ꢒꢁꢜ.

ꢔꢎ

ꢔꢀ

+

+ꢀ

ꢏ

6

6ꢀ

ꢌ

ꢀꢁꢚ.

ꢒꢁꢒ.

ꢛꢁꢖꢒ

.ꢁꢒꢒ

ꢜꢁꢜꢒ

ꢒꢁ..

ꢒꢁꢒꢜ

ꢒꢝ

ꢒꢁꢎ.

:ꢝ

ꢀ

ꢖꢝ

6ꢈꢆ#ꢅ=ꢃ#&ꢍ

)

ꢒꢁꢎꢎ

M

ꢒꢁ,:

$ ꢋꢄꢊ%

ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢀꢅ ꢃ!"ꢆꢇꢅꢃꢄ#ꢈ$ꢅ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢅ'ꢆꢊꢅ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢅ)"&ꢅ'"!&ꢅ)ꢈꢅꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢅ*ꢃ&ꢍꢃꢄꢅ&ꢍꢈꢅꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢅꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁ

ꢎꢁ ꢏꢃ'ꢈꢄ!ꢃꢋꢄ!ꢅꢏꢅꢆꢄ#ꢅ+ꢀꢅ#ꢋꢅꢄꢋ&ꢅꢃꢄꢌꢇ"#ꢈꢅ'ꢋꢇ#ꢅ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢅꢋꢉꢅꢐꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢃꢋꢄ!ꢁꢅꢑꢋꢇ#ꢅ%ꢇꢆ!ꢍꢅꢋꢉꢅꢐꢉꢋ&ꢉ"!ꢃꢋꢄ!ꢅ!ꢍꢆꢇꢇꢅꢄꢋ&ꢅꢈ$ꢌꢈꢈ#ꢅꢒꢁꢎꢒꢅ''ꢅꢐꢈꢉꢅ!ꢃ#ꢈꢁ

,ꢁ ꢏꢃ'ꢈꢄ!ꢃꢋꢄꢃꢄꢓꢅꢆꢄ#ꢅ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢄꢌꢃꢄꢓꢅꢐꢈꢉꢅꢔꢕꢑ+ꢅ-ꢀꢖꢁ.ꢑꢁ

/ꢕ01 /ꢆ!ꢃꢌꢅꢏꢃ'ꢈꢄ!ꢃꢋꢄꢁꢅꢗꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢃꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢅꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢅ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢅ!ꢍꢋ*ꢄꢅ*ꢃ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢅ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢄꢌꢈ!ꢁ

ꢘ+21 ꢘꢈ%ꢈꢉꢈꢄꢌꢈꢅꢏꢃ'ꢈꢄ!ꢃꢋꢄ(ꢅ"!"ꢆꢇꢇꢊꢅ*ꢃ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢅ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢄꢌꢈ(ꢅ%ꢋꢉꢅꢃꢄ%ꢋꢉ'ꢆ&ꢃꢋꢄꢅꢐ"ꢉꢐꢋ!ꢈ!ꢅꢋꢄꢇꢊꢁ

ꢑꢃꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢃꢐ ꢗꢈꢌꢍꢄꢋꢇꢋꢓꢊ ꢏꢉꢆ*ꢃꢄꢓ 0ꢒꢖꢞꢒꢛ,/

DS70282E-page 241

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at

http://www.microchip.com/packaging

DS70282E-page 242

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇ&ꢕꢅꢆꢇ'ꢉꢅꢋ(ꢇ$ ꢇꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢅꢍꢒꢅ)ꢄꢇꢖ*ꢃꢗꢇMꢇ+,+ꢇꢓꢓꢇꢜ ꢆ!ꢇ"&'$#

-ꢌꢋꢏꢇꢛꢙꢘꢘꢇꢓꢓꢇ. ꢑꢋꢅꢍꢋꢇꢃꢄꢑ)ꢋꢏ

$ ꢋꢄ% 2ꢋꢉꢅ&ꢍꢈꢅ'ꢋ!&ꢅꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢄ&ꢅꢐꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢈꢅ#ꢉꢆ*ꢃꢄꢓ!(ꢅꢐꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢅ!ꢈꢈꢅ&ꢍꢈꢅꢑꢃꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢃꢐꢅꢂꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢃꢄꢓꢅꢕꢐꢈꢌꢃ%ꢃꢌꢆ&ꢃꢋꢄꢅꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢅꢆ&ꢅ

ꢍ&&ꢐ144***ꢁ'ꢃꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢃꢐꢁꢌꢋ'4ꢐꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢃꢄꢓ

D

D2

EXPOSED

PAD

e

E

b

E2

2

1

2

1

K

N

NOTE 1

L

BOTTOM VIEW

TOP VIEW

A

A3

A1

5ꢄꢃ&!

ꢏꢃ'ꢈꢄ!ꢃꢋꢄꢅ6ꢃ'ꢃ&!

ꢑꢙ66ꢙꢑ+ꢗ+ꢘꢕ

78ꢑ

ꢑꢙ7

ꢑꢔ9

7"')ꢈꢉꢅꢋ%ꢅꢂꢃꢄ!

ꢂꢃ&ꢌꢍ

8 ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢅ;ꢈꢃꢓꢍ&

ꢕ&ꢆꢄ#ꢋ%%ꢅ

0ꢋꢄ&ꢆꢌ&ꢅꢗꢍꢃꢌ3ꢄꢈ!!

8 ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢅ=ꢃ#&ꢍ

+$ꢐꢋ!ꢈ#ꢅꢂꢆ#ꢅ=ꢃ#&ꢍ

8 ꢈꢉꢆꢇꢇꢅ6ꢈꢄꢓ&ꢍ

+$ꢐꢋ!ꢈ#ꢅꢂꢆ#ꢅ6ꢈꢄꢓ&ꢍ

0ꢋꢄ&ꢆꢌ&ꢅ=ꢃ#&ꢍ

0ꢋꢄ&ꢆꢌ&ꢅ6ꢈꢄꢓ&ꢍ

0ꢋꢄ&ꢆꢌ&ꢞ&ꢋꢞ+$ꢐꢋ!ꢈ#ꢅꢂꢆ#

7

ꢈ

ꢔ

ꢔꢀ

ꢔ,

+

+ꢎ

ꢏ

ꢎ:

ꢒꢁꢚ.ꢅ/ꢕ0

ꢒꢁꢜꢒ

ꢒꢁ:ꢒ

ꢒꢁꢒꢒ

ꢀꢁꢒꢒ

ꢒꢁꢒ.

ꢒꢁꢒꢎ

ꢒꢁꢎꢒꢅꢘ+2

ꢚꢁꢒꢒꢅ/ꢕ0

,ꢁꢛꢒ

ꢚꢁꢒꢒꢅ/ꢕ0

,ꢁꢛꢒ

ꢒꢁ,ꢒ

ꢒꢁ..

M

,ꢁꢚ.

ꢖꢁꢎꢒ

ꢏꢎ

)

6

,ꢁꢚ.

ꢒꢁꢎ,

ꢒꢁ.ꢒ

ꢒꢁꢎꢒ

ꢖꢁꢎꢒ

ꢒꢁ,.

ꢒꢁꢛꢒ

M

?

$ ꢋꢄꢊ%

ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢀꢅ ꢃ!"ꢆꢇꢅꢃꢄ#ꢈ$ꢅ%ꢈꢆ&"ꢉꢈꢅ'ꢆꢊꢅ ꢆꢉꢊ(ꢅ)"&ꢅ'"!&ꢅ)ꢈꢅꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢅ*ꢃ&ꢍꢃꢄꢅ&ꢍꢈꢅꢍꢆ&ꢌꢍꢈ#ꢅꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁ

ꢎꢁ ꢂꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢈꢅꢃ!ꢅ!ꢆ*ꢅ!ꢃꢄꢓ"ꢇꢆ&ꢈ#ꢁ

,ꢁ ꢏꢃ'ꢈꢄ!ꢃꢋꢄꢃꢄꢓꢅꢆꢄ#ꢅ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢄꢌꢃꢄꢓꢅꢐꢈꢉꢅꢔꢕꢑ+ꢅ-ꢀꢖꢁ.ꢑꢁ

/ꢕ01 /ꢆ!ꢃꢌꢅꢏꢃ'ꢈꢄ!ꢃꢋꢄꢁꢅꢗꢍꢈꢋꢉꢈ&ꢃꢌꢆꢇꢇꢊꢅꢈ$ꢆꢌ&ꢅ ꢆꢇ"ꢈꢅ!ꢍꢋ*ꢄꢅ*ꢃ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢅ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢄꢌꢈ!ꢁ

ꢘ+21 ꢘꢈ%ꢈꢉꢈꢄꢌꢈꢅꢏꢃ'ꢈꢄ!ꢃꢋꢄ(ꢅ"!"ꢆꢇꢇꢊꢅ*ꢃ&ꢍꢋ"&ꢅ&ꢋꢇꢈꢉꢆꢄꢌꢈ(ꢅ%ꢋꢉꢅꢃꢄ%ꢋꢉ'ꢆ&ꢃꢋꢄꢅꢐ"ꢉꢐꢋ!ꢈ!ꢅꢋꢄꢇꢊꢁ

ꢑꢃꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢃꢐ ꢗꢈꢌꢍꢄꢋꢇꢋꢓꢊ ꢏꢉꢆ*ꢃꢄꢓ 0ꢒꢖꢞꢀꢒ./

DS70282E-page 243

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢅꢊꢋꢌꢍꢇ&ꢕꢅꢆꢇ'ꢉꢅꢋ(ꢇ$ ꢇꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢅꢍꢒꢅ)ꢄꢇꢖ*ꢃꢗꢇMꢇ+,+ꢇꢓꢓꢇꢜ ꢆ!ꢇ"&'$#

-ꢌꢋꢏꢇꢛꢙꢘꢘꢇꢓꢓꢇ. ꢑꢋꢅꢍꢋꢇꢃꢄꢑ)ꢋꢏ

$ ꢋꢄ% 2ꢋꢉꢅ&ꢍꢈꢅ'ꢋ!&ꢅꢌ"ꢉꢉꢈꢄ&ꢅꢐꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢈꢅ#ꢉꢆ*ꢃꢄꢓ!(ꢅꢐꢇꢈꢆ!ꢈꢅ!ꢈꢈꢅ&ꢍꢈꢅꢑꢃꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢃꢐꢅꢂꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢃꢄꢓꢅꢕꢐꢈꢌꢃ%ꢃꢌꢆ&ꢃꢋꢄꢅꢇꢋꢌꢆ&ꢈ#ꢅꢆ&ꢅ

ꢍ&&ꢐ144***ꢁ'ꢃꢌꢉꢋꢌꢍꢃꢐꢁꢌꢋ'4ꢐꢆꢌ3ꢆꢓꢃꢄꢓ

DS70282E-page 244

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

- Added new parameters for +40°C and

updated Typical and Max values for most

parameters (see Table 21-7)

APPENDIX A: REVISION HISTORY

Revision A (February 2007)

This is the initial released version of this document.

Revision B (May 2007)

- Added new parameters for +40°C and

updated Typical and Max values for most

parameters (see Table 21-8)

This revision includes the following corrections and

updates:

- Updated parameter DI51, added parameter

DI51a (see Table 21-9)

• Minor typographical and formatting corrections

throughout the data sheet text.

- Added Note 1 (see Table 21-11)

- Updated parameter OS30 (see Table 21-16)

- Updated parameter OS52 (see Table 21-17)

• New content:

- Addition of bullet item (16-word conversion

result buffer) (see Section 17.1 “Key

Features”)

- Updated parameter F20, added Note 2 (see

Table 21-18)

- Updated parameter TA15 (see Table 21-22)

- Updated parameter TB15 (see Table 21-23)

- Updated parameter TC15 (see Table 21-24)

• Figure update:

- Oscillator System Diagram (see Figure 7-1)

- WDT Block Diagram (see Figure 18-2)

• Equation update:

- Updated parameters AD05, AD06, AD07,

AD08, AD10, and AD11; added parameters

AD05a and AD06a; added Note 2; modified

ADC Accuracy headings to include

- Serial Clock Rate (see Equation 15-1)

• Register updates:

measurement information (see Table 21-34)

- Clock Divisor Register (see Register 7-2)

- Separated the ADC Module Specification

table in to three tables (see Table 21-34,

Table 21-35, and Table 21-36)

- PLL Feedback Divisor Register (see

Register 7-3)

- Peripheral Pin Select Input Registers (see

Register 9-1 through Register 9-9)

- Updated parameter AD50 (see Table 21-37)

- Updated parameters AD50 and AD57 (see

Table 21-38)

- ADC1 Input Channel 1, 2, 3 Select Register

(see Register 17-4)

- ADC1 Input Channel 0 Select Register (see

Register 17-5)

• Table updates:

- CNEN2 (see Table 3-2 and Table 3-3)

- Reset Flag Bit Operation (see Table 5-1)

- Configuration Bit Values for Clock Operation

(see Table 7-1)

• Operation value update:

- IOLOCK set/clear operation (see

Section 9.4.3.1 “Control Register Lock”)

• The following tables in Section 21.0 “Electrical

Characteristics” have been updated with

preliminary values:

- Updated Max MIPS for -40°C to +125°C

Temp Range (see Table 21-1)

- Added new parameters for +40°C and

updated Typical and Max values for most

parameters (see Table 21-5)

- Added new parameters for +40°C and

updated Typical and Max values for most

parameters (see Table 21-6)

DS70282E-page 245

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Revision C (May 2008)

This revision includes minor typographical and

formatting changes throughout the data sheet text.

The major changes are referenced by their respective

section in the following table.

TABLE 23-1: MAJOR SECTION UPDATES

Section Name

Update Description

“High-Performance, 16-Bit

Digital Signal Controllers”

Added SSOP to list of available 28-pin packages (see “Packaging:” and Table 1).

Added External Interrupts column to Remappable Peripherals in the Controller

Families table and Note 2 (see Table 1).

Added Note 1 to all pin diagrams, which references RPn pin usage by remappable

peripherals (see “Pin Diagrams”).

Section 1.0 “Device

Overview”

Changed Capture Input pin names from IC0-IC1 to IC1-IC2 and updated description

for AVDD (see Table 1-1).

Section 3.0 “Memory

Organization”

Updated Reset values for the following SFRs: IPC0, IPC2-IPC7, IPC16, and

INTTREG (see Table 3-4).

The following changes were made to the ADC1 Register Maps:

• Updated the bit range for AD1CON3 from ADCS<5:0> to ADCS<7:0>)

(see Table 3-14 and Table 3-15).

• Added Bit 6 (PCFG7) and Bit 7 (PCFG6) names to AD1PCFGL (Table 3-14).

• Added Bit 6 (CSS7) and Bit 7 (CSS6) names to AD1CSSL (see Table 3-14).

• Changed Bit 5 and Bit 4 in AD1CSSL to unimplemented (see Table 3-14).

Updated the Reset value for CLKDIV in the System Control Register Map

(see Table 3-19).

Section 4.0 “Flash Program

Memory”

Updated Section 4.3 “Programming Operations” with programming time formula.

Section 5.0 “Resets”

Entire section was replaced to maintain consistency with other PIC24H data sheets.

Section 7.0 “Oscillator

Configuration”

Removed the first sentence of the third clock source item (External Clock) in

Section 7.1.1.2 “Primary”

Updated the default bit values for DOZE and FRCDIV in the Clock Divisor Register

(see Register 7-2).

Added the center frequency in the OSCTUN register for the FRC Tuning bits

(TUN<5:0>) value 011111and updated the center frequency for bits value 011110

(see Register 7-4)

Section 8.0 “Power-Saving

Features”

Added the following two registers:

• PMD1: Peripheral Module Disable Control Register 1

• PMD2: Peripheral Module Disable Control Register 2

Section 9.0 “I/O Ports”

Added paragraph and Table 9-1 to Section 9.1.1 “Open-Drain Configuration”,

which provides details on I/O pins and their functionality.

Removed the following sections, which are now available in the related section of

the “PIC24H Family Reference Manual”:

• 9.4.2 “Available Peripherals”

• 9.4.3.3 “Mapping”

• 9.4.5 “Considerations for Peripheral Pin Selection”

Section 13.0 “Output

Compare”

Replaced sections 13.1, 13.2, and 13.3 and related figures and tables with entirely

new content.

DS70282E-page 246

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 23-1: MAJOR SECTION UPDATES

Section Name

Update Description

Section 14.0 “Serial

Removed the following sections, which are now available in the related section of

Peripheral Interface (SPI)”

the “PIC24H Family Reference Manual”:

• 14.1 “Interrupts”

• 14.2 “Receive Operations”

• 14.3 “Transmit Operations”

• 14.4 “SPI Setup” (retained Figure 14-1: SPI Module Block Diagram)

Section 15.0“Inter-Integrated Removed the following sections, which are now available in the related section of

Circuit™ (I²C)”

the “PIC24H Family Reference Manual”:

• 15.3 “I²C Interrupts”

• 15.4 “Baud Rate Generator” (retained Figure 15-1: I²C Block Diagram)

• 15.5 “I²C Module Addresses

• 15.6 “Slave Address Masking”

• 15.7 “IPMI Support”

• 15.8 “General Call Address Support”

• 15.9 “Automatic Clock Stretch”

• 15.10 “Software Controlled Clock Stretching (STREN = 1)”

• 15.11 “Slope Control”

• 15.12 “Clock Arbitration”

• 15.13 “Multi-Master Communication, Bus Collision, and Bus Arbitration

• 15.14 “Peripheral Pin Select Limitations

Section 16.0 “Universal

Asynchronous Receiver

Transmitter (UART)”

Removed the following sections, which are now available in the related section of

the “PIC24H Family Reference Manual”:

• 16.1 “UART Baud Rate Generator”

• 16.2 “Transmitting in 8-bit Data Mode

• 16.3 “Transmitting in 9-bit Data Mode

• 16.4 “Break and Sync Transmit Sequence”

• 16.5 “Receiving in 8-bit or 9-bit Data Mode”

• 16.6 “Flow Control Using UxCTS and UxRTS Pins”

• 16.7 “Infrared Support”

Removed IrDA references and Note 1, and updated the bit and bit value

descriptions for UTXINV (UxSTA<14>) in the UARTx Status and Control Register

(see Register 16-2).

DS70282E-page 247

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 23-1: MAJOR SECTION UPDATES

Section Name

Update Description

Section 17.0 “10-bit/12-bit

Analog-to-Digital Converter

(ADC)”

Updated ADC Conversion Clock Select bits in the AD1CON3 register from

ADCS<5:0> to ADCS<7:0>. Any references to these bits have also been updated

throughout this data sheet (Register 17-3).

Replaced Figure 17-1 (ADC1 Module Block Diagram for PIC24HJ12GP201) and

added Figure 17-2 (ADC1 Block Diagram for PIC24HJ12GP202).

Removed Equation 17-1: ADC Conversion Clock Period and Figure 17-2: ADC

Transfer Function (10-Bit Example).

Added Note 2 to Figure 17-2: ADC Conversion Clock Period Block Diagram.

Updated ADC1 Input Channel 1, 2, 3 Select Register (see Register 17-4) as follows:

• Changed bit 10-9 (CH123NB - PIC24HJ12GP201 devices only) description for

bit value of 10(if AD12B = 0).

• Updated bit 8 (CH123SB) to reflect device-specific information.

• Updated bit 0 (CH123SA) to reflect device-specific information.

• Changed bit 2-1 (CH123NA - PIC24HJ12GP201 devices only) description for

bit value of 10(if AD12B = 0).

Updated ADC1 Input Channel 0 Select Register (see Register 17-5) as follows:

• Changed bit value descriptions for bits 12-8

• Changed bit value descriptions for bits 4-0 (PIC24HJ12GP201 devices)

Modified Notes 1 and 2 in the ADC1 Input Scan Select Register Low

(see Register 17-6)

Modified Notes 1 and 2 in the ADC1 Port Configuration Register Low

(see Register 17-7)

Section 18.0 “Special

Features”

Added FICD register information for address 0xF8000E in the Device Configuration

Register Map (see Table 18-1).

Added FICD register content (BKBUG, COE, JTAGEN, and ICS<1:0> to the

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 Configuration Bits Description (see Table 18-2).

Added a note regarding the placement of low-ESR capacitors, after the second

paragraph of Section 18.2 “On-Chip Voltage Regulator” and to Figure 18-1.

Removed the words “if enabled” from the second sentence in the fifth paragraph of

Section 18.3 “BOR: Brown-out Reset”

DS70282E-page 248

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 23-1: MAJOR SECTION UPDATES

Section Name

Update Description

Section 21.0 “Electrical

Characteristics”

Updated Max MIPS value for -40ºC to +125ºC temperature range in Operating

MIPS vs. Voltage (see Table 21-1).

Added 28-pin SSOP package information to Thermal Packaging Characteristics

and updated Typical values for all devices (see Table 21-3).

Removed Typ value for parameter DC12 (see Table 21-4).

Updated Note 2 in Table 21-7: DC Characteristics: Power-Down Current (IPD).

Updated MIPS conditions for parameters DC24c, DC44c, DC72a, DC72f, and

DC72g (see Table 21-5, Table 21-6, and Table 21-8).

Added Note 4 (reference to new table containing digital-only and analog pin

information to I/O Pin Input Specifications (see Table 21-9).

Updated Program Memory parameters (D136a, D136b, D137a, D137b, D138a, and

D138b) and added Note 2 (see Table 21-12).

Updated Max value for Internal RC Accuracy parameter F21 for -40°C ≤TA ≤+125°C

condition and added Note 2 (see Table 21-19).

Removed all values for Reset, Watchdog Timer, Oscillator Start-up Timer, and

Power-up Timer parameter SY20 and updated conditions, which now refers to

Section 18.4 “Watchdog Timer (WDT)” and LPRC parameter F21

(see Table 21-21).

Updated Min value for Input Capture Timing Requirements parameter IC15

(see Table 21-25).

The following changes were made to the ADC Module Specifications (Table 21-34):

• Updated Min value for ADC Module Specification parameter AD07.

• Updated Typ value for parameter AD08

• Added references to Note 1 for parameters AD12 and AD13

• Removed Note 2.

The following changes were made to the ADC Module Specifications (12-bit Mode)

(Table 21-35):

• Updated Min and Max values for both AD21a parameters (measurements with

internal and external VREF+/VREF-).

• Updated Min, Typ, and Max values for parameter AD24a.

• Updated Max value for parameter AD32a.

• Removed Note 1.

• Removed VREFL from Conditions for parameters AD21a, AD22a, AD23a, and

AD24a (measurements with internal VREF+/VREF-).

The following changes were made to the ADC Module Specifications (10-bit Mode)

(Table 21-36):

• Updated Min and Max values for parameter AD21b (measurements with

external VREF+/VREF-).

• Removed ± symbol from Min, Typ, and Max values for parameters AD23b and

AD24b (measurements with internal VREF+/VREF-).

• Updated Typ and Max values for parameter AD32b.

• Removed Note 1.

• Removed VREFL from Conditions for parameters AD21a, AD22a, AD23a, and

AD24a (measurements with internal VREF+/VREF-).

Updated Min and Typ values for parameters AD60, AD61, AD62, and AD63 and

removed Note 3 (see Table 21-37 and Table 21-38).

DS70282E-page 249

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 23-1: MAJOR SECTION UPDATES

Section Name

Update Description

Section 22.0 “Packaging

Information”

Added 28-lead SSOP package marking information.

“Product Identification

System”

Added Plastic Shrink Small Outline (SSOP) package information.

DS70282E-page 250

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Revision D (June 2009)

This revision includes minor typographical and

formatting changes throughout the data sheet text.

Global changes include:

• Changed all instances of OSCI to OSC1 and

OSCO to OSC2

• Changed all instances of PGCx/EMUCx and

PGDx/EMUDx (where x = 1, 2, or 3) to PGECx

and PGEDx

Changed all instances of VDDCORE and VDDCORE/VCAP

to VCAP/VDDCORE

All other major changes are referenced by their

respective section in the following table.

TABLE 23-2: MAJOR SECTION UPDATES

Section Name

Update Description

“High-Performance, 16-Bit

Microcontrollers”

Added Note 2 to the 28-Pin QFN-S and 44-Pin QFN pin diagrams,

which references pin connections to VSS.

Section 2.0 “Guidelines for Getting

Started with 16-bit Microcontrollers”

Added new section to the data sheet that provides guidelines on getting

started with 16-bit Digital Signal Controllers.

Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration”

Updated the Oscillator System Diagram (see Figure 8-1).

Added Note 1 to the Oscillator Tuning (OSCTUN) register (see

Register 8-4).

Section 10.0 “I/O Ports”

Removed Table 10-1 and added reference to pin diagrams for I/O pin

availability and functionality.

Section 15.0 “Serial Peripheral Interface Added Note 2 to the SPIx Control Register 1 (see Register 15-2).

(SPI)”

Section 17.0 “Universal Asynchronous

Receiver Transmitter (UART)”

Updated the UTXINV bit settings in the UxSTA register and added Note

1 (see Register 17-2).

Section 22.0 “Electrical Characteristics” Updated the Min value for parameter DC12 (RAM Retention Voltage)

and added Note 4 to the DC Temperature and Voltage Specifications

(see Table 22-4).

Updated the Min value for parameter DI35 (see Table 22-20).

Updated AD08 and added reference to Note 2 for parameters AD05a,

AD06a, and AD08a (see Table 22-34).

DS70282E-page 251

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Revision E (July 2011)

This revision includes formatting changes and minor

typographical throughout the data sheet text.

Global changes include:

• Removed Preliminary marking from the footer

• Updated all family reference manual information

in the note boxes located at the beginning of most

chapters

• Changed all instances of VCAP/VDDCORE to VCAP

All other major changes are referenced by their

respective section in the following table.

TABLE 23-3: MAJOR SECTION UPDATES

Section Name

Update Description

Section 2.0 “Guidelines for Getting

Started with 16-bit Microcontrollers”

Changed the title of section 2.3 to Section 2.3 “CPU Logic Filter

Capacitor Connection (VCAP)”.

Updated the second paragraph in Section 2.9 “Unused I/Os”.

Section 4.0 “Memory Organization”

Section 8.0 “Oscillator Configuration”

Revised the data memory implementation value in the third paragraph

of Section 4.2 “Data Address Space”.

Updated the All Resets values for TMR1, TMR2, and TMR3 in the

Timer Register Map (see Table 4-5).

Added Note 3 to the Oscillator Control Register (see Register 8-1).

Added Note 2 to the Clock Divisor Register (see Register 8-2).

Added Note 1 to the PLL Feedback Divisor Register (see Register 8-3).

Added Note 2 to the FRC Oscillator Tuning Register (see Register 8-4).

Section 10.0 “I/O Ports”

Revised the second paragraph in Section 10.1.1 “Open-Drain

Configuration”.

Section 14.0 “Output Compare”

Updated the Output Compare Module Block Diagram (see Figure 14-1).

Section 17.0 “Universal Asynchronous

Receiver Transmitter (UART)”

Revised the UART module Baud Rate features, replacing both items

with “Baud rates ranging from 10 Mbps to 38 bps at 40 MIPS”.

Section 19.0 “Special Features”

Revised all paragraphs in Section 19.1 “Configuration Bits”.

Updated the Device Configuration Register Map (see Table 19-1).

Added the RTSP Effect column in the Configuration Bits Description

(see Table 19-2).

DS70282E-page 252

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

TABLE 23-3: MAJOR SECTION UPDATES (CONTINUED)

Section Name

Update Description

Section 22.0 “Electrical Characteristics” Updated the following Absolute Maximum Ratings:

• Storage temperature

• Voltage on any pin that is not 5V tolerant with respect to VSS

• Voltage on any 5V tolerant pin with respect to VSS when VDD ≥ 3.0V

• Voltage on any 5V tolerant pin with respect to VSS when VDD < 3.0V

• Added Note 4

Revised parameters DI18, DI19, DI50, and DI51, added parameters

DI21, DI25, DI26, DI27, DI28, DI29, DI60a, DI60b, and DI60c, and

added Notes 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9 to the I/O Pin Input Specifications (see

Table 22-9).

Removed Note 2 from the AC Characteristics: Internal RC Accuracy

(see Table 22-18).

Updated the maximum value for parameter OC15 and the minimum

value for parameter OC20 in the Simple OC/PWM Mode Timing

Requirements (see Table 22-27).

Updated all SPI specifications (see Table 22-28 through Table 22-35

and Figure 22-9 through Figure 22-16).

Updated the minimum values for parameters AD05 and AD07, and the

maximum value for parameter AD06 in the ADC Module Specifications

(see Table 22-38).

Added Note 4 regarding injection currents to the ADC Module

Specifications (12-bit mode) (see Table 22-39).

Added Note 4 regarding injection currents to the ADC Module

Specifications (10-bit mode) (see Table 22-40).

DS70282E-page 253

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 254

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

INDEX

Memory Map for PIC24HJ12GP201/202 Devices with 1

KB RAM.............................................................. 28

A

AC Characteristics ............................................................ 198

Internal RC Accuracy................................................ 200

Load Conditions........................................................ 198

ADC

Initialization ............................................................... 153

Key Features............................................................. 153

ADC Module

ADC1 Register Map for PIC24HJ12GP201 ................ 35

ADC1 Register Map for PIC24HJ12GP202 ................ 36

Alternate Interrupt Vector Table (AIVT) .............................. 59

Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC).................................... 153

Arithmetic Logic Unit (ALU)................................................. 24

Assembler

Near Data Space........................................................ 27

Software Stack ........................................................... 39

Width .......................................................................... 27

DC Characteristics............................................................ 188

I/O Pin Input Specifications ...................................... 193

I/O Pin Output Specifications.................................... 196

Idle Current (IDOZE) .................................................. 192

Idle Current (IIDLE).................................................... 191

Operating Current (IDD) ............................................ 190

Power-Down Current (IPD)........................................ 192

Program Memory...................................................... 197

Temperature and Voltage Specifications.................. 189

Development Support....................................................... 183

Doze Mode ......................................................................... 98

MPASM Assembler................................................... 184

B

E

Block Diagrams

Electrical Characteristics .................................................. 187

AC............................................................................. 198

Equations

Device Operating Frequency...................................... 88

Errata.................................................................................... 8

16-bit Timer1 Module................................................ 119

Connections for On-Chip Voltage Regulator............. 170

Input Capture ............................................................ 127

Output Compare ....................................................... 129

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 ............................................... 10

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 CPU Core.............................. 20

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 Oscillator System Diagram.... 87

PIC24HJ12GP201/202 PLL........................................ 89

PLL.............................................................................. 89

Reset System.............................................................. 51

Shared Port Structure ............................................... 101

SPI ............................................................................ 133

Timer2 (16-bit) .......................................................... 123

Timer2/3 (32-bit) ....................................................... 122

UART ........................................................................ 147

Watchdog Timer (WDT)............................................ 171

F

Fail-Safe Clock Monitor ...................................................... 95

Flash Program Memory ...................................................... 45

Control Registers........................................................ 46

Operations.................................................................. 46

Programming Algorithm.............................................. 49

RTSP Operation ......................................................... 46

Table Instructions ....................................................... 45

Flexible Configuration....................................................... 167

I

I/O Ports ........................................................................... 101

Parallel I/O (PIO) ...................................................... 101

Write/Read Timing.................................................... 102

I²C

Addresses................................................................. 141

Operating Modes...................................................... 139

Registers .................................................................. 139

I²C Module

C

C Compilers

MPLAB C18 .............................................................. 184

Clock Switching................................................................... 95

Enabling...................................................................... 95

Sequence.................................................................... 95

Code Examples

Erasing a Program Memory Page............................... 49

Initiating a Programming Sequence............................ 50

Loading Write Buffers ................................................. 50

Port Write/Read ........................................................ 102

PWRSAV Instruction Syntax....................................... 97

Code Protection ........................................................ 167, 172

Configuration Bits.............................................................. 167

Description (Table).................................................... 168

Configuration Register Map .............................................. 167

Configuring Analog Port Pins............................................ 102

CPU

Control Register.......................................................... 22

CPU Clocking System......................................................... 88

Options........................................................................ 88

Selection ..................................................................... 88

Customer Change Notification Service............................. 259

Customer Notification Service........................................... 259

Customer Support............................................................. 259

I2C1 Register Map...................................................... 33

In-Circuit Debugger........................................................... 173

In-Circuit Emulation .......................................................... 167

In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP)....................... 167, 173

Input Capture.................................................................... 127

Registers .................................................................. 128

Input Change Notification ................................................. 102

Instruction Addressing Modes ............................................ 39

File Register Instructions............................................ 39

Fundamental Modes Supported ................................. 40

MCU Instructions........................................................ 39

Move and Accumulator Instructions ........................... 40

Other Instructions ....................................................... 40

Instruction Set

Overview................................................................... 177

Summary .................................................................. 175

Instruction-Based Power-Saving Modes............................. 97

Idle.............................................................................. 98

Sleep .......................................................................... 97

Interfacing Program and Data Memory Spaces.................. 41

Internal RC Oscillator

D

Data Address Space........................................................... 27

Alignment.................................................................... 27

DS70282E-page 255

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Use with WDT...........................................................171

Internet Address................................................................259

Interrupt Control and Status Registers................................63

IECx ............................................................................63

IFSx.............................................................................63

INTCON1 ....................................................................63

INTCON2 ....................................................................63

IPCx ............................................................................63

Interrupt Setup Procedures.................................................85

Initialization .................................................................85

Interrupt Disable..........................................................85

Interrupt Service Routine ............................................85

Trap Service Routine ..................................................85

Interrupt Vector Table (IVT) ................................................59

Interrupts Coincident with Power Save Instructions............98

Memory Map for PIC24HJ12GP201/202.................... 25

Table Read Instructions

TBLRDH ............................................................. 43

TBLRDL.............................................................. 43

Visibility Operation...................................................... 44

Program Memory

Interrupt Vector........................................................... 26

Organization ............................................................... 26

Reset Vector............................................................... 26

R

Reader Response............................................................. 260

Registers

AD1CHS0 (ADC1 Input Channel 0 Select................ 164

AD1CHS123 (ADC1 Input Channel 1, 2, 3 Select)... 161

AD1CON1 (ADC1 Control 1) .................................... 157

AD1CON2 (ADC1 Control 2) .................................... 159

AD1CON3 (ADC1 Control 3) .................................... 160

AD1CSSL (ADC1 Input Scan Select Low)................ 166

AD1PCFGL (ADC1 Port Configuration Low) ............ 166

CLKDIV (Clock Divisor) .............................................. 92

CORCON (Core Control)...................................... 23, 65

I2CxCON (I2Cx Control)........................................... 141

I2CxMSK (I2Cx Slave Mode Address Mask)............ 145

I2CxSTAT (I2Cx Status) ........................................... 143

ICxCON (Input Capture x Control)............................ 128

IEC0 (Interrupt Enable Control 0)............................... 72

IEC1 (Interrupt Enable Control 0)............................... 74

IEC4 (Interrupt Enable Control 0)............................... 75

IFS0 (Interrupt Flag Status 0) ..................................... 68

IFS1 (Interrupt Flag Status 1) ..................................... 70

IFS4 (Interrupt Flag Status 4) ..................................... 71

INTCON1 (Interrupt Control 1).................................... 66

INTCON2 (Interrupt Control 2).................................... 67

INTTREG Interrupt Control and Status Register ........ 84

IPC0 (Interrupt Priority Control 0) ............................... 76

IPC1 (Interrupt Priority Control 1) ............................... 77

IPC16 (Interrupt Priority Control 16) ........................... 83

IPC2 (Interrupt Priority Control 2) ............................... 78

IPC3 (Interrupt Priority Control 3) ............................... 79

IPC4 (Interrupt Priority Control 4) ............................... 80

IPC5 (Interrupt Priority Control 5) ............................... 81

IPC7 (Interrupt Priority Control 7) ............................... 82

NVMCON (Flash Memory Control)............................. 47

NVMKEY (Nonvolatile Memory Key) .......................... 48

OCxCON (Output Compare x Control) ..................... 131

OSCCON (Oscillator Control)..................................... 90

OSCTUN (FRC Oscillator Tuning).............................. 94

PLLFBD (PLL Feedback Divisor)................................ 93

PMD1 (Peripheral Module Disable Control Register 1) ..

99

J

JTAG Boundary Scan Interface ........................................167

JTAG Interface..................................................................172

M

Memory Organization..........................................................25

Microchip Internet Web Site..............................................259

MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian ...................184

MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software ..183

MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer.....................................186

MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System.................185

MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ................184

Multi-Bit Data Shifter ...........................................................24

N

NVM Module

Register Map...............................................................38

O

Open-Drain Configuration .................................................102

Oscillator Configuration.......................................................87

Output Compare................................................................129

Registers...................................................................131

P

Packaging .........................................................................231

Details.......................................................................233

Marking .............................................................231, 232

Peripheral Module Disable (PMD).......................................98

Peripheral Pin Select Module

Input Register Map......................................................34

Output Register Map for PIC24HJ12GP202...............34

Pinout I/O Descriptions (table) ............................................11

PMD Module

Register Map...............................................................38

PORTA

Register Map...............................................................37

PORTB

PMD2 (Peripheral Module Disable Control Register 2) ..

100

RCON (Reset Control)................................................ 52

SPIxCON1 (SPIx Control 1)...................................... 135

SPIxCON2 (SPIx Control 2)...................................... 137

SPIxSTAT (SPIx Status and Control) ....................... 134

SR (CPU Status)................................................... 22, 64

T1CON (Timer1 Control) .......................................... 120

T2CON Control......................................................... 124

T3CON Control......................................................... 125

UxMODE (UARTx Mode).......................................... 148

UxSTA (UARTx Status and Control)......................... 150

Reset

Register Map for PIC24HJ12GP201...........................37

Register Map for PIC24HJ12GP202...........................37

Power-on Reset (POR) .......................................................56

Power-Saving Features.......................................................97

Clock Frequency and Switching..................................97

Program Address Space.....................................................25

Construction................................................................41

Data Access from Program Memory Using Program

Space Visibility....................................................44

Data Access from Program Memory Using Table Instruc-

tions ....................................................................43

Data Access from, Address Generation......................42

Illegal Opcode....................................................... 51, 57

Trap Conflict ............................................................... 57

DS70282E-page 256

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

Uninitialized W Register.................................. 51, 57, 58

Reset Sequence ................................................................. 59

Resets................................................................................. 51

Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) ... 147

Using the RCON Status Bits............................................... 58

V

S

Voltage Regulator (On-Chip) ............................................ 170

Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) ....................................... 133

Software Reset Instruction (SWR)...................................... 57

Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM)..................................... 185

Software Stack Pointer, Frame Pointer

CALL Stack Frame...................................................... 39

Special Features of the CPU ............................................ 167

Special MCU Features........................................................ 19

SPI Module

W

Watchdog Time-out Reset (WDTR).................................... 57

Watchdog Timer (WDT)............................................ 167, 171

Programming Considerations................................... 171

WWW Address ................................................................. 259

WWW, On-Line Support ....................................................... 8

SPI1 Register Map...................................................... 33

Symbols Used in Opcode Descriptions............................. 176

System Control

Register Map............................................................... 38

T

Temperature and Voltage Specifications

AC............................................................................. 198

Timer1............................................................................... 119

Timer2/3............................................................................ 121

Timing Characteristics

CLKO and I/O ........................................................... 201

Timing Diagrams

10-bit A/D Conversion............................................... 228

10-bit A/D Conversion (CHPS = 01, SIMSAM = 0, ASAM

= 0, SSRC = 000) ............................................. 228

12-bit A/D Conversion (ASAM = 0, SSRC = 000)..... 227

Brown-out Situations................................................... 56

External Clock........................................................... 199

I2Cx Bus Data (Master Mode) .................................. 220

I2Cx Bus Data (Slave Mode) .................................... 222

I2Cx Bus Start/Stop Bits (Master Mode)................... 220

I2Cx Bus Start/Stop Bits (Slave Mode)..................... 222

Input Capture (CAPx)................................................ 206

OC/PWM................................................................... 207

Output Compare (OCx)............................................. 206

Reset, Watchdog Timer, Oscillator Start-up Timer and

Power-up Timer ................................................ 202

Timer1, 2 and 3 External Clock................................. 204

Timing Requirements

CLKO and I/O ........................................................... 201

DCI AC-Link Mode.................................................... 224

DCI Multi-Channel, I²S Modes.................................. 224

External Clock........................................................... 199

Input Capture ............................................................ 206

Timing Specifications

10-bit A/D Conversion Requirements ....................... 229

12-bit A/D Conversion Requirements ....................... 227

I2Cx Bus Data Requirements (Master Mode)........... 221

I2Cx Bus Data Requirements (Slave Mode)............. 223

Output Compare Requirements................................ 206

PLL Clock.................................................................. 200

Reset, Watchdog Timer, Oscillator Start-up Timer, Pow-

er-up Timer and Brown-out Reset Requirements ...

203

Simple OC/PWM Mode Requirements ..................... 207

Timer1 External Clock Requirements ....................... 204

Timer2 External Clock Requirements ....................... 205

Timer3 External Clock Requirements ....................... 205

U

UART Module

UART1 Register Map.................................................. 33

DS70282E-page 257

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

NOTES:

DS70282E-page 258

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE

CUSTOMER SUPPORT

Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at

www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means

to make files and information easily available to

customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet

browser, the web site contains the following

information:

Users of Microchip products can receive assistance

through several channels:

• Distributor or Representative

• Local Sales Office

• Field Application Engineer (FAE)

• Technical Support

• Product Support – Data sheets and errata,

application notes and sample programs, design

resources, user’s guides and hardware support

documents, latest software releases and archived

software

• Development Systems Information Line

Customers

should

contact

their

distributor,

representative or field application engineer (FAE) for

support. Local sales offices are also available to help

customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is

included in the back of this document.

• General Technical Support – Frequently Asked

Questions (FAQs), technical support requests,

online discussion groups, Microchip consultant

program member listing

Technical support is available through the web site

at: http://microchip.com/support

• Business of Microchip – Product selector and

ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases,

listing of seminars and events, listings of

Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory

representatives

CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION

SERVICE

Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep

customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers

will receive e-mail notification whenever there are

changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a

specified product family or development tool of interest.

To register, access the Microchip web site at

www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on

“Customer Change Notification” and follow the

registration instructions.

DS70282E-page 259

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

READER RESPONSE

It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip

product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our

documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at

(480) 792-4150.

Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.

TO:

RE:

Technical Publications Manager

Reader Response

Total Pages Sent ________

From:

Name

Company

Address

City / State / ZIP / Country

Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________

FAX: (______) _________ - _________

Application (optional):

Would you like a reply?

Y

N

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

DS70282E

Literature Number:

Device:

Questions:

1. What are the best features of this document?

2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?

3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?

4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?

5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?

6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?

7. How would you improve this document?

DS70282E-page 260

PIC24HJ12GP201/202

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM

To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.

Examples:

PIC 24 HJ 12 GP2 02 T E / SP - XXX

a)

PIC24HJ12GP202-E/SP:

General purpose PIC24H, 12 KB program

memory, 28-pin, Extended temp.,

SPDIP package.

Microchip Trademark

Architecture

Flash Memory Family

Program Memory Size (KB)

Product Group

Pin Count

Tape and Reel Flag (if applicable)

Temperature Range

Package

Pattern

Architecture:

24

=

16-bit Microcontroller

Flash Memory Family: HJ

Flash program memory, 3.3V

General purpose family

Product Group:

Pin Count:

GP2

01

02

=

18-pin

28-pin

Temperature Range:

Package:

I

=

-40° C to +85° C (Industrial)

-40° C to +125°C (Extended)

E

P

=

Plastic Dual In-Line - 300 mil body (PDIP)

SP

SO

ML

SS

Skinny Plastic Dual In-Line - 300 mil body (SPDIP)

Plastic Small Outline - Wide, 7.50 mil body (SOIC)

Plastic Quad, No Lead Package - 6x6 mm body (QFN)

Plastic Shrink Small Outline - 5.3 mm body (SSOP)

DS70282E-page 261

Worldwide Sales and Service

AMERICAS

ASIA/PACIFIC

EUROPE

Corporate Office

2355 West Chandler Blvd.

Chandler, AZ 85224-6199

Tel: 480-792-7200

Fax: 480-792-7277

Technical Support:

http://www.microchip.com/

support

Asia Pacific Office

Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor

Tower 6, The Gateway

Harbour City, Kowloon

Hong Kong

Tel: 852-2401-1200

Fax: 852-2401-3431

India - Bangalore

Tel: 91-80-3090-4444

Fax: 91-80-3090-4123

Austria - Wels

Tel: 43-7242-2244-39

Fax: 43-7242-2244-393

Denmark - Copenhagen

Tel: 45-4450-2828

Fax: 45-4485-2829

India - New Delhi

Tel: 91-11-4160-8631

Fax: 91-11-4160-8632

France - Paris

Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20

Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79

India - Pune

Tel: 91-20-2566-1512

Fax: 91-20-2566-1513

Australia - Sydney

Tel: 61-2-9868-6733

Fax: 61-2-9868-6755

Web Address:

www.microchip.com

Germany - Munich

Tel: 49-89-627-144-0

Fax: 49-89-627-144-44

Japan - Yokohama

Tel: 81-45-471- 6166

Fax: 81-45-471-6122

Atlanta

Duluth, GA

Tel: 678-957-9614

Fax: 678-957-1455

China - Beijing

Tel: 86-10-8569-7000

Fax: 86-10-8528-2104

Italy - Milan

Tel: 39-0331-742611

Fax: 39-0331-466781

Korea - Daegu

Tel: 82-53-744-4301

Fax: 82-53-744-4302

China - Chengdu

Tel: 86-28-8665-5511

Fax: 86-28-8665-7889

Boston

Westborough, MA

Tel: 774-760-0087

Fax: 774-760-0088

Netherlands - Drunen

Tel: 31-416-690399

Fax: 31-416-690340

Korea - Seoul

China - Chongqing

Tel: 86-23-8980-9588

Fax: 86-23-8980-9500

Tel: 82-2-554-7200

Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or

82-2-558-5934

Chicago

Itasca, IL

Tel: 630-285-0071

Fax: 630-285-0075

Spain - Madrid

Tel: 34-91-708-08-90

Fax: 34-91-708-08-91

China - Hangzhou

Tel: 86-571-2819-3180

Fax: 86-571-2819-3189

Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur

Tel: 60-3-6201-9857

Fax: 60-3-6201-9859

UK - Wokingham

Tel: 44-118-921-5869

Fax: 44-118-921-5820

Cleveland

Independence, OH

Tel: 216-447-0464

Fax: 216-447-0643

China - Hong Kong SAR

Tel: 852-2401-1200

Fax: 852-2401-3431

Malaysia - Penang

Tel: 60-4-227-8870

Fax: 60-4-227-4068

Dallas

Addison, TX

Tel: 972-818-7423

Fax: 972-818-2924

China - Nanjing

Tel: 86-25-8473-2460

Fax: 86-25-8473-2470

Philippines - Manila

Tel: 63-2-634-9065

Fax: 63-2-634-9069

China - Qingdao

Tel: 86-532-8502-7355

Fax: 86-532-8502-7205

Singapore

Tel: 65-6334-8870

Fax: 65-6334-8850

Detroit

Farmington Hills, MI

Tel: 248-538-2250

Fax: 248-538-2260

China - Shanghai

Tel: 86-21-5407-5533

Fax: 86-21-5407-5066

Taiwan - Hsin Chu

Tel: 886-3-6578-300

Fax: 886-3-6578-370

Indianapolis

Noblesville, IN

Tel: 317-773-8323

Fax: 317-773-5453

China - Shenyang

Tel: 86-24-2334-2829

Fax: 86-24-2334-2393

Taiwan - Kaohsiung

Tel: 886-7-213-7830

Fax: 886-7-330-9305

Los Angeles

China - Shenzhen

Tel: 86-755-8203-2660

Fax: 86-755-8203-1760

Taiwan - Taipei

Tel: 886-2-2500-6610

Fax: 886-2-2508-0102

Mission Viejo, CA

Tel: 949-462-9523

Fax: 949-462-9608

China - Wuhan

Tel: 86-27-5980-5300

Fax: 86-27-5980-5118

Thailand - Bangkok

Tel: 66-2-694-1351

Fax: 66-2-694-1350

Santa Clara

Santa Clara, CA

Tel: 408-961-6444

Fax: 408-961-6445

China - Xian

Tel: 86-29-8833-7252

Fax: 86-29-8833-7256

Toronto

Mississauga, Ontario,

Canada

China - Xiamen

Tel: 905-673-0699

Fax: 905-673-6509

Tel: 86-592-2388138

Fax: 86-592-2388130

China - Zhuhai

Tel: 86-756-3210040

Fax: 86-756-3210049

05/02/11

DS70282E-page 262


型号：	PIC24HJ12GP202-I/ML
厂家：	MICROCHIP
描述：	16-BIT, FLASH, 40 MHz, MICROCONTROLLER, PQCC28, 6 X 6 MM, LEAD FREE, PLASTIC, QFN-28 时钟微控制器外围集成电路
文件：	总262页 (文件大小：1946K)
中文：	中文翻译
下载：	下载PDF数据表文档文件

PIC24HJ12GP202-I/ML [MICROCHIP]

相关型号：

PIC24HJ12GP202-I/SO

PIC24HJ12GP202-I/SP

PIC24HJ12GP202-I/SS

PIC24HJ12GP202E/ML

PIC24HJ12GP202E/P

PIC24HJ12GP202E/SO

PIC24HJ12GP202E/SP

PIC24HJ12GP202I/ML

PIC24HJ12GP202I/P

PIC24HJ12GP202I/SO

PIC24HJ12GP202I/SP

PIC24HJ12GP202T-E/ML